Added documentation for the attribute labels in the "label" command

description, because otherwise it only appears in the tech file
reference, where it doesn't really belong since the labels are a
user-level feature, even if they do affect extraction.  The new
feature of using gate attributes for parameters was added to the
command description.  I noticed that the tech file reference made
mention of a gate label in the form of ":ext <name>=<value>", but
this seems not to be implemented anywhere.  At any rate, the method
just committed supercedes that.

VERSION

@@ -1 +1 @@
-8.3.587
+8.3.625

calma/CalmaRdcl.c

@@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ int calmaNonManhattan;
 int CalmaFlattenLimit = 10;
 int NameConvertErrors = 0;
 bool CalmaRewound = FALSE;
+bool CalmaRecordPaths = FALSE;
 TileTypeBitMask *CalmaMaskHints = NULL;
 
 extern HashTable calmaDefInitHash;
@@ -245,7 +246,9 @@ calmaExact(void)
     int pNum;
     Plane *newplane;
     Plane **parray;
-    int gdsCopyPaintFunc(Tile *tile, GDSCopyRec *gdsCopyRec);	/* Forward reference */
+
+    /* Forward reference */
+    int gdsCopyPaintFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, GDSCopyRec *gdsCopyRec);
 
     parray = (Plane **)mallocMagic(MAXCIFRLAYERS * sizeof(Plane *));
 
@@ -503,28 +506,33 @@ calmaParseStructure(
 
     if (CalmaReadOnly || predefined)
     {
+	PropertyRecord *proprec;
 	char cstring[1024];
 
-	/* Writing the file position into a string is slow, but */
-	/* it prevents requiring special handling when printing	*/
-	/* out the properties.					*/
-
-	char *fpcopy = (char *)mallocMagic(20);
-	char *fncopy;
-
 	/* Substitute variable for PDK path or ~ for home directory	*/
 	/* the same way that cell references are handled in .mag files.	*/
 	DBPathSubstitute(filename, cstring, cifReadCellDef);
-	fncopy = StrDup(NULL, cstring);
-	sprintf(fpcopy, "%"DLONG_PREFIX"d", (dlong) filepos);
-	DBPropPut(cifReadCellDef, "GDS_START", (ClientData)fpcopy);
 
-	fpcopy = (char *)mallocMagic(20);
+	proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord));
+	proprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE;
+	proprec->prop_len = 1;
+	proprec->prop_value.prop_double[0] = filepos;
+	DBPropPut(cifReadCellDef, "GDS_START", (ClientData)proprec);
+
 	filepos = FTELL(calmaInputFile);
-	sprintf(fpcopy, "%"DLONG_PREFIX"d", (dlong) filepos);
-	DBPropPut(cifReadCellDef, "GDS_END", (ClientData)fpcopy);
 
-	DBPropPut(cifReadCellDef, "GDS_FILE", (ClientData)fncopy);
+	proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord));
+	proprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE;
+	proprec->prop_len = 1;
+	proprec->prop_value.prop_double[0] = filepos;
+	DBPropPut(cifReadCellDef, "GDS_END", (ClientData)proprec);
+
+	proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord) - 7 +
+		strlen(cstring));
+	proprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING;
+	proprec->prop_len = 1;
+	strcpy(proprec->prop_value.prop_string, cstring);
+	DBPropPut(cifReadCellDef, "GDS_FILE", (ClientData)proprec);
 
     	if (predefined)
     	{
@@ -751,6 +759,7 @@ calmaParseElement(
 int
 calmaEnumFunc(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
     int *plane)
 {
     return 1;
@@ -780,8 +789,8 @@ calmaElementSref(
     char *filename)
 {
     int nbytes, rtype, cols, rows, nref, n, i, savescale;
-    int xlo, ylo, xhi, yhi, xsep, ysep;
+    int xlo, ylo, xhi, yhi, xsep, ysep, angle;
-    bool madeinst = FALSE;
+    bool madeinst = FALSE, rotated = FALSE;
     char *sname = NULL;
     bool isArray = FALSE;
     bool dolookahead = FALSE;
@@ -789,12 +798,13 @@ calmaElementSref(
     Point refarray[3], refunscaled[3], p;
     CellUse *use;
     CellDef *def;
-    int gdsCopyPaintFunc(Tile *tile, GDSCopyRec *gdsCopyRec);	/* Forward reference */
-    int gdsHasUses(CellUse *use, ClientData clientdata);		/* Forward reference */
-    /* Added by NP */
     char *useid = NULL, *arraystr = NULL;
     int propAttrType;
 
+    /* Forward reference */
+    int gdsCopyPaintFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, GDSCopyRec *gdsCopyRec);
+    int gdsHasUses(CellUse *use, ClientData clientdata);
+
     /* Skip CALMA_ELFLAGS, CALMA_PLEX */
     calmaSkipSet(calmaElementIgnore);
 
@@ -980,17 +990,73 @@ calmaElementSref(
 	refarray[2].p_x = refarray[2].p_y = 0;
     }
 
+    /* If the array is given an angle, then the meaning of rows and
+     * columns needs to be swapped for the purpose of ignoring
+     * X or Y values in the case of a 1-row or 1-column entry.
+     */
+    angle = GeoTransAngle(&trans, 0);
+    if ((angle == 90) || (angle == 270) || (angle == -90) || (angle == -270))
+	rotated = TRUE;
+
     /* If this is a cell reference, then we scale to magic coordinates
      * and place the cell in the magic database.  However, if this is
      * a cell to be flattened a la "gds flatten", then we keep the GDS
      * coordinates, and don't scale to the magic database.
+     *
+     * NOTE:  Scaling everything in the middle or reading array data
+     * and then retroactively adjusting the array data read earlier
+     * is problematic, and probably incorrect.
      */
 
+  
+    for (n = 0; n < nref; n++)
+    {
+	savescale = calmaReadScale1;
+
+	/* If there is only one column, then X data in the 2nd or 3rd
+	 * entry is irrelevant.  If there is only one row, then Y data
+	 * in the 2nd or 3rd entry is irrelevant.  Prevent issues caused
+	 * by incorrect/uninitialized data in these positions by ignoring
+	 * them as needed.
+	 */
+
+	if ((n > 0) && ((!rotated && (rows == 1)) || (rotated && (cols == 1))))
+	{
+	    calmaReadX(&refarray[n], 1);
+	    calmaSkipBytes(4);
+	    refarray[n].p_y = refarray[0].p_y;
+	}
+	else if ((n > 0) && ((!rotated && (cols == 1)) || (rotated && (rows == 1))))
+	{
+	    calmaSkipBytes(4);
+	    calmaReadY(&refarray[n], 1);
+	    refarray[n].p_x = refarray[0].p_x;
+	}
+	else
+	    calmaReadPoint(&refarray[n], 1);
+
+	if (savescale != calmaReadScale1)
+	{
+	    /* Scale changed, so update previous points read */
+	    int newscale = calmaReadScale1 / savescale;
+	    for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+	    {
+		refarray[i].p_x *= newscale;
+		refarray[i].p_y *= newscale;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (FEOF(calmaInputFile))
+	    return -1;
+    }
+
+    for (n = 0; n < nref; n++)
+	refunscaled[n] = refarray[n];	// Save for CDFLATGDS cells
+
     for (n = 0; n < nref; n++)
     {
 	savescale = cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor;
-	calmaReadPoint(&refarray[n], 1);
+
-	refunscaled[n] = refarray[n];	// Save for CDFLATGDS cells
 	refarray[n].p_x = CIFScaleCoord(refarray[n].p_x, COORD_EXACT);
 	if (savescale != cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor)
 	{
@@ -1011,9 +1077,6 @@ calmaElementSref(
 	    }
 	    refarray[n].p_x *= (savescale / cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor);
 	}
-
-	if (FEOF(calmaInputFile))
-	    return -1;
     }
 
     /* Skip remainder */
@@ -1289,27 +1352,28 @@ gdsHasUses(
 int
 gdsCopyPaintFunc(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
     GDSCopyRec *gdsCopyRec)
 {
     int pNum;
-    TileType dinfo;
+    TileType newdinfo;
     Rect sourceRect, targetRect;
     Transform *trans = gdsCopyRec->trans;
     Plane *plane = gdsCopyRec->plane;
 
-    dinfo = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
+    newdinfo = TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo;
 
     if (trans)
     {
 	TiToRect(tile, &sourceRect);
 	GeoTransRect(trans, &sourceRect, &targetRect);
 	if (IsSplit(tile))
-	    dinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(TiGetTypeExact(tile), trans);
+	    newdinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo, trans);
     }
     else
 	TiToRect(tile, &targetRect);
 
-    DBNMPaintPlane(plane, dinfo, &targetRect, CIFPaintTable,
+    DBNMPaintPlane(plane, newdinfo, &targetRect, CIFPaintTable,
 		(PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
 
     return 0;

calma/CalmaRdpt.c

@@ -114,6 +114,8 @@ calmaInputRescale(
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
+ * calmaReadX ---
+ * calmaReadY ---
  * calmaReadPoint ---
  *
  * Read a point from the input.
@@ -132,11 +134,17 @@ calmaInputRescale(
  *	encountered, then everything in the GDS planes is rescaled
  *	to match.
  *
+ * Notes:
+ *	This routine has been split into individual X and Y reads so that
+ *	array data can be read while ignoring offset information when there
+ *	is only one row or column;  otherwise, bad or uninitialized data
+ *	in the record can cause unnecessary and incorrect scaling.
+ *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 void
-calmaReadPoint(
+calmaReadX(
     Point *p,
     int iscale)
 {
@@ -163,6 +171,15 @@ calmaReadPoint(
 	}
     }
     p->p_x /= calmaReadScale2;
+}
+
+
+void
+calmaReadY(
+    Point *p,
+    int iscale)
+{
+    int rescale;
 
     READI4((p)->p_y);
     p->p_y *= (calmaReadScale1 * iscale);
@@ -188,6 +205,15 @@ calmaReadPoint(
     p->p_y /= calmaReadScale2;
 }
 
+void
+calmaReadPoint(
+    Point *p,
+    int iscale)
+{
+    calmaReadX(p, iscale);
+    calmaReadY(p, iscale);
+}
+
 
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -692,7 +718,12 @@ calmaElementPath(void)
 	    }
 	}
 
+	/* If requested by command option, record the path centerline as a
+	 * property of the cell def.
+	 */
+	if (CalmaRecordPaths)
 	    CIFPropRecordPath(cifReadCellDef, pathheadp, TRUE, "path");
+
 	CIFPaintWirePath(pathheadp, width,
 		(pathtype == CALMAPATH_SQUAREFLUSH || pathtype == CALMAPATH_CUSTOM) ?
 		FALSE : TRUE, plane, CIFPaintTable, (PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);

calma/CalmaWrite.c

@@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ typedef struct {
 
     /* Forward declarations */
 extern int calmaWriteInitFunc(CellDef *def);
-extern int calmaWritePaintFunc(Tile *tile, calmaOutputStruct *cos);
+extern int calmaWritePaintFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, calmaOutputStruct *cos);
-extern int calmaMergePaintFunc(Tile *tile, calmaOutputStruct *cos);
+extern int calmaMergePaintFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, calmaOutputStruct *cos);
 extern int calmaWriteUseFunc(CellUse *use, FILE *f);
-extern int calmaPaintLabelFunc(Tile *tile, calmaOutputStruct *cos);
+extern int calmaPaintLabelFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, calmaOutputStruct *cos);
 extern void calmaWriteContacts(FILE *f);
 extern void calmaDelContacts(void);
 extern void calmaOutFunc(CellDef *def, FILE *f, const Rect *cliprect);
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ calmaDumpStructure(
 
 	    /* Is view abstract? */
 	    DBPropGet(edef, "LEFview", &isAbstract);
-	    chklibname = (char *)DBPropGet(edef, "GDS_FILE", &isReadOnly);
+	    chklibname = DBPropGetString(edef, "GDS_FILE", &isReadOnly);
 
 	    if (isAbstract && isReadOnly)
 	    {
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ calmaFullDump(
      * names in the GDS file do not shadow any names in the database.
      */
 
-    viewopts = (char *)DBPropGet(def, "LEFview", &isAbstract);
+    viewopts = DBPropGetString(def, "LEFview", &isAbstract);
     if ((!isAbstract) || (strcasecmp(viewopts, "no_prefix")))
     {
 	/* Generate a SHORT name for this cell (else it is easy to run into the
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ calmaProcessDef(
     DBPropGet(def, "GDS_END", &hasGDSEnd);
     DBPropGet(def, "CIFhier", &needHier);
 
-    filename = (char *)DBPropGet(def, "GDS_FILE", &isReadOnly);
+    filename = DBPropGetString(def, "GDS_FILE", &isReadOnly);
 
     /* When used with "calma addendum true", don't output the read-only	*/
     /* cells.  This makes the library incomplete and dependent on the	*/
@@ -1033,13 +1033,12 @@ calmaProcessDef(
 	}
 	else
 	{
-	    offptr = (char *)DBPropGet(def, "GDS_END", NULL);
+	    cval = DBPropGetDouble(def, "GDS_END", NULL);
-	    sscanf(offptr, "%"DLONG_PREFIX"d", &cval);
 	    cellend = (off_t)cval;
-	    offptr = (char *)DBPropGet(def, "GDS_BEGIN", &oldStyle);
+	    cval = DBPropGetDouble(def, "GDS_BEGIN", &oldStyle);
 	    if (!oldStyle)
 	    {
-		offptr = (char *)DBPropGet(def, "GDS_START", NULL);
+		cval = DBPropGetDouble(def, "GDS_START", NULL);
 
 		/* Write our own header and string name, to ensure	*/
 		/* that the magic cell name and GDS name match.		*/
@@ -1056,7 +1055,6 @@ calmaProcessDef(
 		calmaOutStructName(CALMA_STRNAME, def, outf);
 	    }
 
-	    sscanf(offptr, "%"DLONG_PREFIX"d", &cval);
 	    cellstart = (off_t)cval;
 
 	    /* GDS_START has been defined as the start of data after the cell	*/
@@ -1263,7 +1261,7 @@ calmaOutFunc(
     int dbunits;
     calmaOutputStruct cos;
     bool propfound;
-    char *propvalue;
+    PropertyRecord *proprec;
 
     cos.f = f;
     cos.area = (cliprect == &TiPlaneRect) ? NULL : cliprect;
@@ -1323,15 +1321,21 @@ calmaOutFunc(
 
     /* Include any fixed bounding box as part of the area to process,	*/
     /* in case the fixed bounding box is larger than the geometry.	*/
-    propvalue = (char *)DBPropGet(def, "FIXED_BBOX", &propfound);
+    proprec = DBPropGet(def, "FIXED_BBOX", &propfound);
     if (propfound)
     {
 	Rect bbox;
 
-        if (sscanf(propvalue, "%d %d %d %d", &bbox.r_xbot, &bbox.r_ybot,
+	if ((proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION) &&
-                &bbox.r_xtop, &bbox.r_ytop) == 4)
+			(proprec->prop_len == 4))
+	{
+	    bbox.r_xbot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[0];
+	    bbox.r_ybot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[1];
+	    bbox.r_xtop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[2];
+	    bbox.r_ytop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[3];
 	    GeoInclude(&bbox, &bigArea);
 	}
+    }
 
     CIFErrorDef = def;
     CIFGen(def, def, &bigArea, CIFPlanes, &DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE,
@@ -2464,6 +2468,7 @@ calmaProcessBoundary(
 int
 calmaMergePaintFunc(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile to be written out. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information (unused) */
     calmaOutputStruct *cos)	/* Information needed by algorithm */
 {
     FILE *f = cos->f;
@@ -2494,11 +2499,10 @@ calmaMergePaintFunc(
 	split_type = -1;
 	if (IsSplit(t))
 	{
-	    /* If we use SplitSide, then we need to set it when	the	*/
+	    /* If we use TT_SIDE, then we need to set it when the	*/
 	    /* tile is pushed.  Since these are one-or-zero mask layers	*/
 	    /* I assume it is okay to just check which side is TT_SPACE	*/
 
-	    /* split_type = (SplitSide(t) << 1) | SplitDirection(t); */
 	    split_type = SplitDirection(t);
 	    if (TiGetLeftType(t) == TT_SPACE) split_type |= 2;
 	    num_points = 2;
@@ -2721,7 +2725,9 @@ right_search:
 done_searches:
 	if (intedges == 0)
 	{
-	    calmaWritePaintFunc(t, cos);
+	    calmaWritePaintFunc(t,
+			(split_type & 2) ? (TileType)TT_SIDE : (TileType)0,
+			cos);
 
 	    /* Although calmaWritePaintFunc is called only on isolated	*/
 	    /* tiles, we may have expanded it.  This could use a LOT of	*/
@@ -2791,6 +2797,7 @@ done_searches:
 int
 calmaWritePaintFunc(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile to be written out. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information */
     calmaOutputStruct *cos)	/* File for output and clipping area */
 {
     FILE *f = cos->f;
@@ -2826,7 +2833,7 @@ calmaWritePaintFunc(
 	/* Coordinates */
 	calmaOutRH(36, CALMA_XY, CALMA_I4, f);
 
-	switch ((SplitSide(tile) << 1) | SplitDirection(tile))
+	switch (((dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? 2 : 0) | SplitDirection(tile))
 	{
 	    case 0x0:
 		calmaOutI4(r.r_xbot, f); calmaOutI4(r.r_ybot, f);
@@ -3067,6 +3074,7 @@ calmaWriteLabelFunc(
 int
 calmaPaintLabelFunc(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile contains area for label. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information (unused) */
     calmaOutputStruct *cos)	/* File for output and clipping area */
 {
     FILE *f = cos->f;

calma/CalmaWriteZ.c

@@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ typedef struct {
 } calmaOutputStructZ;
 
     /* Forward declarations */
-extern int calmaWritePaintFuncZ(Tile *tile, calmaOutputStructZ *cos);
+extern int calmaWritePaintFuncZ(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, calmaOutputStructZ *cos);
-extern int calmaMergePaintFuncZ(Tile *tile, calmaOutputStructZ *cos);
+extern int calmaMergePaintFuncZ(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, calmaOutputStructZ *cos);
 extern int calmaWriteUseFuncZ(CellUse *use, gzFile f);
-extern int calmaPaintLabelFuncZ(Tile *tile, calmaOutputStructZ *cos);
+extern int calmaPaintLabelFuncZ(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, calmaOutputStructZ *cos);
 extern void calmaWriteContactsZ(gzFile f);
 extern void calmaOutFuncZ(CellDef *def, gzFile f, const Rect *cliprect);
 extern void calmaOutStructNameZ(int type, CellDef *def, gzFile f);
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ calmaDumpStructureZ(
 
 	    /* Is view abstract? */
 	    DBPropGet(edef, "LEFview", &isAbstract);
-	    chklibname = (char *)DBPropGet(edef, "GDS_FILE", &isReadOnly);
+	    chklibname = DBPropGetString(edef, "GDS_FILE", &isReadOnly);
 
 	    if (isAbstract && isReadOnly)
 	    {
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ calmaFullDumpZ(
      * names in the GDS file do not shadow any names in the database.
      */
 
-    viewopts = (char *)DBPropGet(def, "LEFview", &isAbstract);
+    viewopts = DBPropGetString(def, "LEFview", &isAbstract);
     if ((!isAbstract) || (strcasecmp(viewopts, "no_prefix")))
     {
 	/* Generate a SHORT name for this cell (else it is easy to run into the
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ calmaProcessDefZ(
     DBPropGet(def, "GDS_START", &hasContent);
     DBPropGet(def, "GDS_END", &hasGDSEnd);
     DBPropGet(def, "CIFhier", &needHier);
-    filename = (char *)DBPropGet(def, "GDS_FILE", &isReadOnly);
+    filename = DBPropGetString(def, "GDS_FILE", &isReadOnly);
 
     /* When used with "calma addendum true", don't output the read-only	*/
     /* cells.  This makes the library incomplete and dependent on the	*/
@@ -985,13 +985,12 @@ calmaProcessDefZ(
 	}
 	else
 	{
-	    offptr = (char *)DBPropGet(def, "GDS_END", NULL);
+	    cval = DBPropGetDouble(def, "GDS_END", NULL);
-	    sscanf(offptr, "%"DLONG_PREFIX"d", &cval);
 	    cellend = (z_off_t)cval;
-	    offptr = (char *)DBPropGet(def, "GDS_BEGIN", &oldStyle);
+	    cval = DBPropGetDouble(def, "GDS_BEGIN", &oldStyle);
 	    if (!oldStyle)
 	    {
-		offptr = (char *)DBPropGet(def, "GDS_START", NULL);
+		cval = DBPropGetDouble(def, "GDS_START", NULL);
 
 		/* Write our own header and string name, to ensure	*/
 		/* that the magic cell name and GDS name match.		*/
@@ -1008,7 +1007,6 @@ calmaProcessDefZ(
 		calmaOutStructNameZ(CALMA_STRNAME, def, outf);
 	    }
 
-	    sscanf(offptr, "%"DLONG_PREFIX"d", &cval);
 	    cellstart = (z_off_t)cval;
 
 	    /* GDS_START has been defined as the start of data after the cell	*/
@@ -1186,6 +1184,7 @@ calmaOutFuncZ(
     int dbunits;
     calmaOutputStructZ cos;
     bool propfound;
+    PropertyRecord *proprec;
     char *propvalue;
     extern int compport(const void *one, const void *two);	/* Forward declaration */
 
@@ -1247,15 +1246,21 @@ calmaOutFuncZ(
 
     /* Include any fixed bounding box as part of the area to process,	*/
     /* in case the fixed bounding box is larger than the geometry.	*/
-    propvalue = (char *)DBPropGet(def, "FIXED_BBOX", &propfound);
+    proprec = DBPropGet(def, "FIXED_BBOX", &propfound);
     if (propfound)
     {
 	Rect bbox;
 
-	if (sscanf(propvalue, "%d %d %d %d", &bbox.r_xbot, &bbox.r_ybot,
+	if ((proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION) &&
-		&bbox.r_xtop, &bbox.r_ytop) == 4)
+		(proprec->prop_len == 4))
+	{
+	    bbox.r_xbot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[0];
+	    bbox.r_ybot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[1];
+	    bbox.r_xtop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[2];
+	    bbox.r_ytop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[3];
 	    GeoInclude(&bbox, &bigArea);
 	}
+    }
 
     CIFErrorDef = def;
     CIFGen(def, def, &bigArea, CIFPlanes, &DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE,
@@ -1899,6 +1904,7 @@ calmaProcessBoundaryZ(
 int
 calmaMergePaintFuncZ(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile to be written out. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information (unused) */
     calmaOutputStructZ *cos)	/* Information needed by algorithm */
 {
     gzFile f = cos->f;
@@ -1929,11 +1935,10 @@ calmaMergePaintFuncZ(
 	split_type = -1;
 	if (IsSplit(t))
 	{
-	    /* If we use SplitSide, then we need to set it when	the	*/
+	    /* If we use TT_SIDE, then we need to set it when the	*/
 	    /* tile is pushed.  Since these are one-or-zero mask layers	*/
 	    /* I assume it is okay to just check which side is TT_SPACE	*/
 
-	    /* split_type = (SplitSide(t) << 1) | SplitDirection(t); */
 	    split_type = SplitDirection(t);
 	    if (TiGetLeftType(t) == TT_SPACE) split_type |= 2;
 	    num_points = 2;
@@ -2156,7 +2161,9 @@ right_search:
 done_searches:
 	if (intedges == 0)
 	{
-	    calmaWritePaintFuncZ(t, cos);
+	    calmaWritePaintFuncZ(t,
+			(split_type & 2) ? (TileType)TT_SIDE : (TileType)0,
+			cos);
 
 	    /* Although calmaWritePaintFunc is called only on isolated	*/
 	    /* tiles, we may have expanded it.  This could use a LOT of	*/
@@ -2226,6 +2233,7 @@ done_searches:
 int
 calmaWritePaintFuncZ(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile to be written out. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information */
     calmaOutputStructZ *cos)	/* File for output and clipping area */
 {
     gzFile f = cos->f;
@@ -2261,7 +2269,7 @@ calmaWritePaintFuncZ(
 	/* Coordinates */
 	calmaOutRHZ(36, CALMA_XY, CALMA_I4, f);
 
-	switch ((SplitSide(tile) << 1) | SplitDirection(tile))
+	switch (((dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? 2 : 0) | SplitDirection(tile))
 	{
 	    case 0x0:
 		calmaOutI4Z(r.r_xbot, f); calmaOutI4Z(r.r_ybot, f);
@@ -2502,6 +2510,7 @@ calmaWriteLabelFuncZ(
 int
 calmaPaintLabelFuncZ(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile contains area for label. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information (unused) */
     calmaOutputStructZ *cos)	/* File for output and clipping area */
 {
     gzFile f = cos->f;

calma/calma.h

@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ extern TileTypeBitMask *CalmaMaskHints;
 extern bool CalmaMergeTiles;
 extern bool CalmaFlattenArrays;
 extern bool CalmaNoDRCCheck;
+extern bool CalmaRecordPaths;
 extern bool CalmaFlattenUses;
 extern int  CalmaFlattenLimit;
 extern float CalmaMagScale;
@@ -81,6 +82,8 @@ extern int calmaProcessDefZ(CellDef *def, gzFile outf, bool do_library);
 #endif
 extern bool calmaReadI2Record(int type, int *pvalue);
 extern bool calmaReadI4Record(int type, int *pvalue);
+extern void calmaReadX(Point *p, int iscale);
+extern void calmaReadY(Point *p, int iscale);
 extern void calmaReadPoint(Point *p, int iscale);
 extern bool calmaReadR8(double *pd);
 extern bool calmaReadStampRecord(int type, int *stampptr);

cif/CIFhier.c

@@ -209,52 +209,41 @@ typedef struct _maskHintsData
 {
     Transform *mh_trans;
     CellDef *mh_def;
+    Plane *mh_plane;
 } MaskHintsData;
 
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * cifMaskHints --
+ * cifCopyMaskHintFunc --
  *
- *	Copy a mask hint into a target cell by adding it to the
+ *	Callback function used by cifFlatMaskHints.  Transforms a tile
- *	property list of the target cell.  If the target cell already
+ *	from the original plane and paints it into the target plane,
- *	has the same mask hint key, then the mask hint value is
+ *	both of which are properties.
- *	appended to the property in the target cell def.
  *
- * Returns:
+ * Results:
- *	0 to keep the search going.
+ *	Zero to keep the search going.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Modifies properties of the target cell def.
+ *	Paints geometry into the target plane.
  *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-/* DEPRECATED */
 int
-cifMaskHints(
+cifCopyMaskHintFunc(Tile *tile,
-    char *name,
+    TileType dinfo,
-    char *value,
+    ClientData cdata)
-    CellDef *targetDef)
 {
-    char *propvalue, *newval;
+    MaskHintsData *mhd = (MaskHintsData *)cdata;
-    bool propfound;
+    Rect r, newr;
 
-    if (!strncmp(name, "MASKHINTS_", 10))
+    TiToRect(tile, &r);
-    {
+
-	/* Check if name exists already in the flattened cell */
+    /* Transform tile area to coordinates of mhd->mh_plane and paint */
-	propvalue = (char *)DBPropGet(targetDef, name, &propfound);
+    GeoTransRect(mhd->mh_trans, &r, &newr);
-	if (propfound)
+    DBPaintPlane(mhd->mh_plane, &newr, CIFPaintTable, (PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
-	{
-	    /* Append value to the property */
-	    newval = mallocMagic(strlen(value) + strlen(propvalue) + 2);
-	    sprintf(newval, "%s %s", propvalue, value);
-	}
-	else
-	    newval = StrDup((char **)NULL, value);
 
-	DBPropPut(targetDef, name, newval);
-    }
     return 0;
 }
 
@@ -264,8 +253,8 @@ cifMaskHints(
  * cifFlatMaskHints --
  *
  *	Copy a mask hint into a flattened cell by transforming it into the
- *	coordinate system of the flattened cell, and adding it to the
+ *	coordinate system of the flattened cell, and painting it into the
- *	property list of the flattened cell.
+ *	property plane of the flattened cell.
  *
  * Returns:
  *	0 to keep the search going.
@@ -279,67 +268,40 @@ cifMaskHints(
 int
 cifFlatMaskHints(
     char *name,
-    char *value,
+    PropertyRecord *proprec,
     MaskHintsData *mhd)
 {
     Rect r, newr;
     char *vptr, *newval, *lastval, *propvalue;
     bool propfound;
-    int lastlen, numvals;
+    int i, lastlen, numvals;
+    PropertyRecord *newproprec, *oldproprec;
+    Plane *plane;
 
     if (!strncmp(name, "MASKHINTS_", 10))
     {
-	newval = (char *)NULL;
-	vptr = value;
-	while (*vptr != '\0')
-	{
-	    numvals = sscanf(vptr, "%d %d %d %d", &r.r_xbot, &r.r_ybot,
-			&r.r_xtop, &r.r_ytop);
-	    if (numvals == 4)
-	    {
-		/* Transform rectangle to top level coordinates */
-		GeoTransRect(mhd->mh_trans, &r, &newr);
-		lastval = newval;
-		lastlen = (lastval) ? strlen(lastval) : 0;
-		newval = mallocMagic(40 + lastlen);
-		if (lastval)
-		    strcpy(newval, lastval);
-		else
-		    *newval = '\0';
-		sprintf(newval + lastlen, "%s%d %d %d %d", (lastval) ? " " : "",
-			newr.r_xbot, newr.r_ybot, newr.r_xtop, newr.r_ytop);
-		if (lastval) freeMagic(lastval);
-
-		/* Parse through the four values and check if there's more */
-		while (*vptr && isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-		while (*vptr && !isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-		while (*vptr && isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-		while (*vptr && !isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-		while (*vptr && isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-		while (*vptr && !isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-		while (*vptr && isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-		while (*vptr && !isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-		while (*vptr && isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-	    }
-	    else
-	    {
-		TxError("MASKHINTS_%s:  Expected 4 values, found only %d\n",
-				name + 10, numvals);
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-
 	/* Check if name exists already in the flattened cell */
-	propvalue = (char *)DBPropGet(mhd->mh_def, name, &propfound);
+	oldproprec = (PropertyRecord *)DBPropGet(mhd->mh_def, name, &propfound);
 	if (propfound)
 	{
-	    /* Append newval to the property */
+	    ASSERT(oldproprec->prop_value.prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE, 
-	    lastval = newval;
+			"cifFlatMaskHints");
-	    newval = mallocMagic(strlen(lastval) + strlen(propvalue) + 2);
+	    plane = oldproprec->prop_value.prop_plane;
-	    sprintf(newval, "%s %s", propvalue, lastval);
-	    freeMagic(lastval);
 	}
-	DBPropPut(mhd->mh_def, name, newval);
+	else
+	{
+	    newproprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord));
+	    newproprec->prop_len = 0; 	/* (unused) */
+	    newproprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE;
+	    plane = DBNewPlane((ClientData)TT_SPACE);
+	    newproprec->prop_value.prop_plane = plane;
+	    DBPropPut(mhd->mh_def, name, newproprec);
+	}
+
+	mhd->mh_plane = plane;
+	DBSrPaintArea((Tile *)NULL, proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+			&TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits,
+			cifCopyMaskHintFunc, (ClientData)mhd);
     }
     return 0;
 }
@@ -350,9 +312,10 @@ cifFlatMaskHints(
  * CIFCopyMaskHints --
  *
  *	Callback function to copy mask hints from one cell into another.
+ *	(Occasionally called as a standalone function, not as a callback.)
  * 
  * Results:
- *	None.
+ *	Return 0 to keep the search going.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	May modify properties in the target cell.
@@ -360,7 +323,7 @@ cifFlatMaskHints(
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-void
+int
 CIFCopyMaskHints(
     SearchContext *scx,
     CellDef *targetDef)
@@ -370,38 +333,9 @@ CIFCopyMaskHints(
     CellDef *sourceDef = scx->scx_use->cu_def;
     mhd.mh_trans = &scx->scx_trans;
     mhd.mh_def = targetDef;
+    mhd.mh_plane = (Plane *)NULL;
 
     DBPropEnum(sourceDef, cifFlatMaskHints, &mhd);
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * cifHierCopyMaskHints --
- *
- *	Callback function to copy mask hints from a subcell into a flattened
- *	cell, which is passed in the clientData record.
- * 
- * Results:
- *	Always returns 0 to keep the search alive.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May modify properties in the flattened cell.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-cifHierCopyMaskHints(
-    SearchContext *scx,
-    ClientData clientData)
-{
-    MaskHintsData mhd;
-
-    mhd.mh_trans = &scx->scx_trans;
-    mhd.mh_def = (CellDef *)clientData;
-
-    DBPropEnum(scx->scx_use->cu_def, cifFlatMaskHints, &mhd);
     return 0;
 }
 
@@ -433,15 +367,16 @@ cifHierCopyMaskHints(
 int
 cifHierCopyFunc(
     Tile *tile,			/* Pointer to tile to copy. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information */
     TreeContext *cxp)		/* Describes context of search, including
 				 * transform and client data.
 				 */
 {
-    TileType type = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
+    TileType type = TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo;
     Rect sourceRect, targetRect;
     int pNum;
     CellDef *def = (CellDef *) cxp->tc_filter->tf_arg;
-    int dinfo = 0;
+    TileType newdinfo = 0;
 
     /* Ignore tiles in vendor GDS, unless this is specifically	*/
     /* overridden by the "see-vendor" option.			*/
@@ -457,8 +392,8 @@ cifHierCopyFunc(
 
     if (IsSplit(tile))
     {
-	dinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(type, &cxp->tc_scx->scx_trans);
+	newdinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(type, &cxp->tc_scx->scx_trans);
-	type = (SplitSide(tile)) ? SplitRightType(tile) :
+	type = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(tile) :
 		SplitLeftType(tile);
     }
 
@@ -473,7 +408,7 @@ cifHierCopyFunc(
     {
 	if (DBPaintOnPlane(type, pNum))
 	{
-	    DBNMPaintPlane(def->cd_planes[pNum], dinfo, &targetRect,
+	    DBNMPaintPlane(def->cd_planes[pNum], newdinfo, &targetRect,
 		DBStdPaintTbl(type, pNum), (PaintUndoInfo *) NULL);
 	}
     }
@@ -525,7 +460,7 @@ cifHierCellFunc(
 
     /* Flatten mask hints in the area of interest */
     CIFCopyMaskHints(scx, CIFComponentDef);
-    DBTreeSrCells(&newscx, 0, cifHierCopyMaskHints,
+    DBTreeSrCells(&newscx, 0, CIFCopyMaskHints,
 		(ClientData)CIFComponentDef);
 
     /* Set CIFErrorDef to NULL to ignore errors here... these will
@@ -562,9 +497,11 @@ cifHierCellFunc(
 int
 cifHierErrorFunc(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile that covers area it shouldn't. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information */
     Rect *checkArea)		/* Intersection of this and tile is error. */
 {
     Rect area;
+    bool side = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? TRUE : FALSE;
 
     TiToRect(tile, &area);
 
@@ -572,8 +509,8 @@ cifHierErrorFunc(
      * space bounds the checkArea.
      */
     if (IsSplit(tile))
-	if (((area.r_xbot == checkArea->r_xbot) && !SplitSide(tile)) ||
+	if (((area.r_xbot == checkArea->r_xbot) && !side) ||
-		((area.r_xtop == checkArea->r_xtop) && SplitSide(tile)))
+		((area.r_xtop == checkArea->r_xtop) && side))
 	    return 0;
 
     GeoClip(&area, checkArea);
@@ -604,6 +541,7 @@ cifHierErrorFunc(
 int
 cifHierCheckFunc(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile containing CIF. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information */
     Plane *plane)		/* Plane to check against and modify. */
 {
     Rect area;
@@ -612,10 +550,10 @@ cifHierCheckFunc(
 
     if (IsSplit(tile))
     {
-        DBSrPaintNMArea((Tile *)NULL, plane, TiGetTypeExact(tile),
+        DBSrPaintNMArea((Tile *)NULL, plane, TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo,
 		&area, &DBSpaceBits, cifHierErrorFunc, (ClientData) &area);
 
-	DBNMPaintPlane(plane, TiGetTypeExact(tile), &area, CIFEraseTable,
+	DBNMPaintPlane(plane, TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo, &area, CIFEraseTable,
 		(PaintUndoInfo *) NULL);
     }
     else
@@ -651,6 +589,7 @@ cifHierCheckFunc(
 int
 cifHierTempCheckFunc(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile containing CIF. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Information about split tiles */
     Plane *plane)		/* Plane to check against and modify. */
 {
     Rect area;
@@ -658,7 +597,7 @@ cifHierTempCheckFunc(
     TiToRect(tile, &area);
 
     if (IsSplit(tile))
-	DBNMPaintPlane(plane, TiGetTypeExact(tile), &area, CIFEraseTable,
+	DBNMPaintPlane(plane, TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo, &area, CIFEraseTable,
 		(PaintUndoInfo *) NULL);
     else
         DBPaintPlane(plane, &area, CIFEraseTable, (PaintUndoInfo *) NULL);
@@ -686,6 +625,7 @@ cifHierTempCheckFunc(
 int
 cifHierPaintFunc(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Information about split tiles */
     Plane *plane)		/* Plane in which to paint CIF over tile's
 				 * area.
 				 */
@@ -693,9 +633,9 @@ cifHierPaintFunc(
     Rect area;
 
     TiToRect(tile, &area);
-    if (CIFCurStyle->cs_flags & CWF_GROW_SLIVERS) cifGrowSliver(tile, &area);
+    if (CIFCurStyle->cs_flags & CWF_GROW_SLIVERS) cifGrowSliver(tile, dinfo, &area);
     if (IsSplit(tile))
-	DBNMPaintPlane(plane, TiGetTypeExact(tile), &area, CIFPaintTable,
+	DBNMPaintPlane(plane, TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo, &area, CIFPaintTable,
 		(PaintUndoInfo *) NULL);
     else
 	DBPaintPlane(plane, &area, CIFPaintTable, (PaintUndoInfo *) NULL);
@@ -848,7 +788,7 @@ CIFGenSubcells(
 		cifHierCopyFunc, (ClientData) CIFTotalDef);
 	    /* Flatten mask hints in the area of interest */
     	    CIFCopyMaskHints(&scx, CIFTotalDef);
-	    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, cifHierCopyMaskHints,
+	    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, CIFCopyMaskHints,
                 	(ClientData)CIFTotalDef);
 
 	    CIFErrorDef = def;
@@ -1026,14 +966,14 @@ cifHierElementFunc(
     (void) DBTreeSrTiles(&scx, &CIFCurStyle->cs_yankLayers, 0,
 	cifHierCopyFunc, (ClientData) CIFTotalDef);
     CIFCopyMaskHints(&scx, CIFTotalDef);
-    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, cifHierCopyMaskHints,
+    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, CIFCopyMaskHints,
                 (ClientData)CIFTotalDef);
 
     DBCellClearDef(CIFComponentDef);
     (void) DBTreeSrTiles(&scx, &CIFCurStyle->cs_yankLayers, 0,
 	cifHierCopyFunc, (ClientData) CIFComponentDef);
     CIFCopyMaskHints(&scx, CIFComponentDef);
-    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, cifHierCopyMaskHints,
+    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, CIFCopyMaskHints,
                 (ClientData)CIFComponentDef);
 
     CIFErrorDef = (CellDef *) NULL;
@@ -1067,6 +1007,7 @@ cifHierElementFunc(
 int
 cifGrowSliver(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information, needs to be handled */
     Rect *area)
 {
     int height, width, expand_up, expand_side;
@@ -1127,22 +1068,24 @@ cifGrowSliver(
 
 int
 cifHierPaintArrayFunc(
-    Tile *tile)
+    Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
+    ClientData clientdata)	/* (unused) */
 {
     Rect area;
     int i, j, xbot, xtop;
 
     TiToRect(tile, &area);
-    if (CIFCurStyle->cs_flags & CWF_GROW_SLIVERS) cifGrowSliver(tile, &area);
+    if (CIFCurStyle->cs_flags & CWF_GROW_SLIVERS) cifGrowSliver(tile, dinfo, &area);
     xbot = area.r_xbot;
     xtop = area.r_xtop;
     for (i=0; i<cifHierYCount; i++)
     {
-	for (j=0; j<cifHierXCount; j++)
+	for (j = 0; j < cifHierXCount; j++)
 	{
-	    DBPaintPlane(cifHierCurPlane, &area, CIFPaintTable,
+	    DBNMPaintPlane(cifHierCurPlane, TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo,
-		(PaintUndoInfo *) NULL);
+			&area, CIFPaintTable, (PaintUndoInfo *) NULL);
-	    CIFTileOps += 1;
+	    CIFTileOps++;
 	    area.r_xbot += cifHierXSpacing;
 	    area.r_xtop += cifHierXSpacing;
 	}

cif/CIFint.h

@@ -145,6 +145,8 @@ typedef struct cifop
  * CIFOP_BRIDGE -	Added 6/11/20---Bridge across catecorner gaps
  * CIFOP_BRIDGELIM -	Added 27/07/20---Bridge across catecorner gaps, but with limiting layers
  * CIFOP_MASKHINTS -	Added 12/14/20---Add geometry from cell properties, if any.
+ * CIFOP_NOTSQUARE -	Added 2/26/26---Keep only geometry which is not square.
+ * CIFOP_TAGGED -	Added 3/11/26---Find geometry attached to the given text label
  */
 
 #define CIFOP_AND	1
@@ -172,6 +174,8 @@ typedef struct cifop
 #define CIFOP_BRIDGE	23
 #define CIFOP_BRIDGELIM 24
 #define CIFOP_MASKHINTS 25
+#define CIFOP_NOTSQUARE 26
+#define CIFOP_TAGGED    27
 
 /* Definitions of bit fields used in the value of co_client for CIFOP_INTERACT */
 #define CIFOP_INT_NOT	   0x1		/* Inverted sense (not interacting) */
@@ -335,10 +339,9 @@ extern void CIFClearPlanes(Plane **planes);
 extern Plane *CIFGenLayer(CIFOp *op, const Rect *area, CellDef *cellDef, CellDef *origDef, Plane *temps[],
                           bool hier, ClientData clientdata);
 extern void CIFInitCells(void);
-extern int cifHierCopyFunc(Tile *tile, TreeContext *cxp);
+extern int cifHierCopyFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, TreeContext *cxp);
-extern int cifHierCopyMaskHints(SearchContext *scx, ClientData clientData);
 extern void CIFLoadStyle(char *stylename);
-extern void CIFCopyMaskHints(SearchContext *scx, CellDef *targetDef);
+extern int CIFCopyMaskHints(SearchContext *scx, CellDef *targetDef);
 
 /* C99 compat */
 extern void CIFCoverageLayer(CellDef *rootDef, Rect *area, char *layer, bool dolist);
@@ -346,7 +349,7 @@ extern bool CIFWriteFlat(CellDef *rootDef, FILE *f);
 extern void CIFScalePlanes(int scalen, int scaled, Plane **planearray);
 extern void CIFInputRescale(int n, int d);
 extern int CIFScaleCoord(int cifCoord, int snap_type);
-extern int cifGrowSliver(Tile *tile, Rect *area);
+extern int cifGrowSliver(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, Rect *area);
 extern int cifHierElementFunc(CellUse *use, Transform *transform, int x, int y, Rect *checkArea);
 extern int cifSquareFunc(Rect *area, CIFOp *op, int *rows, int *columns, Rect *cut);
 extern int cifSquareGridFunc(Rect *area, CIFOp *op, int *rows, int *columns, Rect *cut);

cif/CIFrdcl.c

@@ -505,6 +505,7 @@ CIFParseStart(void)
 
 int cifCheckPaintFunc(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
     ClientData clientData)
 {
     return 1;
@@ -515,27 +516,28 @@ int cifCheckPaintFunc(
 int
 cifCopyPaintFunc(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
     CIFCopyRec *cifCopyRec)
 {
     int pNum;
-    TileType dinfo;
+    TileType newdinfo;
     Rect sourceRect, targetRect;
     Transform *trans = cifCopyRec->trans;
     Plane *plane = cifCopyRec->plane;
 
-    dinfo = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
+    newdinfo = TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo;
 
     if (trans)
     {
         TiToRect(tile, &sourceRect);
         GeoTransRect(trans, &sourceRect, &targetRect);
 	if (IsSplit(tile))
-	    dinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(TiGetTypeExact(tile), trans);
+	    newdinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo, trans);
     }
     else
         TiToRect(tile, &targetRect);
 
-    DBNMPaintPlane(plane, dinfo, &targetRect, CIFPaintTable,
+    DBNMPaintPlane(plane, newdinfo, &targetRect, CIFPaintTable,
                 (PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
 
     return 0;
@@ -561,6 +563,7 @@ cifCopyPaintFunc(
 int
 cifMaskHintFunc(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,	/* Unused, do not support non-manhattan hints */
     LinkedRect **lrecp)
 {
     Rect r;
@@ -597,8 +600,9 @@ int
 CIFPaintCurrent(
     int filetype)
 {
-    extern int cifMakeBoundaryFunc(Tile *tile, ClientData clientdata);	/* Forward declaration. */
+    /* Forward declarations. */
-    extern int cifPaintCurrentFunc(Tile *tile, TileType type);	/* Forward declaration. */
+    extern int cifMakeBoundaryFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, ClientData clientdata);
+    extern int cifPaintCurrentFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, TileType type);
 
     Plane *plane, *swapplane;
     int i;
@@ -609,7 +613,7 @@ CIFPaintCurrent(
 	CIFOp *op;
 
 	plane = CIFGenLayer(cifCurReadStyle->crs_layers[i]->crl_ops,
-	    &TiPlaneRect, (CellDef *)NULL, (CellDef *)NULL,
+	    &TiPlaneRect, cifReadCellDef, cifReadCellDef,
 	    cifCurReadPlanes, FALSE, (ClientData)NULL);
 
 	/* Generate a paint/erase table, then paint from the CIF
@@ -684,6 +688,8 @@ CIFPaintCurrent(
 	    }
 	    else if (op == NULL)
 	    {
+		LinkedRect *lrec = NULL, *lsrch;
+
 		/* Handle boundary layer */
 
 		op = cifCurReadStyle->crs_layers[i]->crl_ops;
@@ -698,6 +704,102 @@ CIFPaintCurrent(
 			(ClientData)NULL) == 1))
 		    DBSrPaintArea((Tile *) NULL, plane, &TiPlaneRect,
 			&CIFSolidBits, cifMakeBoundaryFunc, INT2CD(filetype));
+
+		/* Handle mask-hints input operator */
+
+		op = cifCurReadStyle->crs_layers[i]->crl_ops;
+		while (op)
+		{
+		    if (op->co_opcode == CIFOP_MASKHINTS) break;
+		    op = op->co_next;
+		}
+
+		if (op && (DBSrPaintArea((Tile *)NULL, plane, &TiPlaneRect,
+			&DBAllButSpaceBits, cifCheckPaintFunc,
+			(ClientData)NULL) == 1))
+		{
+		    /* (To do:  remove the linked Rects and paint directly
+		     * into the plane in cifMaskHintFunc())
+		     */
+		    DBSrPaintArea((Tile *) NULL, plane, &TiPlaneRect,
+				&CIFSolidBits, cifMaskHintFunc,
+				(ClientData)&lrec);
+
+		    if (lrec != NULL)
+		    {
+			PropertyRecord *proprec, *proporig;
+			char *propname, *layername;
+			int proplen, i, savescale;
+			bool origfound = FALSE;
+			Plane *plane;
+	
+			layername = (char *)op->co_client;
+		    	propname = (char *)mallocMagic(11 + strlen(layername));
+		    	sprintf(propname, "MASKHINTS_%s", layername);
+	
+			/* If there is already a mask hint plane for this layer,
+			 * then add to it;  otherwise, create a new plane.
+			 */
+			proprec = DBPropGet(cifReadCellDef, layername, &origfound);
+			if (origfound)
+			    plane = proprec->prop_value.prop_plane;
+			else
+			{
+			    proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(
+					sizeof(PropertyRecord));
+			    proprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE;
+			    proprec->prop_len = 0;	/* (unused) */
+			    plane = DBNewPlane((ClientData)TT_SPACE);
+			    proprec->prop_value.prop_plane = plane;
+			    DBPropPut(cifReadCellDef, propname, proprec);
+			}
+
+		    	while (lrec != NULL)
+		    	{
+			    lrec->r_r.r_xtop =
+					CIFScaleCoord(lrec->r_r.r_xtop, COORD_EXACT);
+			    savescale = cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor;
+			    lrec->r_r.r_ytop =
+					CIFScaleCoord(lrec->r_r.r_ytop, COORD_EXACT);
+			    if (savescale != cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor)
+			    {
+				lrec->r_r.r_xtop *=
+					(savescale / cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor);
+				savescale = cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor;
+			    }
+			    lrec->r_r.r_xbot =
+					CIFScaleCoord(lrec->r_r.r_xbot, COORD_EXACT);
+			    if (savescale != cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor)
+			    {
+				lrec->r_r.r_xtop *=
+					(savescale / cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor);
+				lrec->r_r.r_ytop *=
+					(savescale / cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor);
+				savescale = cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor;
+			    }
+			    lrec->r_r.r_ybot =
+					CIFScaleCoord(lrec->r_r.r_ybot, COORD_EXACT);
+			    if (savescale != cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor)
+			    {
+				lrec->r_r.r_xtop *=
+					(savescale / cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor);
+				lrec->r_r.r_ytop *=
+					(savescale / cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor);
+				lrec->r_r.r_xbot *=
+					(savescale / cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor);
+			    }
+
+			    DBPaintPlane(plane, &lrec->r_r, CIFPaintTable,
+					(PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
+	
+			    free_magic1_t mm1 = freeMagic1_init();
+			    freeMagic1(&mm1, lrec);
+			    lrec = lrec->r_next;
+			    freeMagic1_end(&mm1);
+			}
+		    	freeMagic(propname);
+		    }
+		}
 	    }
 
 	    /* Swap planes */
@@ -786,9 +888,7 @@ CIFPaintCurrent(
 
     	for (i = 0; i < cifNReadLayers; i++)
 	{
-	    LinkedRect *lrec = NULL;
+	    LinkedRect *lrec = NULL, *lsrch;
-	    char *propstr = NULL;
-	    char locstr[512];
 	    Plane *tempp;
 
 	    if (!TTMaskHasType(CalmaMaskHints, i)) continue;
@@ -813,53 +913,55 @@ CIFPaintCurrent(
 			(CellDef *)NULL, CIFPlanes, FALSE, (ClientData)NULL);
 
 	    /* Scan the resulting plane and generate linked Rect structures for
-	     * each shape found.
+	     * each shape found.  (To do:  Remove the linked Rects and paint
+	     * directly into the plane in cifMaskHintFunc(), which is more
+	     * efficient but not hugely so.)
 	     */
 	    DBSrPaintArea((Tile *)NULL, presult, &TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits,
 			cifMaskHintFunc, (ClientData)&lrec);
 
 	    if (lrec != NULL)
 	    {
+		PropertyRecord *proprec;
+		bool propfound;
 		char *propname;
+		Plane *plane;
 
 	    	propname = (char *)mallocMagic(11 + strlen(cifReadLayers[i]));
 	    	sprintf(propname, "MASKHINTS_%s", cifReadLayers[i]);
 
-	    	propstr = (char *)NULL;
+	    	/* Paint all linked Rects into a mask-hints property plane
-
+		 * in the target cell.
-	    	/* Turn all linked Rects into a mask-hints property in the
-		 * target cell.
 		 */
-	    	while (lrec != NULL)
+
+		proprec = DBPropGet(cifReadCellDef, propname, &propfound);
+		if (!propfound)
 		{
-		    char *newstr;
+		    proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord));
-		    sprintf(locstr, "%d %d %d %d",
+		    proprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE;
-				lrec->r_r.r_xbot / CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor,
+		    proprec->prop_len = 0;	/* (unused) */
-				lrec->r_r.r_ybot / CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor,
+		    plane = DBNewPlane((ClientData)TT_SPACE);
-				lrec->r_r.r_xtop / CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor,
+		    proprec->prop_value.prop_plane = plane;
-				lrec->r_r.r_ytop / CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor);
+		    DBPropPut(cifReadCellDef, propname, proprec);
-		    if (propstr == NULL)
-		    {
-		    	newstr = (char *)mallocMagic(strlen(locstr) + 1);
-		    	sprintf(newstr, "%s", locstr);
 		}
 		else
+		    plane = proprec->prop_value.prop_plane;
+
+	    	while (lrec != NULL)
 	    	{
-		    	newstr = (char *)mallocMagic(strlen(locstr)
+		    lrec->r_r.r_xbot /= CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor;
-					+ strlen(propstr) + 2);
+		    lrec->r_r.r_ybot /= CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor;
-		    	sprintf(newstr, "%s %s", propstr, locstr);
+		    lrec->r_r.r_xtop /= CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor;
-		    	freeMagic(propstr);
+		    lrec->r_r.r_ytop /= CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor;
-		    }
+
-		    propstr = newstr;
+		    DBPaintPlane(plane, &lrec->r_r, CIFPaintTable,
+				(PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
+
 		    free_magic1_t mm1 = freeMagic1_init();
 		    freeMagic1(&mm1, lrec);
 		    lrec = lrec->r_next;
 		    freeMagic1_end(&mm1);
 		}
-		/* NOTE: propstr is transferred to the CellDef and should
-		 * not be free'd here.
-		 */
-		DBPropPut(cifReadCellDef, propname, propstr);
 	    	freeMagic(propname);
 	    }
 
@@ -891,12 +993,14 @@ CIFPaintCurrent(
 int
 cifMakeBoundaryFunc(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile of CIF information. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information (unused) */
     ClientData clientdata)	/* Pass the file type (CIF or CALMA) */
 {
     /* It is assumed that there is one rectangle for the boundary.  */
     /* If there are multiple rectangles defined with the boundary   */
     /* layer, then the last one defines the FIXED_BBOX property.    */
 
+    PropertyRecord *proprec;
     Rect area;
     char propertyvalue[128], *storedvalue;
     int savescale;
@@ -928,19 +1032,24 @@ cifMakeBoundaryFunc(
 
     if (cifReadCellDef->cd_flags & CDFIXEDBBOX)
     {
-	char *propvalue;
+	PropertyRecord *proprec;
 	bool found;
 
 	/* Only flag a warning if the redefined boundary was	*/
 	/* different from the original.				*/
 
-	propvalue = (char *)DBPropGet(cifReadCellDef, "FIXED_BBOX", &found);
+	proprec = DBPropGet(cifReadCellDef, "FIXED_BBOX", &found);
 	if (found)
 	{
 	    Rect bbox;
-	    if (sscanf(propvalue, "%d %d %d %d", &bbox.r_xbot, &bbox.r_ybot,
+	    if ((proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION) &&
-		    &bbox.r_xtop, &bbox.r_ytop) == 4)
+			(proprec->prop_len == 4))
 	    {
+		bbox.r_xbot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[0];
+		bbox.r_ybot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[1];
+		bbox.r_xtop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[2];
+		bbox.r_ytop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[3];
+
 		if ((bbox.r_xbot != area.r_xbot) ||
 			(bbox.r_ybot != area.r_ybot) ||
 			(bbox.r_xtop != area.r_xtop) ||
@@ -957,10 +1066,15 @@ cifMakeBoundaryFunc(
 	}
     }
 
-    sprintf(propertyvalue, "%d %d %d %d",
+    proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord) + 2 * sizeof(int));
-	    area.r_xbot, area.r_ybot, area.r_xtop, area.r_ytop);
+    proprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION;
-    storedvalue = StrDup((char **)NULL, propertyvalue);
+    proprec->prop_len = 4;
-    DBPropPut(cifReadCellDef, "FIXED_BBOX", storedvalue);
+    proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[0] = area.r_xbot;
+    proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[1] = area.r_ybot;
+    proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[2] = area.r_xtop;
+    proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[3] = area.r_ytop;
+
+    DBPropPut(cifReadCellDef, "FIXED_BBOX", proprec);
     cifReadCellDef->cd_flags |= CDFIXEDBBOX;
     return 0;
 }
@@ -970,6 +1084,7 @@ cifMakeBoundaryFunc(
 int
 cifPaintCurrentFunc(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile of CIF information. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information */
     TileType type)		/* Magic type to be painted. */
 {
     Rect area;
@@ -1019,7 +1134,7 @@ cifPaintCurrentFunc(
     for (pNum = PL_PAINTBASE; pNum < DBNumPlanes; pNum++)
 	if (DBPaintOnPlane(type, pNum))
 	{
-	    DBNMPaintPlane(cifReadCellDef->cd_planes[pNum], TiGetTypeExact(tile),
+	    DBNMPaintPlane(cifReadCellDef->cd_planes[pNum], TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo,
 		    &area, DBStdPaintTbl(type, pNum), (PaintUndoInfo *) NULL);
 	}
 

cif/CIFrdpt.c

@@ -244,40 +244,61 @@ CIFPropRecordPath(
 {
     extern float CIFGetOutputScale(int convert);
     CIFPath *pathp;
-    char *pathstr, *sptr;
+    char *namestr = NULL;
-    int components;
+    int components, i, x, y, mult, pathnum;
-    float x, y, oscale, mult;
+    PropertyRecord *proprec;
+    bool propfound;
 
-    oscale = CIFGetOutputScale(1000);   /* 1000 for conversion to um */
+    /* If "name" is a property, then append a suffix to it to ensure uniqueness */
-    if (oscale == 0.0) oscale = 1.0;
+    DBPropGet(def, propname, &propfound);
-    mult = (iswire == TRUE) ? 0.5 : 1.0;
+    if (propfound)
+    {
+	pathnum = 0;
+	namestr = mallocMagic(strlen(propname) + 10);
+	while (propfound)
+	{
+	    sprintf(namestr, "%s_%d", propname, pathnum);
+	    DBPropGet(def, namestr, &propfound);
+	    pathnum++;
+	}
+    }
 
-    pathp = pathheadp;
+    mult = (iswire == TRUE) ? 1 : 0;
-    components = 0;
 
     /* Count the number of components in the path */
+    pathp = pathheadp;
+    components = 0;
     while (pathp != NULL)
     {
-	pathp = pathp->cifp_next;
 	components++;
+	pathp = pathp->cifp_next;
     }
-    /* Allocate enough space to hold 2 * N points at "infinity" */
+    /* Allocate enough space to hold 2 * N points. */
-    pathstr = (char *)mallocMagic(components * 40);
+    proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord) +
+		((components - 1) * 2) * sizeof(int));
+    proprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION;
+    proprec->prop_len = components * 2;
 
     pathp = pathheadp;
-    sptr = pathstr;
+    i = 0;
     while (pathp != NULL)
     {
-	x = (float)pathp->cifp_x * oscale * mult;
+	x = pathp->cifp_x >> mult;
-	y = (float)pathp->cifp_y * oscale * mult;
+	y = pathp->cifp_y >> mult;
-	sprintf(sptr, "%.3f %.3f ", x, y);
+        
-	sptr = sptr + strlen(sptr);
+	proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i] = x;
+	proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 1] = y;
+
+	i += 2;
 	pathp = pathp->cifp_next;
     }
-
+    if (namestr)
-    /* Reallocate pathstr to be no larger than needed to hold the path contents */
+    {
-    StrDup(&pathstr, pathstr);
+	DBPropPut(def, namestr, proprec);
-    DBPropPut(def, propname, (ClientData)pathstr);
+	freeMagic(namestr);
+    }
+    else
+	DBPropPut(def, propname, proprec);
 }
 
 /*

cif/CIFrdtech.c

@@ -324,14 +324,19 @@ cifNewReadStyle(void)
     {
 	/* Destroy old style and free all memory allocated to it */
 
-	for (i=0; i<MAXCIFRLAYERS; i+=1)
+	for (i = 0; i < MAXCIFRLAYERS; i++)
 	{
 	    layer = cifCurReadStyle->crs_layers[i];
 	    if (layer != NULL)
 	    {
 		free_magic1_t mm1 = freeMagic1_init();
 		for (op = layer->crl_ops; op != NULL; op = op->co_next)
+		{
+		    if (op->co_opcode == CIFOP_MASKHINTS ||
+				op->co_opcode == CIFOP_TAGGED)
+			freeMagic((char *)op->co_client);
 		    freeMagic1(&mm1, (char *)op);
+		}
 		freeMagic1_end(&mm1);
 		freeMagic((char *)layer);
 	    }
@@ -990,6 +995,12 @@ CIFReadTechLine(
 	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_COPYUP;
     else if (strcmp(argv[0], "boundary") == 0)
 	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_BOUNDARY;
+    else if (strcmp(argv[0], "not-square") == 0)
+	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_NOTSQUARE;
+    else if (strcmp(argv[0], "mask-hints") == 0)
+	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_MASKHINTS;
+    else if (strcmp(argv[0], "tagged") == 0)
+	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_TAGGED;
     else
     {
 	TechError("Unknown statement \"%s\".\n", argv[0]);
@@ -1016,6 +1027,15 @@ CIFReadTechLine(
 		goto errorReturn;
 	    }
 	    break;
+        case CIFOP_MASKHINTS:
+            if (argc != 2) goto wrongNumArgs;
+            newOp->co_client = (ClientData)StrDup((char **)NULL, argv[1]);
+            break;
+        case CIFOP_TAGGED:
+            if (argc != 3) goto wrongNumArgs;
+            newOp->co_client = (ClientData)StrDup((char **)NULL, argv[1]);
+	    CIFParseReadLayers(argv[2], &newOp->co_cifMask, TRUE);
+            break;
     }
 
     /* Link the new CIFOp onto the list. */
@@ -1099,6 +1119,7 @@ CIFReadTechFinal(void)
  *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
+
 void
 CIFReadLoadStyle(
     char *stylename)

cif/CIFsee.c

@@ -78,6 +78,7 @@ typedef struct {
 int
 cifPaintDBFunc(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile of CIF information. */
+    TileType dinfo,
     PaintLayerData *pld)
 {
     Rect area;
@@ -106,7 +107,7 @@ cifPaintDBFunc(
 	if (DBPaintOnPlane(type, pNum))
 	{
 	    ui.pu_pNum = pNum;
-	    DBNMPaintPlane(paintDef->cd_planes[pNum], TiGetTypeExact(tile),
+	    DBNMPaintPlane(paintDef->cd_planes[pNum], TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo,
 		    &area, DBStdPaintTbl(type, pNum), (PaintUndoInfo *) &ui);
 	}
 
@@ -167,7 +168,7 @@ CIFPaintLayer(
     (void) DBTreeSrTiles(&scx, &DBAllButSpaceAndDRCBits, 0,
 		cifHierCopyFunc, (ClientData) CIFComponentDef);
     CIFCopyMaskHints(&scx, CIFComponentDef);
-    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, cifHierCopyMaskHints,
+    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, CIFCopyMaskHints,
                 (ClientData)CIFComponentDef);
 
     oldCount = DBWFeedbackCount;
@@ -219,6 +220,7 @@ CIFPaintLayer(
 int
 cifSeeFunc(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile to be entered as feedback. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information */
     SeeLayerData *sld)		/* Layer and explanation for the feedback. */
 {
     Rect area;
@@ -233,10 +235,10 @@ cifSeeFunc(
 		(float)area.r_ybot / (float)CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor);
     }
 
+    /* (NOTE:  Preserve information about the geometry of a diagonal tile) */
     DBWFeedbackAdd(&area, sld->text, cifSeeDef, CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor,
-	sld->style |
+		sld->style | ((TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo) &
-                (TiGetTypeExact(tile) & (TT_DIAGONAL | TT_DIRECTION | TT_SIDE)));
+		(TT_DIAGONAL | TT_DIRECTION | TT_SIDE)));
-        /* (preserve information about the geometry of a diagonal tile) */
     return 0;
 }
 
@@ -287,7 +289,7 @@ CIFSeeLayer(
     (void) DBTreeSrTiles(&scx, &DBAllButSpaceAndDRCBits, 0,
 		cifHierCopyFunc, (ClientData) CIFComponentDef);
     CIFCopyMaskHints(&scx, CIFComponentDef);
-    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, cifHierCopyMaskHints,
+    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, CIFCopyMaskHints,
                 (ClientData)CIFComponentDef);
 
     oldCount = DBWFeedbackCount;
@@ -438,9 +440,11 @@ CIFCoverageLayer(
     SearchContext scx;
     TileTypeBitMask mask, depend;
     float fcover;
-    int cifCoverageFunc(Tile *tile, ClientData *arg);
     bool doBox = (area != &rootDef->cd_bbox) ? TRUE : FALSE;
 
+    /* Forward declaration */
+    int cifCoverageFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, ClientData *arg);
+
     /* Check out the CIF layer name. */
 
     if (!CIFNameToMask(layer, &mask, &depend)) return;
@@ -457,7 +461,7 @@ CIFCoverageLayer(
     (void) DBTreeSrTiles(&scx, &DBAllButSpaceAndDRCBits, 0,
 		cifHierCopyFunc, (ClientData) CIFComponentDef);
     CIFCopyMaskHints(&scx, CIFComponentDef);
-    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, cifHierCopyMaskHints,
+    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, CIFCopyMaskHints,
                 (ClientData)CIFComponentDef);
 
     CIFGen(CIFComponentDef, rootDef, area, CIFPlanes, &depend, TRUE, TRUE,
@@ -500,10 +504,10 @@ CIFCoverageLayer(
     }
     else
     {
-    	TxPrintf("%s Area = %lld CIF units^2\n", doBox ?  "Cursor Box" :
+    	TxPrintf("%s Area = %"DLONG_PREFIX"d CIF units^2\n", doBox ?  "Cursor Box" :
 		"Cell", btotal);
-    	TxPrintf("Layer Bounding Area = %lld CIF units^2\n", atotal);
+    	TxPrintf("Layer Bounding Area = %"DLONG_PREFIX"d CIF units^2\n", atotal);
-    	TxPrintf("Layer Total Area = %lld CIF units^2\n", cstats.coverage);
+    	TxPrintf("Layer Total Area = %"DLONG_PREFIX"d CIF units^2\n", cstats.coverage);
     	TxPrintf("Coverage in %s = %1.1f%%\n", doBox ? "box" :
 		"cell", 100.0 * fcover);
     }
@@ -512,6 +516,7 @@ CIFCoverageLayer(
 int
 cifCoverageFunc(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,	/* (unused) */
     ClientData *arg)
 {
     coverstats *cstats = (coverstats *)arg;

cif/CIFtech.c

@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ CIFTechLine(
 	    else
 	    {
 		l = strlen(CIFCurStyle->cs_name) - strlen(tptr);
-		if (!strcmp(tptr, CIFCurStyle->cs_name + l))
+		if ((l > 0) && !strcmp(tptr, CIFCurStyle->cs_name + l))
 		{
 		    CIFCurStyle->cs_status = TECH_PENDING;
 		    return TRUE;
@@ -1107,6 +1107,8 @@ CIFTechLine(
 	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_BBOX;
     else if (strcmp(argv[0], "net") == 0)
 	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_NET;
+    else if (strcmp(argv[0], "tagged") == 0)
+	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_TAGGED;
     else if (strcmp(argv[0], "maxrect") == 0)
 	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_MAXRECT;
     else if (strcmp(argv[0], "boundary") == 0)
@@ -1117,6 +1119,8 @@ CIFTechLine(
 	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_CLOSE;
     else if (strcmp(argv[0], "orthogonal") == 0)
 	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_MANHATTAN;
+    else if (strcmp(argv[0], "not-square") == 0)
+	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_NOTSQUARE;
     else if (strcmp(argv[0], "bridge") == 0)
 	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_BRIDGE;
     else if (strcmp(argv[0], "bridge-lim") == 0)
@@ -1355,6 +1359,7 @@ bloatCheck:
 	    bloatDone: break;
 
 	case CIFOP_NET:
+	case CIFOP_TAGGED:
 	    if (argc != 3) goto wrongNumArgs;
 	    newOp->co_client = (ClientData)StrDup((char **)NULL, argv[1]);
 	    cifParseLayers(argv[2], CIFCurStyle, &newOp->co_paintMask,
@@ -1669,12 +1674,12 @@ cifComputeRadii(
 
     for (op = layer->cl_ops; op != NULL; op = op->co_next)
     {
-	/* BBOX, NET, and MASKHINTS operators should never be used	*/
+	/* BBOX, NET, TAGGED, and MASKHINTS operators should never be	*/
-	/* hierarchically so ignore any grow/shrink operators that	*/
+	/* used	hierarchically so ignore any grow/shrink operators that	*/
 	/* come after them.						*/
 
 	if (op->co_opcode == CIFOP_BBOX || op->co_opcode == CIFOP_NET ||
-		    op->co_opcode == CIFOP_MASKHINTS)
+		    op->co_opcode == CIFOP_TAGGED || op->co_opcode == CIFOP_MASKHINTS)
 	    break;
 
 	/* If CIF layers are used, switch to the max of current
@@ -1986,8 +1991,8 @@ CIFTechFinal(void)
 		/* Presence of op->co_opcode in CIFOP_OR indicates a copy */
 		/* of the SquaresData pointer from a following operator.  */
 		/* CIFOP_BBOX and CIFOP_MAXRECT uses the co_client field  */
-		/* as a flag field, while CIFOP_NET and CIFOP_MASKHINTS	  */
+		/* as a flag field, while CIFOP_NET, CIFOP_MASKHINTS, and */
-		/* uses it for a string.				  */
+		/* CIFOP_TAGGED use it for a string.			  */
 		else
 		{
 		    switch (op->co_opcode)
@@ -1999,6 +2004,7 @@ CIFTechFinal(void)
 			case CIFOP_MAXRECT:
 			case CIFOP_MANHATTAN:
 			case CIFOP_NET:
+			case CIFOP_TAGGED:
 			    break;
 			case CIFOP_BRIDGELIM:
 			case CIFOP_BRIDGE:
@@ -2534,6 +2540,7 @@ CIFTechOutputScale(
 			case CIFOP_MAXRECT:
 			case CIFOP_MANHATTAN:
 			case CIFOP_NET:
+			case CIFOP_TAGGED:
 			case CIFOP_INTERACT:
 			    break;
 			case CIFOP_BRIDGELIM:
@@ -2649,8 +2656,8 @@ CIFTechOutputScale(
 		    default:
 			/* op->co_opcode in CIFOP_OR is a pointer copy,	*/
 			/* in CIFOP_BBOX and CIFOP_MAXRECT is a	flag,	*/
-			/* and in CIFOP_NET and CIFOP_MASKHINTS is a	*/
+			/* and in CIFOP_NET, CIFOP_MASKHINTS, and	*/
-			/* string.					*/
+			/* CIFOP_TAGGED is a string.			*/
 			break;
 		}
 	    }

cif/CIFwrite.c

@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ static const char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magi
     /* Forward declarations */
 extern int cifWriteInitFunc(CellDef *def);
 extern int cifWriteMarkFunc(CellUse *use);
-extern int cifWritePaintFunc(Tile *tile, FILE *f);
+extern int cifWritePaintFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, FILE *f);
-extern int cifWriteLabelFunc(Tile *tile, FILE *f);
+extern int cifWriteLabelFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, FILE *f);
 extern int cifWriteUseFunc(CellUse *use, FILE *f);
 extern void cifOutPreamble(FILE *outf, CellDef *cell);
 extern void cifOut(FILE *outf);
@@ -584,6 +584,7 @@ cifWriteUseFunc(
 int
 cifWriteLabelFunc(
     Tile *tile,		/* Tile to be written out. */
+    TileType dinfo,	/* Split tile information (unused) */
     FILE *f)		/* File in which to write. */
 {
     Rect r;
@@ -643,6 +644,7 @@ cifWriteLabelFunc(
 int
 cifWritePaintFunc(
     Tile *tile,		/* Tile to be written out. */
+    TileType dinfo,	/* Split tile information */
     FILE *f)		/* File in which to write. */
 {
     Rect r;
@@ -662,7 +664,7 @@ cifWritePaintFunc(
 	Point points[5];
 	int i, np;
 
-	GrClipTriangle(&r, NULL, FALSE, TiGetTypeExact(tile), points, &np);
+	GrClipTriangle(&r, NULL, FALSE, TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo, points, &np);
 
 	/* Write triangle as a CIF polygon */
 

commands/CmdAB.c

@@ -338,14 +338,17 @@ CmdArray(
 	case ARRAY_WIDTH:
 	    if (locargc == 2)
 	    {
+		char *xsepvalue;
 		for (la = lahead; la != NULL; la = la->ar_next)
 		{
+		    xsepvalue = DBWPrintValue(la->arrayInfo.ar_xsep,
+				w, TRUE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 		    if (doList)
 		    {
 			tobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
 			Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
-				Tcl_NewIntObj(la->arrayInfo.ar_xsep));
+				Tcl_NewStringObj(xsepvalue, -1));
 			Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
 		    }
 		    else
@@ -355,7 +358,7 @@ CmdArray(
 			    TxPrintf("Cell use \"%s\":", la->cellUse->cu_id);
 			else
 			    TxPrintf("Cell \"%s\":", la->cellUse->cu_def->cd_name);
-			TxPrintf("x separation %d\n", la->arrayInfo.ar_xsep);
+			TxPrintf("x separation %s\n", xsepvalue);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 		    }
 #endif
@@ -374,14 +377,17 @@ CmdArray(
 	case ARRAY_HEIGHT:
 	    if (locargc == 2)
 	    {
+		char *ysepvalue;
 		for (la = lahead; la != NULL; la = la->ar_next)
 		{
+		    ysepvalue = DBWPrintValue(la->arrayInfo.ar_ysep,
+				w, FALSE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 		    if (doList)
 		    {
 			tobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
 			Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
-				Tcl_NewIntObj(la->arrayInfo.ar_ysep));
+				Tcl_NewStringObj(ysepvalue, -1));
 			Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
 		    }
 		    else
@@ -391,7 +397,7 @@ CmdArray(
 			    TxPrintf("Cell use \"%s\":", la->cellUse->cu_id);
 			else
 			    TxPrintf("Cell \"%s\":", la->cellUse->cu_def->cd_name);
-			TxPrintf("y separation %d\n", la->arrayInfo.ar_ysep);
+			TxPrintf("y separation %s\n", ysepvalue);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 		    }
 #endif
@@ -410,16 +416,21 @@ CmdArray(
 	case ARRAY_PITCH:
 	    if (locargc == 2)
 	    {
+		char *xpitch, *ypitch;
 		for (la = lahead; la != NULL; la = la->ar_next)
 		{
+		    xpitch = DBWPrintValue(la->arrayInfo.ar_xsep,
+				w, TRUE);
+		    ypitch = DBWPrintValue(la->arrayInfo.ar_ysep,
+				w, FALSE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 		    if (doList)
 		    {
 			tobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
 			Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
-				Tcl_NewIntObj(la->arrayInfo.ar_xsep));
+				Tcl_NewStringObj(xpitch, -1));
 			Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
-				Tcl_NewIntObj(la->arrayInfo.ar_ysep));
+				Tcl_NewStringObj(ypitch, -1));
 			Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
 		    }
 		    else
@@ -429,8 +440,8 @@ CmdArray(
 			    TxPrintf("Cell use \"%s\":", la->cellUse->cu_id);
 			else
 			    TxPrintf("Cell \"%s\":", la->cellUse->cu_def->cd_name);
-			TxPrintf("x separation %d ", la->arrayInfo.ar_xsep);
+			TxPrintf("x separation %s ", xpitch);
-			TxPrintf("y separation %d\n", la->arrayInfo.ar_ysep);
+			TxPrintf("y separation %s\n", ypitch);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 		    }
 #endif
@@ -450,16 +461,21 @@ CmdArray(
 	case ARRAY_POSITION:
 	    if (locargc == 2)
 	    {
+		char *xpos, *ypos;
 		for (la = lahead; la != NULL; la = la->ar_next)
 		{
+		    xpos = DBWPrintValue(la->cellUse->cu_bbox.r_xbot,
+				w, TRUE);
+		    ypos = DBWPrintValue(la->cellUse->cu_bbox.r_ybot,
+				w, FALSE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 		    if (doList)
 		    {
 			tobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
 			Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
-				Tcl_NewIntObj(la->cellUse->cu_bbox.r_xbot));
+				Tcl_NewStringObj(xpos, -1));
 			Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
-				Tcl_NewIntObj(la->cellUse->cu_bbox.r_ybot));
+				Tcl_NewStringObj(ypos, -1));
 			Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
 		    }
 		    else
@@ -469,8 +485,8 @@ CmdArray(
 			    TxPrintf("Cell use \"%s\":", la->cellUse->cu_id);
 			else
 			    TxPrintf("Cell \"%s\":", la->cellUse->cu_def->cd_name);
-			TxPrintf("x=%d ", la->cellUse->cu_bbox.r_xbot);
+			TxPrintf("x=%s ", xpos);
-			TxPrintf("y=%d\n", la->cellUse->cu_bbox.r_ybot);
+			TxPrintf("y=%s\n", ypos);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 		    }
 #endif
@@ -763,8 +779,8 @@ CmdBox(
 	    break;
 	case BOX_EXISTS:
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
-	    Tcl_SetResult(magicinterp, ToolGetBox(NULL, NULL) ?  "1" : "0",
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp,
-			NULL);
+			Tcl_NewBooleanObj(ToolGetBox(NULL, NULL) ?  TRUE : FALSE));
 #else
 	    TxPrintf("%s\n", ToolGetBox(NULL, NULL) ? "True" : "False");
 #endif
@@ -874,13 +890,16 @@ CmdBox(
 		TxRebuildCommand(cmd);
 		return;
 	    }
-	    else if (DBWSnapToGrid != DBW_SNAP_USER)
+	    else if (DBWUnits != DBW_UNITS_USER)
 	    {
 		distancex = cmdParseCoord(w, cmd->tx_argv[3], TRUE, FALSE);
 		distancey = distancex;
 	    }
 	    else
 	    {
+		/* For user units, the distance may be different in the X and Y
+		 * directions for a given value.
+		 */
 		switch (direction)
 		{
 		    case GEO_EAST: case GEO_WEST:
@@ -908,15 +927,14 @@ CmdBox(
 	case BOX_WIDTH:
 	    if (argc == 2)
 	    {
+		char *boxvalues;
+		boxvalues = DBWPrintValue(boxptr->r_xtop - boxptr->r_xbot,
+			w, TRUE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
-		char *boxvalues = (char *)Tcl_Alloc(50);
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, Tcl_NewStringObj(boxvalues, -1));
-		sprintf(boxvalues, "%d",
-			boxptr->r_xtop - boxptr->r_xbot);
-		Tcl_SetResult(magicinterp, boxvalues, TCL_DYNAMIC);
 #else
-		TxPrintf("%s box width is %d\n",
+		TxPrintf("%s box width is %s\n", (refEdit) ? "Edit" : "Root",
-			(refEdit) ? "Edit" : "Root",
+			boxvalues);
-			boxptr->r_xtop - boxptr->r_xbot);
 #endif
 		return;
 	    }
@@ -928,15 +946,14 @@ CmdBox(
 	case BOX_HEIGHT:
 	    if (argc == 2)
 	    {
+		char *boxvalues;
+		boxvalues = DBWPrintValue(boxptr->r_ytop - boxptr->r_ybot,
+			w, FALSE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
-		char *boxvalues = (char *)Tcl_Alloc(50);
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, Tcl_NewStringObj(boxvalues, -1));
-		sprintf(boxvalues, "%d",
-			boxptr->r_ytop - boxptr->r_ybot);
-		Tcl_SetResult(magicinterp, boxvalues, TCL_DYNAMIC);
 #else
-		TxPrintf("%s box height is %d\n",
+		TxPrintf("%s box height is %s\n", (refEdit) ? "Edit" : "Root",
-			(refEdit) ? "Edit" : "Root",
+			boxvalues);
-			boxptr->r_ytop - boxptr->r_ybot);
 #endif
 		return;
 	    }
@@ -949,16 +966,24 @@ CmdBox(
 	    if (argc == 2)
 	    {
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
-		char *boxvalues = (char *)Tcl_Alloc(50);
+		Tcl_Obj *tobj;
-		sprintf(boxvalues, "%d %d",
+#endif
-			boxptr->r_xtop - boxptr->r_xbot,
+		char *boxvaluex, *boxvaluey;
-			boxptr->r_ytop - boxptr->r_ybot);
+		boxvaluex = DBWPrintValue(boxptr->r_xtop - boxptr->r_xbot,
-		Tcl_SetResult(magicinterp, boxvalues, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+			w, TRUE);
+		boxvaluey = DBWPrintValue(boxptr->r_ytop - boxptr->r_ybot,
+			w, FALSE);
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+		tobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(boxvaluex, -1));
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(boxvaluey, -1));
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
 #else
-		TxPrintf("%s box size is %d x %d\n",
+		TxPrintf("%s box size is %s x %s\n",
 			(refEdit) ? "Edit" : "Root",
-			boxptr->r_xtop - boxptr->r_xbot,
+			boxvaluex, boxvaluey);
-			boxptr->r_ytop - boxptr->r_ybot);
 #endif
 		return;
 	    }
@@ -973,14 +998,22 @@ CmdBox(
 	    if (argc == 2)
 	    {
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
-		char *boxvalues = (char *)Tcl_Alloc(50);
+		Tcl_Obj *tobj;
-		sprintf(boxvalues, "%d %d",
+#endif
-			boxptr->r_xbot, boxptr->r_ybot);
+		char *boxvaluex, *boxvaluey;
-		Tcl_SetResult(magicinterp, boxvalues, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+		boxvaluex = DBWPrintValue(boxptr->r_xbot, w, TRUE);
+		boxvaluey = DBWPrintValue(boxptr->r_ybot, w, FALSE);
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+		tobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
+				Tcl_NewStringObj(boxvaluex, -1));
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
+				Tcl_NewStringObj(boxvaluey, -1));
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
 #else
-		TxPrintf("%s box lower-left corner at (%d, %d)\n",
+		TxPrintf("%s box lower-left corner at (%s, %s)\n",
 			(refEdit) ? "Edit" : "Root",
-			boxptr->r_xbot, boxptr->r_ybot);
+			boxvaluex, boxvaluey);
 #endif
 		return;
 	    }
@@ -1012,16 +1045,31 @@ CmdBox(
 	    if (argc == 2)
 	    {
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
-		char *boxvalues = (char *)Tcl_Alloc(50);
+		Tcl_Obj *tobj;
-		sprintf(boxvalues, "%d %d %d %d",
+#endif
-			boxptr->r_xbot, boxptr->r_ybot,
+		char *boxvaluellx, *boxvaluelly;
-			boxptr->r_xtop, boxptr->r_ytop);
+		char *boxvalueurx, *boxvalueury;
-		Tcl_SetResult(magicinterp, boxvalues, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+
+		boxvaluellx = DBWPrintValue(boxptr->r_xbot, w, TRUE);
+		boxvaluelly = DBWPrintValue(boxptr->r_ybot, w, FALSE);
+		boxvalueurx = DBWPrintValue(boxptr->r_xtop, w, TRUE);
+		boxvalueury = DBWPrintValue(boxptr->r_ytop, w, FALSE);
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+
+		tobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(boxvaluellx, -1));
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(boxvaluelly, -1));
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(boxvalueurx, -1));
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(boxvalueury, -1));
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
 #else
-		TxPrintf("%s box coordinates (%d, %d) to (%d, %d)\n",
+		TxPrintf("%s box coordinates (%s, %s) to (%s, %s)\n",
 			(refEdit) ? "Edit" : "Root",
-			boxptr->r_xbot, boxptr->r_ybot,
+			boxvaluellx, boxvaluelly, boxvalueurx, boxvalueury);
-			boxptr->r_xtop, boxptr->r_ytop);
 #endif
 		return;
 	    }

commands/CmdCD.c

@@ -117,12 +117,13 @@ bool cmdDumpParseArgs(char *cmdName, MagWindow *w, TxCommand *cmd, CellUse *dumm
 #define CALMA_READ	19
 #define CALMA_READONLY	20
 #define CALMA_RESCALE	21
-#define CALMA_WARNING	22
+#define CALMA_SAVEPATHS	22
-#define CALMA_WRITE	23
+#define CALMA_WARNING	23
-#define CALMA_POLYS	24
+#define CALMA_WRITE	24
-#define CALMA_PATHS	25
+#define CALMA_POLYS	25
-#define CALMA_UNDEFINED	26
+#define CALMA_PATHS	26
-#define CALMA_UNIQUE	27
+#define CALMA_UNDEFINED	27
+#define CALMA_UNIQUE	28
 
 #define CALMA_WARN_HELP CIF_WARN_END	/* undefined by CIF module */
 
@@ -175,6 +176,7 @@ CmdCalma(
 	"		into edit cell",
 	"readonly [yes|no]	set cell as read-only and generate output from GDS file",
 	"rescale [yes|no]	allow or disallow internal grid subdivision",
+	"savepaths [yes|no]	save path centerlines as cell properties",
 	"warning [option]	set warning information level",
 	"write file		output Calma GDS-II format to \"file\"\n"
 	"		for the window's root cell",
@@ -738,6 +740,27 @@ CmdCalma(
 		CalmaSubcellPolygons = (unsigned char)option;
 	    return;
 
+	case CALMA_SAVEPATHS:
+	    if (cmd->tx_argc == 2)
+	    {
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(CalmaRecordPaths));
+#else
+		TxPrintf("Paths in GDS cells read from input file are%s recorded"
+				" as cell properties.\n",
+			(CalmaRecordPaths) ?  " " : " not");
+#endif
+		return;
+	    }
+	    else if (cmd->tx_argc != 3)
+		goto wrongNumArgs;
+
+	    option = Lookup(cmd->tx_argv[2], cmdCalmaYesNo);
+	    if (option < 0)
+		goto wrongNumArgs;
+	    CalmaRecordPaths = (option < 4) ? FALSE : TRUE;
+	    return;
+
 	case CALMA_NO_DUP:
 	    if (cmd->tx_argc == 2)
 	    {
@@ -1300,7 +1323,7 @@ CmdCellname(
 	    if (cellDef == (CellDef *) NULL)
 		TxError("Unknown cell %s\n", cellname);
 	    else
-		CmdDoProperty(cellDef, cmd, 3 + ((dolist) ? 1 : 0));
+		CmdDoProperty(cellDef, w, cmd, 3 + ((dolist) ? 1 : 0));
 	    break;
 
 	case IDX_DELETE:
@@ -2396,8 +2419,10 @@ CmdContact(
     CCStruct ccs;
     Rect area;
     LinkedRect *lr = NULL;
-    int cmdContactFunc(Tile *tile, CCStruct *ccs);	/* Forward declaration */
+
-    int cmdContactEraseFunc(Tile *tile, LinkedRect **lr);	/* Forward declaration */
+    /* Forward declarations */
+    int cmdContactFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, CCStruct *ccs);
+    int cmdContactEraseFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, LinkedRect **lr);
 
     windCheckOnlyWindow(&w, DBWclientID);
     if ((w == (MagWindow *) NULL) || (w->w_client != DBWclientID))
@@ -2531,11 +2556,14 @@ CmdContact(
 int
 cmdContactFunc(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
     CCStruct *ccs)
 {
     TileType stype;
     TileTypeBitMask smask;
-    int cmdContactFunc2(Tile *tile, CCStruct *ccs);	/* Forward declaration */
+
+    /* Forward declaration */
+    int cmdContactFunc2(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, CCStruct *ccs);
 
     TiToRect(tile, &ccs->area);
     GeoClip(&ccs->area, &ccs->clip);
@@ -2545,14 +2573,16 @@ cmdContactFunc(
 	    break;
 
     TTMaskSetOnlyType(&smask, stype);
-    DBSrPaintArea((Tile *) NULL, ccs->rootDef->cd_planes[DBPlane(stype)],
+    DBSrPaintNMArea((Tile *)NULL, ccs->rootDef->cd_planes[DBPlane(stype)],
-		&ccs->area, &smask, cmdContactFunc2, (ClientData)ccs);
+		TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo, &ccs->area, &smask,
+		cmdContactFunc2, (ClientData)ccs);
     return 0;
 }
 
 int
 cmdContactFunc2(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,	/* (unused) */
     CCStruct *ccs)
 {
     LinkedRect *newlr;
@@ -2575,6 +2605,7 @@ cmdContactFunc2(
 int
 cmdContactEraseFunc(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,	/* (unused) */
     LinkedRect **lr)
 {
     LinkedRect *newlr;
@@ -2828,14 +2859,15 @@ CmdCorner(
     TileTypeBitMask maskBits;
     Rect editBox;
     SearchContext scx;
-    extern int cmdCornerFunc(Tile *tile, TreeContext *cxp);
     bool hasErr = FALSE;
     int locargc = cmd->tx_argc;
-
-    extern int cmdBevelFunc(Tile *tile, TreeContext *cxp);
     bool dobevel = FALSE;
     NMCornerPath cmdPathList;
 
+    /* Forward declarations */
+    extern int cmdCornerFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, TreeContext *cxp);
+    extern int cmdBevelFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, TreeContext *cxp);
+
     if (cmd->tx_argc < 3 || cmd->tx_argc > 5)
     {
 	TxError("Usage: %s direction1 direction2 [layers]\n",
@@ -3030,6 +3062,7 @@ CmdCorner(
 int
 cmdCornerFunc(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile to fill with. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information (unused) */
     TreeContext *cxp)		/* Describes state of search. */
 {
     Rect r1, r2, r3;
@@ -3196,6 +3229,7 @@ AddNewPoint(
 int
 cmdBevelFunc(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile to fill with. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information (unused) */
     TreeContext *cxp)		/* Describes state of search. */
 {
     Rect r1, r2, r3;
@@ -4585,6 +4619,7 @@ CmdDrc(
 int
 cmdDropPaintCell(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
     TreeContext *cxp)
 {
     CellDef *cellDef = cxp->tc_scx->scx_use->cu_def;
@@ -4593,7 +4628,7 @@ cmdDropPaintCell(
     TileType type;
     Rect area;
 
-    if (SplitSide(tile))
+    if (dinfo & TT_SIDE)
         type = SplitRightType(tile);
     else
         type = SplitLeftType(tile);
@@ -4626,6 +4661,7 @@ cmdDropPaintCell(
 int
 cmdDropFunc(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
     ClientData clientData)
 {
     TileTypeBitMask tMask, *lMask = (TileTypeBitMask *)clientData;
@@ -4636,7 +4672,7 @@ cmdDropFunc(
     scx.scx_use = EditCellUse;
     scx.scx_trans = GeoIdentityTransform;
 
-    if (SplitSide(tile))
+    if (dinfo & TT_SIDE)
 	type = SplitRightType(tile);
     else
 	type = SplitLeftType(tile);
@@ -4978,15 +5014,20 @@ cmdDumpParseArgs(
     bbox = def->cd_bbox;
     if (def->cd_flags & CDFIXEDBBOX)
     {
-	char *propvalue;
+	PropertyRecord *proprec;
 	bool found;
 
-	propvalue = (char *)DBPropGet(def, "FIXED_BBOX", &found);
+	proprec = DBPropGet(def, "FIXED_BBOX", &found);
 	if (found)
 	{
-	    if (sscanf(propvalue, "%d %d %d %d", &bbox.r_xbot, &bbox.r_ybot,
+	    if ((proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION) &&
-		    &bbox.r_xtop, &bbox.r_ytop) != 4)
+			(proprec->prop_len == 4))
-		bbox = def->cd_bbox;
+	    {
+		bbox.r_xbot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[0];
+		bbox.r_ybot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[1];
+		bbox.r_xtop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[2];
+		bbox.r_ytop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[3];
+	    }
 	}
     }
 

commands/CmdE.c

@@ -925,11 +925,14 @@ cmdExpandFunc(
 #define	DOALL		1
 #define	DOCAPACITANCE	2
 #define	DOCOUPLING	3
-#define	DOLENGTH	4
+#define	DOEXTRESIST	4
-#define	DOLOCAL		5
+#define	DOLENGTH	5
-#define	DORESISTANCE	6
+#define	DOLOCAL		6
-#define	DOLABELCHECK	7
+#define	DORESISTANCE	7
-#define	DOALIASES	8
+#define	DOLABELCHECK	8
+#define	DOALIASES	9
+#define	DOUNIQUE       10
+#define	DOEXTRESIST2   11
 
 #define	LENCLEAR	0
 #define	LENDRIVER	1
@@ -972,11 +975,14 @@ CmdExtract(
 	"all			all options",
 	"capacitance		extract substrate capacitance",
 	"coupling		extract coupling capacitance",
+	"extresist		extract resistance",
 	"length			compute driver-receiver pathlengths",
 	"local			put all generated files in the current directory",
-	"resistance		estimate resistance",
+	"lumped			estimate lumped resistance",
 	"labelcheck		check for connections through sticky labels",
 	"aliases		output all net name aliases",
+	"unique			ensure unique node names during extraction",
+	"resistance		extract resistance (same as \"do extresist\")",
 	NULL
     };
     static const char * const cmdExtLength[] =
@@ -1120,12 +1126,13 @@ CmdExtract(
 	    }
 	    else if (argc == 2)
 	    {
+		char *halodisp;
+		halodisp = DBWPrintValue(ExtCurStyle->exts_sideCoupleHalo,
+			w, TRUE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
-		Tcl_Obj *tobj;
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, Tcl_NewStringObj(halodisp, -1));
-		tobj = Tcl_NewIntObj(ExtCurStyle->exts_sideCoupleHalo);
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
 #else
-		TxPrintf("Side overlap halo is %d\n", ExtCurStyle->exts_sideCoupleHalo);
+		TxPrintf("Side overlap halo is %s\n", halodisp);
 #endif
 		return;
 	    }
@@ -1150,12 +1157,12 @@ CmdExtract(
 	    }
 	    else if (argc == 2)
 	    {
+		char *stepdisp;
+		stepdisp = DBWPrintValue(ExtCurStyle->exts_stepSize, w, TRUE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
-		Tcl_Obj *tobj;
+		Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, Tcl_NewStringObj(stepdisp, -1));
-		tobj = Tcl_NewIntObj(ExtCurStyle->exts_stepSize);
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
 #else
-		TxPrintf("Extraction step size is %d\n", ExtCurStyle->exts_stepSize);
+		TxPrintf("Extraction step size is %s\n", stepdisp);
 #endif
 		return;
 	    }
@@ -1277,9 +1284,11 @@ CmdExtract(
 		TxPrintf("%s capacitance\n", OPTSET(EXT_DOCAPACITANCE));
 		TxPrintf("%s coupling\n", OPTSET(EXT_DOCOUPLING));
 		TxPrintf("%s length\n", OPTSET(EXT_DOLENGTH));
-		TxPrintf("%s resistance\n", OPTSET(EXT_DORESISTANCE));
+		TxPrintf("%s lumped R\n", OPTSET(EXT_DORESISTANCE));
 		TxPrintf("%s label check\n", OPTSET(EXT_DOLABELCHECK));
 		TxPrintf("%s aliases\n", OPTSET(EXT_DOALIASES));
+		TxPrintf("%s unique\n", OPTSET(EXT_DOUNIQUE));
+		TxPrintf("%s resistance (extresist)\n", OPTSET(EXT_DOEXTRESIST));
 		return;
 #undef	OPTSET
 	    }
@@ -1309,6 +1318,9 @@ CmdExtract(
 		case DORESISTANCE:	option = EXT_DORESISTANCE; break;
 		case DOLABELCHECK:	option = EXT_DOLABELCHECK; break;
 		case DOALIASES:		option = EXT_DOALIASES; break;
+		case DOUNIQUE:		option = EXT_DOUNIQUE; break;
+		case DOEXTRESIST:
+		case DOEXTRESIST2:	option = EXT_DOEXTRESIST; break;
 		case DOLOCAL:
 		    /* "extract do local" and "extract no local" are kept for
 		     * backwards compatibility, but now effectively implement

commands/CmdFI.c

@@ -102,15 +102,17 @@ struct cmdFPArg
 int
 feedPolyFunc(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
     struct cmdFPArg *arg)
 {
     Rect area;
     TiToRect(tile, &area);
 
+    /* (NOTE:  Preserve information about the geometry of a diagonal tile) */
     DBWFeedbackAdd(&area, arg->text, arg->def, FEEDMAGNIFY,
         arg->style |
-                (TiGetTypeExact(tile) & (TT_DIAGONAL | TT_DIRECTION | TT_SIDE)));
+                ((TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo) &
-        /* (preserve information about the geometry of a diagonal tile) */
+		(TT_DIAGONAL | TT_DIRECTION | TT_SIDE)));
     return 0;
 }
 
@@ -513,7 +515,9 @@ CmdFill(
     TileTypeBitMask maskBits;
     Rect editBox;
     SearchContext scx;
-    extern int cmdFillFunc(Tile *tile, TreeContext *cxp);
+
+    /* Forward declaration */
+    extern int cmdFillFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, TreeContext *cxp);
 
     if (cmd->tx_argc < 2 || cmd->tx_argc > 3)
     {
@@ -603,11 +607,16 @@ CmdFill(
  * paint here it may mess up the search.  Instead, the procedures
  * save areas on a list.  The list is post-processed to paint the
  * areas once the search is finished.
+ *
+ * Split tile information is unused because there is no obvious
+ * meaning to "filling" from a split tile, although probably reasonable
+ * methods could be worked out.
  */
 
 int
 cmdFillFunc(
     Tile *tile,			/* Tile to fill with. */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* Split tile information (unused) */
     TreeContext *cxp)		/* Describes state of search. */
 {
     Rect r1, r2;
@@ -1210,7 +1219,7 @@ CmdGetnode(
 	TxError("Put the cursor in a layout window\n");
 	return;
     }
-    if( is_fast == TRUE )
+    if (is_fast == TRUE)
     {
 	SimRecomputeSel = TRUE;
 	SimGetsnode();
@@ -1218,7 +1227,8 @@ CmdGetnode(
     else
 	SimGetnode();
 
-    if (SimGetnodeAlias) {			/* "erase" the hash table */
+    if (SimGetnodeAlias)		/* "erase" the hash table */
+    {
 	HashKill(&SimGNAliasTbl);
 	HashInit(&SimGNAliasTbl, 120, STRINGS);
     }
@@ -1604,7 +1614,7 @@ CmdFindNetProc(
     int			pnum, xpos, ypos;
     char 		*xstr, *ystr;
     bool		locvalid = FALSE, usefound = TRUE;
-    TileType		ttype;
+    TileType		ttype, dinfo = (TileType)0;
 
     scx.scx_use = use;
     scx.scx_trans = GeoIdentityTransform;
@@ -1642,6 +1652,7 @@ CmdFindNetProc(
 
     if ((xstr = strchr(s, '_')) != NULL)
     {
+	char *hashpos;
 	bool isNeg = FALSE;
 
         /* The characters up to the leading '_' should match one of the	*/
@@ -1685,6 +1696,17 @@ CmdFindNetProc(
 		    }
 	        }
 	    }
+
+	    /* Format variant used for node regions where a split tile
+	     * occupies the root position of the node but the tile type
+	     * belonging to the node is on the right side of the tile,
+	     * not at the location encoded into the name.  An 'x' is
+	     * added before the final hash sign.
+	     */
+	    hashpos = strrchr(s, '#');
+	    if (hashpos != NULL)
+		if (*(hashpos - 1) == 'r')
+		    dinfo = TT_DIAGONAL | TT_SIDE;
 	}
     }
 
@@ -1707,17 +1729,23 @@ checklocal:
 
     if (locvalid == TRUE)
     {
-	int findTile(Tile *tile, TileType *rtype);
+	int findTile(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, TileAndDinfo *tad);
 	CellDef	 *targetdef = use->cu_def;
 	Plane *plane = targetdef->cd_planes[pnum];
-
+        TileAndDinfo tad;
-	ttype = TT_SPACE;	/* revert to space in case of failure */
 
 	/* Find the tile type of the tile at the specified point which	*/
-	/* exists on the plane pnum.					*/
+	/* exists on the plane pnum.  Note that in the case of a split	*/
+	/* tile region marked with "x" in the name, it does not work to	*/
+	/* call DBSrPainNMArea() because the diagonal position is not	*/
+	/* known.  findTile() determines the proper type and leaves it	*/
+	/* in the tad.tad_dinfo record.					*/
 
+	tad.tad_tile = (Tile *)NULL;
+	tad.tad_dinfo = dinfo;
 	DBSrPaintArea(NULL, plane, &localrect, &DBAllTypeBits, findTile,
-			(ClientData) &ttype);
+			(ClientData) &tad);
+	ttype = tad.tad_dinfo & TT_LEFTMASK;
     }
     else
     {
@@ -1841,20 +1869,31 @@ CmdGoto(
 int
 findTile(
     Tile *tile,
-    TileType *rtype)
+    TileType dinfo,	/* (unused) */
+    TileAndDinfo *tad)
 {
     TileType ttype;
 
+    /* Note that since all types are being searched, a split
+     * tile would cause the callback to be called twice.  But
+     * this routine will pick the indicated side from the
+     * "tad" structure and return 1 so it does not get called
+     * a second time.  The "dinfo" value passed is irrelevant.
+     */
+
     if (IsSplit(tile))
     {
-	if (SplitSide(tile))
+	if (tad->tad_dinfo & TT_SIDE)
 	    ttype = SplitRightType(tile);
 	else
 	    ttype = SplitLeftType(tile);
     }
     else
 	ttype = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
-    *rtype = ttype;
+
+    /* Leave the tile type in tad_dinfo before returning */
+    tad->tad_dinfo = ttype;
+
     return 1;			/* stop search */
 }
 

commands/CmdLQ.c

@@ -45,9 +45,8 @@ static const char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magi
 #include "utils/undo.h"
 #include "select/select.h"
 #include "netmenu/netmenu.h"
-
-/* C99 compat */
 #include "cif/cif.h"
+#include "cif/CIFint.h"
 
 /* Forward declarations */
 
@@ -2296,6 +2295,8 @@ parsepositions:
     editDef->cd_flags |= (CDMODIFIED | CDGETNEWSTAMP);
 }
 
+#define PROPERTY_TYPE_COMPAT	4	/* Last entry in cmdPropertyType */
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -2319,47 +2320,449 @@ parsepositions:
 void
 CmdDoProperty(
     CellDef *def,
+    MagWindow *w,
     TxCommand *cmd,
     int argstart)
 {
-    int printPropertiesFunc();
+    PropertyRecord *proprec;
     char *value;
-    bool propfound;
+    bool propfound, dolist;
+    int proptype, proplen, propvalue, i;
+    dlong dvalue;
     int locargc = cmd->tx_argc - argstart + 1;
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+    Tcl_Obj *tobj;
+#endif
+
+    /* Forward declarations */
+    int printPropertiesFunc();
+    int printPlanePropFunc();		
+
+    /* These should match the property codes in database.h.in, except
+     * for "compat" which must come at the end.
+     */
+    static const char * const cmdPropertyType[] = {
+	"string", "integer", "dimension", "double", "plane", "compat", NULL
+    };
+
+    /* If the first keyword is "list", then set dolist and increment
+     * the starting argument position.
+     */
+    dolist = FALSE;
+    if (locargc > 1)
+    {
+	if (!strcmp(cmd->tx_argv[argstart], "list"))
+	{
+	    dolist = TRUE;
+	    locargc--;
+	    argstart++;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* If a property type is given, parse it and then strip it from
+     * the arguments list.
+     */
+    if (locargc > 1)
+    {
+	proptype = Lookup(cmd->tx_argv[argstart], cmdPropertyType);
+	if (proptype >= 0)
+	{
+	    if (proptype != PROPERTY_TYPE_COMPAT)
+	    {
+		locargc--;
+		argstart++;
+	    }
+	}
+	else
+	    proptype = PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING;	/* default */
+    }
+    else
+	proptype = PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING;	/* default */
 
     if (locargc == 1)
     {
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+	Tcl_Obj *tobj;
+	/* Create an empty list for the interpreter result; the
+	 * printPropertiesFunc() function will append values to it.
+	 */
+	tobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
+#endif
 	/* print all properties and their values */
-	DBPropEnum(def, printPropertiesFunc, NULL);
+	DBPropEnum(def, printPropertiesFunc, (ClientData)w);
     }
 
     else if (locargc == 2)
     {
-	/* print the value of the indicated property */
+	/* If the property type was "compat", then give the state of the
-	value = (char *)DBPropGet(def, cmd->tx_argv[argstart], &propfound);
+	 * compatibility flag and return.
-	if (propfound)
+	 */
+	if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_COMPAT)
+	{
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
-	    Tcl_SetResult(magicinterp, value, NULL);
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(DBPropCompat));
 #else
-	    TxPrintf("%s", value);
+	    TxPrintf("%s\n", (DBPropCompat == TRUE) ? "True" : "False");
 #endif
+	    return;
+	}
+
+	/* Print the value of the indicated property */
+	proprec = (PropertyRecord *)DBPropGet(def, cmd->tx_argv[argstart], &propfound);
+	if (propfound)
+	{
+	    proptype = proprec->prop_type;
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+	    switch (proptype)
+	    {
+		case PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING:
+		    Tcl_SetResult(magicinterp, proprec->prop_value.prop_string, NULL);
+		    break;
+		case PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER:
+		    if (proprec->prop_len == 1)
+			Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp,
+				Tcl_NewIntObj(proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[0]));
+		    else
+		    {
+			tobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
+			for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
+			    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
+					Tcl_NewIntObj(
+					proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i]));
+			Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
+		    }
+		    break;
+		case PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION:
+		    if (proprec->prop_len == 1)
+			Tcl_SetResult(magicinterp,
+				DBWPrintValue(proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[0],
+				w, TRUE), NULL);
+		    else
+		    {
+			tobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
+			for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
+			    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
+					Tcl_NewStringObj(DBWPrintValue(
+					proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i], w,
+					((i % 2) == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE), -1));
+			Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
+		    }
+		    break;
+		case PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE:
+		    tobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
+		    DBSrPaintArea(PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane),
+				proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+				&TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits, printPlanePropFunc,
+				(ClientData)tobj);
+		    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
+		    break;
+		case PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE:
+		    if (proprec->prop_len == 1)
+			Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp,
+				Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)
+				proprec->prop_value.prop_double[0]));
+		    else
+		    {
+			tobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
+			for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
+			    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
+					Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)
+					proprec->prop_value.prop_double[i]));
+			Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
+		    }
+		    break;
+	    }
+#else
+	    switch (proptype)
+	    {
+		case PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING:
+		    TxPrintf("%s\n", proprec->prop_value.prop_string);
+		    break;
+		case PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER:
+		    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
+			TxPrintf("%d ", proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i]);
+		    TxPrintf("\n");
+		    break;
+		case PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION:
+		    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
+			TxPrintf("%s ", DBWPrintValue(
+				proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i], w,
+				((i % 2) == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
+		
+		    TxPrintf("\n");
+		    break;
+		case PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE:
+		    DBSrPaintArea(PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane),
+				proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+				&TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits, printPlanePropFunc,
+				(ClientData)NULL);
+		    TxPrintf("\n");
+		    break;
+		case PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE:
+		    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
+			TxPrintf( "%"DLONG_PREFIX"d",
+				proprec->prop_value.prop_double[i]);
+		    TxPrintf("\n");
+		    break;
+	    }
+#endif
+	}
 	else {
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 	    /* If the command was "cellname list property ...", then	*/
 	    /* just return NULL if the property was not found.		*/
-	    if (strcmp(cmd->tx_argv[1], "list"))
+	    if (!dolist)
 #endif
-		TxError("Property name \"%s\" is not defined\n", cmd->tx_argv[1]);
+		TxError("Property name \"%s\" is not defined\n", cmd->tx_argv[argstart]);
 	}
     }
-    else if (locargc == 3)
+    else if (locargc >= 3)
     {
+	/* If the property type was "compat", then set the state of the
+	 * compatibility flag and return.
+	 */
+	if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_COMPAT)
+	{
+	    int idx;
+	    static const char * const cmdPropYesNo[] = {
+			"disable", "no", "false", "off", "0",
+			"enable", "yes", "true", "on", "1", 0 };
+	    idx = Lookup(cmd->tx_argv[2], cmdPropYesNo);
+	    if (idx < 0)
+	    {
+		TxError("Unknown property compat option \"%s\"\n", cmd->tx_argv[2]);
+		return;
+	    }
+	    DBPropCompat = (idx <= 4) ? FALSE : TRUE;
+	    return;
+	}
+
+	/* Catch the following known reserved keywords and cast them to the
+	 * expected property type.  If any property type was already given
+	 * to the command, it is overridden.  This ensures that the reserved
+	 * keyword functions work correctly.
+	 *
+	 * GDS_START, GDS_END:  PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE
+	 * MASKHINTS_*:  PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE
+	 * FIXED_BBOX:  PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION
+	 */
+	if (!strcmp(cmd->tx_argv[argstart], "GDS_START"))
+	    proptype = PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE;
+	else if (!strcmp(cmd->tx_argv[argstart], "GDS_END"))
+	    proptype = PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE;
+	else if (!strcmp(cmd->tx_argv[argstart], "GDS_FILE"))
+	    proptype = PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING;
+	else if (!strcmp(cmd->tx_argv[argstart], "FIXED_BBOX"))
+	    proptype = PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION;
+	else if (!strcmp(cmd->tx_argv[argstart], "OBS_BBOX"))
+	    proptype = PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION;
+	else if (!strncmp(cmd->tx_argv[argstart], "MASKHINTS_", 10))
+	    proptype = PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE;
+
 	if (strlen(cmd->tx_argv[argstart + 1]) == 0)
 	    DBPropPut(def, cmd->tx_argv[argstart], NULL);
 	else
 	{
-	    value = StrDup((char **)NULL, cmd->tx_argv[argstart + 1]);
+	    if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING)
-	    DBPropPut(def, cmd->tx_argv[argstart], value);
+	    {
+		proplen = strlen(cmd->tx_argv[argstart + 1]);
+		proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord) -
+			7 + proplen);
+		proprec->prop_type = proptype;
+		proprec->prop_len = proplen;
+		strcpy(proprec->prop_value.prop_string, cmd->tx_argv[argstart + 1]);
+	    }
+	    else	/* All non-string properties */
+	    {
+		Plane *plane;
+		Rect r;
+
+		/* Two choices:  If locargc == 3 then all values are in one
+		 * argument.  If locargc > 3, then parse each argument as a
+		 * separate value.
+		 */
+		if (locargc > 3)
+		{
+		    proplen = locargc - 2;
+		    if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE)
+		        proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord) +
+				(proplen - 1)*sizeof(dlong));
+		    else if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE)
+		    {
+		        proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord));
+			plane = DBNewPlane((ClientData)TT_SPACE);
+			proprec->prop_value.prop_plane = plane;
+		    }
+		    else
+		        proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord) +
+				(proplen - 2)*sizeof(int));
+		    proprec->prop_type = proptype;
+		    proprec->prop_len = proplen;
+
+		    for (i = 1; i < locargc - 1; i++)
+		    {
+			if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER)
+			{
+			    if (sscanf(cmd->tx_argv[argstart + i], "%d",
+					&propvalue) == 1)
+				proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i - 1] = propvalue;
+			    else
+			    {
+				TxError("Unable to parse value \"%s\" as an integer\n",
+					cmd->tx_argv[argstart + i]);
+				proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i - 1] = 0;
+			    }
+			}
+			else if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE)
+			{
+			    if (sscanf(cmd->tx_argv[argstart + i], "%"DLONG_PREFIX"d",
+					&dvalue) == 1)
+				proprec->prop_value.prop_double[i - 1] = dvalue;
+			    else
+			    {
+				TxError("Unable to parse value \"%s\" as an integer\n",
+					cmd->tx_argv[argstart + i]);
+				proprec->prop_value.prop_double[i - 1] = 0;
+			    }
+			}
+			else if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE)
+			{
+			    propvalue = cmdParseCoord(w, cmd->tx_argv[argstart + i],
+					FALSE, ((i % 2) == 0) ? FALSE : TRUE);
+			    switch ((i - 1) % 4)
+			    {
+				case 0:
+				    r.r_xbot = propvalue;
+				    break;
+				case 1:
+				    r.r_ybot = propvalue;
+				    break;
+				case 2:
+				    r.r_xtop = propvalue;
+				    break;
+				case 3:
+				    r.r_ytop = propvalue;
+				    DBPaintPlane(plane, &r, CIFPaintTable,
+						(PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
+				    break;
+			    }
+			}
+			else	/* PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION */
+			{
+			    propvalue = cmdParseCoord(w, cmd->tx_argv[argstart + i],
+					FALSE, ((i % 2) == 0) ? FALSE : TRUE);
+			    proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i - 1] = propvalue;
+			}
+	 	    }
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    /* Make two passes through the argument string, once to get
+		     * the valid number of arguments, then again to parse the
+		     * values, once the property record has been allocated
+		     */
+		    if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE)
+		    {
+		        proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord));
+			plane = DBNewPlane((ClientData)TT_SPACE);
+			proprec->prop_value.prop_plane = plane;
+		    }
+		    else
+		    {
+			value = cmd->tx_argv[argstart + 1];
+			for (proplen = 0; *value != '\0'; )
+			{
+			    if (isspace(*value) && (*value != '\0')) value++;
+			    if (!isspace(*value))
+			    {
+				proplen++;
+				while (!isspace(*value) && (*value != '\0')) value++;
+			    }
+			}
+			if (proplen > 0)
+			{
+			    proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(
+					sizeof(PropertyRecord) +
+					(proplen - 2) * sizeof(int));
+			    proprec->prop_type = proptype;
+			    proprec->prop_len = proplen;
+			}
+		    }
+		    /* Second pass */
+		    value = cmd->tx_argv[argstart + 1];
+		    for (proplen = 0; proplen < proprec->prop_len; proplen++)
+		    {
+			if (isspace(*value) && (*value != '\0')) value++;
+			if (!isspace(*value))
+			{
+			    char *spptr, spchar;
+			    /* cmdParseCoord() can only handle one value at a
+			     * time, so look ahead and null out the next space
+			     * character if there is one.
+			     */
+			    spptr = value + 1;
+			    while (!isspace(*spptr) && (*spptr != '\0')) spptr++;
+			    spchar = *spptr;
+			    *spptr = '\0';
+			
+			    if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER)
+			    {
+			        if (sscanf(value, "%d", &propvalue) != 1)
+				{
+				    TxError("Unable to parse integer "
+						"value from \"%s\"\n",
+						value);
+				    propvalue = 0;
+				}
+			        proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[proplen] = propvalue;
+			    }
+			    else if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE)
+			    {
+			        if (sscanf(value, "%"DLONG_PREFIX"d", &dvalue) != 1)
+				{
+				    TxError("Unable to parse integer "
+						"value from \"%s\"\n",
+						value);
+				    propvalue = 0;
+				}
+			        proprec->prop_value.prop_double[proplen] = dvalue;
+			    }
+			    else if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE)
+			    {
+				propvalue = cmdParseCoord(w, value, FALSE,
+					((proplen % 2) == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
+				switch (proplen % 4)
+				{
+				    case 0:
+					r.r_xbot = propvalue;
+					break;
+				    case 1:
+					r.r_ybot = propvalue;
+					break;
+				    case 2:
+					r.r_xtop = propvalue;
+					break;
+				    case 3:
+					r.r_ytop = propvalue;
+					DBPaintPlane(plane, &r, CIFPaintTable,
+						(PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
+					break;
+				}
+			    }
+			    else	/* PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION */
+			    {
+				propvalue = cmdParseCoord(w, value, FALSE,
+					((proplen % 2) == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
+			        proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[proplen] = propvalue;
+			    }
+			    *spptr = spchar;
+			    while (!isspace(*value) && (*value != '\0')) value++;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    DBPropPut(def, cmd->tx_argv[argstart], proprec);
 	}
 	def->cd_flags |= (CDMODIFIED | CDGETNEWSTAMP);
     }
@@ -2380,10 +2783,14 @@ CmdDoProperty(
  * defined in database/DBprop.c.
  *
  * Usage:
- *	property [name] [value]
+ *	property [string|integer|dimension] [name] [value]
  *
- * "name" is a unique string tag for the property, and "value" is its
+ * If the first argument is present, it must be one of the known
- * string value.
+ * keywords, and determines the form in which "value" is interpreted and
+ * stored.  "name" is a unique string tag for the property.  "value" is
+ * the value of the property, which is either a string, integer, or a
+ * list of integers.  The difference between an "integer" and a "dimension"
+ * is that all values which are dimensions are scaled with internal units.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -2410,9 +2817,62 @@ CmdProperty(
     else
 	def = ((CellUse *) w->w_surfaceID)->cu_def;
 
-    CmdDoProperty(def, cmd, 1);
+    CmdDoProperty(def, w, cmd, 1);
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Callback function for printing values from a Plane property
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER 
+int
+printPlanePropFunc(
+    Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
+    Tcl_Obj *lobj)
+{
+    Rect r;
+    MagWindow *w;
+
+    TiToRect(tile, &r);
+    windCheckOnlyWindow(&w, DBWclientID); 
+
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
+		Tcl_NewStringObj(DBWPrintValue(r.r_xbot, w, TRUE), -1));
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
+		Tcl_NewStringObj(DBWPrintValue(r.r_ybot, w, FALSE), -1));
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
+		Tcl_NewStringObj(DBWPrintValue(r.r_xtop, w, TRUE), -1));
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
+		Tcl_NewStringObj(DBWPrintValue(r.r_ytop, w, FALSE), -1));
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#else
+
+int
+printPlanePropFunc(
+    Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
+    ClientData cdata	/* (unused) */
+{
+    Rect r;
+    MagWindow *w;
+
+    TiToRect(tile, &r)
+    windCheckOnlyWindow(&w, DBWclientID); 
+
+    TxPrintf("%s ", DBWPrintValue(r.r_xbot, w, TRUE); 
+    TxPrintf("%s ", DBWPrintValue(r.r_ybot, w, FALSE); 
+    TxPrintf("%s ", DBWPrintValue(r.r_xtop, w, TRUE); 
+    TxPrintf("%s ", DBWPrintValue(r.r_ytop, w, FALSE); 
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  * Callback function for printing a single property key:value pair
@@ -2422,27 +2882,84 @@ CmdProperty(
 int
 printPropertiesFunc(
     const char *name,
-    ClientData value,
+    PropertyRecord *proprec,
-    ClientData cdata) /* not used */
+    MagWindow *w)
 {
-#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+    int i;
-    char *keyvalue;
 
-    if (value == NULL)
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+    Tcl_Obj *tobj, *lobj;
+
+    tobj = Tcl_GetObjResult(magicinterp);
+    lobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(name, -1));
+
+    switch (proprec->prop_type)
     {
-	keyvalue = (char *)mallocMagic(strlen(name) + 4);
+	case PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING:
-	sprintf(keyvalue, "%s {}", name);
+    	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(proprec->prop_value.prop_string, -1));
+	    break;
+	case PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER:
+	    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
+    	        Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
+			Tcl_NewIntObj(proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i]));
+	    break;
+	case PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION:
+	    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
+    	        Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(
+			DBWPrintValue(proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i],
+			w, ((i % 2) == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE), -1));
+	    break;
+	case PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE:
+	    DBSrPaintArea(PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane),
+			proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+			&TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits, printPlanePropFunc,
+			(ClientData)lobj);
+	    break;
+	case PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE:
+	    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
+    	        Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
+			Tcl_NewWideIntObj(proprec->prop_value.prop_double[i]));
+	    break;
     }
-    else
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj, lobj);
-    {
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
-	keyvalue = (char *)mallocMagic(strlen(name) + strlen((const char *)value) + 2);
-	sprintf(keyvalue, "%s %s", name, (const char *)value);
-    }
-    Tcl_AppendElement(magicinterp, keyvalue);
-    freeMagic(keyvalue);
 
 #else
-    TxPrintf("%s = %s\n", name, (const char *)value);
+    switch (proprec->prop_type)
+    {
+	case PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING:
+	    TxPrintf("%s = %s\n", name, (const char *)proprec->prop_string);
+	    break;
+	case PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER:
+	    TxPrintf("%s = ", name);
+	    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
+		TxPrintf("%d ", proprec->prop_integer[i]);
+	    TxPrintf("\n");
+	    break;
+	case PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION:
+	    TxPrintf("%s = ", name);
+	    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
+		TxPrintf("%s ", DBWPrintValue(proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i],
+			w, ((i % 2) == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE); 
+	    TxPrintf("\n");
+	    break;
+	case PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE:
+    	    TxPrintf("%s = ", name);
+	    DBSrPaintArea((Tile *)NULL, proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+			&TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits, printPlanePropFunc,
+			(ClientData)NULL);
+    	    TxPrintf("\n");
+	    break;
+	case PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE:
+	    TxPrintf("%s = ", name);
+	    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
+		TxPrintf("%"DLONG_PREFIX"d ", proprec->prop_double[i]);
+	    TxPrintf("\n");
+	    break;
+    }
 #endif
 
     return 0;	/* keep the search alive */

commands/CmdRS.c

@@ -1084,25 +1084,33 @@ CmdSelect(
 	 */
 
 	case SEL_BBOX:
+	{
+	    char *selllx, *sellly, *selurx, *selury;
+
 	    GeoTransRect(&SelectUse->cu_transform, &SelectDef->cd_bbox, &selarea);
 
+	    selllx = DBWPrintValue(selarea.r_xbot, w, TRUE);
+	    sellly = DBWPrintValue(selarea.r_ybot, w, FALSE);
+	    selurx = DBWPrintValue(selarea.r_xtop, w, TRUE);
+	    selury = DBWPrintValue(selarea.r_ytop, w, FALSE);
+
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 	    lobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
 	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
-			Tcl_NewIntObj(selarea.r_xbot));
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(selllx, -1));
 	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
-			Tcl_NewIntObj(selarea.r_ybot));
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(sellly, -1));
 	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
-			Tcl_NewIntObj(selarea.r_xtop));
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(selurx, -1));
 	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
-			Tcl_NewIntObj(selarea.r_ytop));
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(selury, -1));
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, lobj);
 #else
-	    TxPrintf("Select bounding box: %d %d %d %d\n",
+	    TxPrintf("Select bounding box: %s %s %s %s\n",
-		    selarea.r_xbot, selarea.r_ybot,
+		    selllx, sellly, selurx, selury);
-		    selarea.r_xtop, selarea.r_ytop);
 #endif
 	    return;
+	}
 
 	/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
 	 * Make a copy of the selection at its present loction but do not
@@ -1985,23 +1993,25 @@ cmdLabelRectFunc(
 
     if (rect == NULL)
     {
+	char *labllx, *lablly, *laburx, *labury;
+
+	/* Note:  Ideally, the MagWindow pointer should be passed to this function */
+	labllx = DBWPrintValue(label->lab_rect.r_xbot, (MagWindow *)NULL, TRUE);
+	lablly = DBWPrintValue(label->lab_rect.r_ybot, (MagWindow *)NULL, FALSE);
+	laburx = DBWPrintValue(label->lab_rect.r_xtop, (MagWindow *)NULL, TRUE);
+	labury = DBWPrintValue(label->lab_rect.r_ytop, (MagWindow *)NULL, FALSE);
+
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 	lobj = Tcl_GetObjResult(magicinterp);
 	pobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
 	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj, pobj);
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj,
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(labllx, -1));
-			Tcl_NewIntObj((double)label->lab_rect.r_xbot));
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(lablly, -1));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj,
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(laburx, -1));
-			Tcl_NewIntObj((double)label->lab_rect.r_ybot));
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(labury, -1));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj,
-			Tcl_NewIntObj((double)label->lab_rect.r_xtop));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj,
-			Tcl_NewIntObj((double)label->lab_rect.r_ytop));
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, lobj);
 #else
-	TxPrintf("%d %d %d %d\n",
+	TxPrintf("%s %s %s %s\n", labllx, lablly, laburx,labury);
-			label->lab_rect.r_xbot, label->lab_rect.r_ybot,
-			label->lab_rect.r_xtop, label->lab_rect.r_ytop);
 #endif
     }
     else if (!GEO_SAMERECT(label->lab_rect, *rect))
@@ -2317,11 +2327,13 @@ CmdSetLabel(
 	    {
 		if (locargc == 2)
 		{
+		    char *labsize;
+
+		    labsize = DBWPrintValue(DefaultLabel->lab_size, w, FALSE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
-		    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp,
+		    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, Tcl_NewStringObj(labsize, -1));
-				Tcl_NewIntObj(DefaultLabel->lab_size));
 #else
-		    TxPrintf("%d\n", DefaultLabel->lab_size);
+		    TxPrintf("%s\n", labsize);
 #endif
 		}
 		else
@@ -2360,16 +2372,20 @@ CmdSetLabel(
 	    {
 		if (locargc == 2)
 		{
+		    char *laboffx, *laboffy;
+		    laboffx = DBWPrintValue(DefaultLabel->lab_offset.p_x, w,
+					TRUE);
+		    laboffy = DBWPrintValue(DefaultLabel->lab_offset.p_y, w,
+					FALSE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 		    lobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
 	    	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
-				Tcl_NewIntObj(DefaultLabel->lab_offset.p_x));
+				Tcl_NewStringObj(laboffx, -1));
 	    	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
-				Tcl_NewIntObj(DefaultLabel->lab_offset.p_y));
+				Tcl_NewStringObj(laboffy, -1));
 		    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, lobj);
 #else
-		    TxPrintf("%d %d\n", DefaultLabel->lab_offset.p_x,
+		    TxPrintf("%s %s\n", laboffx, laboffy);
-				DefaultLabel->lab_offset.p_y);
 #endif
 		}
 		else
@@ -2884,16 +2900,39 @@ CmdSnap(
 	TxPrintf("Usage: snap [internal | lambda | user]\n");
 	return;
     }
+
+    /* Backwards compatibility:  Use of "snap" to set units display and
+     * parsing has been deprecated as of February 2026.  However, as this
+     * is rather disruptive to existing scripts which use "snap" to change
+     * the parsing of units, then the following measure is being taken
+     * (for now, anyway):  If DBWUnits is set to DBW_UNITS_DEFAULT, then
+     * "snap internal" will set DBWUnits as well as DBWSnapToGrid.  If
+     * DBWUnits is changed first (e.g., "units internal"), then "snap" will
+     * affect only the snap grid.  The older usage will be accompanied by a
+     * warning message.  Note that backwards compatibility is being kept
+     * only in the case of "snap internal", which was commonly used in
+     * scripts to make sure that all units were interpreted as internal
+     * units.
+     */
+    if ((DBWUnits == DBW_UNITS_DEFAULT) && (n == SNAP_INTERNAL))
+    {
+	DBWUnits = DBW_UNITS_INTERNAL;
+	TxError("Warning:  snap setting is also changing units.  This usage "
+		"is deprecated\nand may be removed in the future.  Use "
+		"\"units\" to change units, and\nchange units before "
+		"setting snap to keep this message from appearing.\n");
+    }
+
     switch (n)
     {
 	case SNAP_OFF: case SNAP_INTERNAL:
-	    DBWSnapToGrid = DBW_SNAP_INTERNAL;
+	    DBWSnapToGrid = DBW_UNITS_INTERNAL;
 	    return;
 	case SNAP_LAMBDA:
-	    DBWSnapToGrid = DBW_SNAP_LAMBDA;
+	    DBWSnapToGrid = DBW_UNITS_LAMBDA;
 	    return;
 	case SNAP_GRID: case SNAP_USER: case SNAP_ON:
-	    DBWSnapToGrid = DBW_SNAP_USER;
+	    DBWSnapToGrid = DBW_UNITS_USER;
 	    return;
     }
 
@@ -2901,21 +2940,19 @@ printit:
     if (n == SNAP_LIST)  /* list */
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 	Tcl_SetResult(magicinterp,
-		(DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_SNAP_INTERNAL) ? "internal" :
+		(DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_UNITS_INTERNAL) ? "internal" :
-		((DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_SNAP_LAMBDA) ? "lambda" : "user"),
+		((DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_UNITS_LAMBDA) ? "lambda" : "user"),
 		TCL_VOLATILE);
 #else
-	TxPrintf("%s\n", (DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_SNAP_INTERNAL) ? "internal" :
+	TxPrintf("%s\n", (DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_UNITS_INTERNAL) ? "internal" :
-		((DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_SNAP_LAMBDA) ? "lambda" : "user"));
+		((DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_UNITS_LAMBDA) ? "lambda" : "user"));
 #endif
     else
 	TxPrintf("Box is aligned to %s grid\n",
-		(DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_SNAP_INTERNAL) ? "internal" :
+		(DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_UNITS_INTERNAL) ? "internal" :
-		((DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_SNAP_LAMBDA) ? "lambda" : "user"));
+		((DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_UNITS_LAMBDA) ? "lambda" : "user"));
 }
 
-
-
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *

commands/CmdSubrs.c

@@ -73,9 +73,22 @@ TileTypeBitMask CmdYMAllButSpace;
  * lambda, a suffix of "g" indicates the user grid, and a suffix in metric
  * notation ("nm", "um", "mm", "cm") indicates natural units.  Other valid
  * units are "cu" or "centimicrons" for centimicrons, or "microns" for um.
- *    Units without any suffix are assumed to be in lambda if "snap"
+ *    Traditional (backwards-compatible) behavior:  Units without any suffix
- * (DBWSnapToGrid) is set to lambda, grid units if "snap" is set to the
+ * are assumed to be in lambda if "snap" (DBWSnapToGrid) is set to lambda,
- * user grid, and internal units otherwise.
+ * grid units if "snap" is set to the user grid, and internal units otherwise.
+ *    Current behavior:  Use of the "units" command to set the units to
+ * any value other than "default" causes cmdScaleCoord() to parse any
+ * units provided without an identifying suffix as the units indicted by
+ * the "units" command.  Once the "units" command has been issued, the
+ * values are dependent on DBWUnits and not on DBWSnapToGrid.
+ *
+ *    Additional behavior from magic version 8.3.596:  A single command
+ * option can use simple expressions using '+', '-', '*', and '/'.  These
+ * can be passed as a single token, without spaces, or within a string
+ * token deliniated by quotes or braces, per usual Tcl syntax.  Unlike
+ * the Tcl "expr" command, this can solve arithmetic expressions of
+ * suffixed values, evaluated independently such that different suffixes
+ * may be used (e.g., "1g + 3um" meaning 1 grid pitch plus 3 microns).
  *
  *    MagWindow argument w is used only with grid-based snapping, to find
  * the value of the grid for the given window.  In this case, because the
@@ -99,6 +112,13 @@ TileTypeBitMask CmdYMAllButSpace;
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+#define PARSEOP_NONE	0
+#define PARSEOP_ADD	1
+#define PARSEOP_SUB	2
+#define PARSEOP_MUL	3
+#define PARSEOP_DIV	4
+#define PARSEOP_END	5
+
 int
 cmdScaleCoord(
     MagWindow *w,
@@ -109,45 +129,69 @@ cmdScaleCoord(
 {
     char *endptr;
     double dval = 0;
-    int mscale = 1;
+    int mscale = 1, curunits;
+    int retval, curval, parseop;
     DBWclientRec *crec;
 
-    if (*arg == '{') arg++;
+    if (*arg == '{' || *arg == '"') arg++;
-    while (isspace(*arg)) arg++;
+    while (isspace(*arg) && (*arg != '\0')) arg++;
 
+    parseop = PARSEOP_NONE;
+    retval = 0;
+    while (*arg != '\0')
+    {
 	dval = strtod(arg, &endptr);
 	dval *= (double)scale;
+	mscale = -1;
 
 	if (endptr == arg)
 	{
 	    /* strtod() error condition */
  	    TxError("Coordinate value cannot be parsed:  assuming 0\n");
-	return 0;
+	    curval = 0;
+	    break;
 	}
 
-    else if ((*endptr == 'l')
+	/* Original behavior was to accept un-suffixed values according to the
-		|| ((*endptr == '\0') && (DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_SNAP_LAMBDA)))
+	 * "snap" setting.  This behavior remains in effect until the "units"
+	 * command is used, in which case units follow the selected units
+	 * value indepedendently of the snap setting.
+	 *
+	 * Updated 12/24/2026 to handle space-separated values (in which
+	 * *endptr may be a space as well as NULL).
+	 */
+	if (DBWUnits == DBW_UNITS_DEFAULT)
+	    curunits = DBWSnapToGrid;
+	else
+	    curunits = DBWUnits & DBW_UNITS_TYPE_MASK;
+
+	if ((*endptr == 'l')
+		|| (((*endptr == '\0') || isspace(*endptr))
+		&& (curunits == DBW_UNITS_LAMBDA)))
 	{
 	    /* lambda or default units */
 	    dval *= (double)DBLambda[1];
 	    dval /= (double)DBLambda[0];
-	return round(dval);
 	}
 	else if ((*endptr == 'i')
-		|| ((*endptr == '\0') && (DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_SNAP_INTERNAL)))
+		|| (((*endptr == '\0') || isspace(*endptr))
+		&& (curunits == DBW_UNITS_INTERNAL)))
 	{
 	    /* internal units */
-	return round(dval);
 	}
 	else if ((*endptr == 'g')
-		|| ((*endptr == '\0') && (DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_SNAP_USER)))
+		|| (((*endptr == '\0') || isspace(*endptr))
+		&& (curunits == DBW_UNITS_USER)))
 	{
 	    /* grid units */
 	    if (w == (MagWindow *)NULL)
 	    {
 		windCheckOnlyWindow(&w, DBWclientID);
 		if (w == (MagWindow *)NULL)
-		return round(dval);		/* Default, if window is unknown */
+		{
+		    curval = round(dval);	/* Default, if window is unknown */
+		    break;
+		}
 	    }
 	    crec = (DBWclientRec *) w->w_clientData;
 	    if (is_x)
@@ -164,9 +208,13 @@ cmdScaleCoord(
 		if (!is_relative)
 		    dval += (double)crec->dbw_gridRect.r_ybot;
 	    }
-	return round(dval);
 	}
-    else
+	else if (((*endptr == '\0') || isspace(*endptr))
+		&& (curunits == DBW_UNITS_MICRONS))
+	{
+	    mscale = 1000;
+	}
+	else if (*endptr != '\0')
 	{
 	    /* natural units referred to the current cifoutput style */
 	    if (*(endptr + 1) == 'm')
@@ -186,12 +234,12 @@ cmdScaleCoord(
 			mscale = 10000000;
 			break;
 		    default:
-		    TxError("Unknown metric prefix \"%cm\"; assuming internal units\n",
+			TxError("Unknown metric prefix \"%cm\"; assuming "
-				*endptr);
+				"internal units\n", *endptr);
-		    return round(dval);
+			mscale = -1;
 		}
 	    }
-	else if (!strcmp(endptr, "u"))
+	    else if ((*endptr == 'u') && !isalnum(*(endptr + 1)))
 		/* Maybe "u" is too ambiguous but it is very commonly used as
 		 * an abbreviation for "micron".
 		 */
@@ -200,16 +248,76 @@ cmdScaleCoord(
 		mscale = 1000;
 	    else if (!strncmp(endptr, "centimicron", 11) || !strcmp(endptr, "cu"))
 		mscale = 10;
-	else if (!isspace(*endptr))
+	    else if (!isspace(*endptr) && (*endptr != '+') && (*endptr != '-') &&
+			(*endptr != '*') && (*endptr != '/'))
 	    {
-	    TxError("Unknown coordinate type \"%s\"; assuming internal units\n",
+		TxError("Unknown coordinate type at \"%s\"; assuming internal units\n",
 			endptr);
-	    return round(dval);
+		mscale = -1;
 	    }
 	}
-    if (!isspace(*endptr))
+	if (mscale != -1)
 	    dval /= CIFGetOutputScale(mscale);
-    return round(dval);
+	curval = round(dval);
+
+	switch (parseop)
+	{
+	    case PARSEOP_NONE:
+		retval = curval;
+		break;
+	    case PARSEOP_ADD:
+		retval += curval;
+		break;
+	    case PARSEOP_SUB:
+		retval -= curval;
+		break;
+	    case PARSEOP_MUL:
+		retval *= curval;
+		break;
+	    case PARSEOP_DIV:
+		retval /= curval;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	parseop = PARSEOP_NONE;
+	while (*endptr != '\0')
+	{
+	    switch (*endptr)
+	    {
+		case '}':
+		case '"':
+		    parseop = PARSEOP_END;
+		    break;
+		case '+':
+		    parseop = PARSEOP_ADD;
+		    endptr++;
+		    break;
+		case '-':
+		    parseop = PARSEOP_SUB;
+		    endptr++;
+		    break;
+		case '*':
+		    parseop = PARSEOP_MUL;
+		    endptr++;
+		    break;
+		case '/':
+		    parseop = PARSEOP_DIV;
+		    endptr++;
+		    break;
+		case ' ':
+		case '\t':
+		    endptr++;
+		    break;
+		default:
+		    /* Should this flag an error? */
+		    return retval;
+	    }
+	    if (parseop != PARSEOP_NONE) break;
+	}
+	arg = endptr;
+	while (isspace(*arg) && (*arg != '\0')) arg++;
+    }
+    return retval;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -653,7 +761,9 @@ cmdSaveCell(
     if (!tryRename || (fileName == NULL) || (strcmp(cellDef->cd_name, fileName) == 0))
 	goto cleanup;
 
-    /* Rename the cell */
+    /* Rename the cell, unless fileName is a .tcl file (scripted output) */
+    if ((strlen(fileName) <= 4) || strcmp(fileName + strlen(fileName) - 4, ".tcl"))
+    {
 	if (!DBCellRenameDef(cellDef, fileName))
 	{
 	    /* This should never happen */
@@ -661,6 +771,7 @@ cmdSaveCell(
 		    fileName);
 	    goto cleanup;
 	}
+    }
 
     if (EditCellUse && (cellDef == EditCellUse->cu_def))
     {

commands/CmdTZ.c

@@ -61,7 +61,9 @@ static const char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magi
 
 int
 existFunc(
-    Tile *tile)
+    Tile *tile,			/* (unused) */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* (unused) */
+    ClientData clientdata)	/* (unused) */
 {
     return 1;
 }
@@ -453,15 +455,18 @@ CmdTech(
 		}
 		if (!strncmp(cmd->tx_argv[2], "width", 5))
 		{
+		    char *techwidth;
 		    tresult = DRCGetDefaultLayerWidth(t1);
+		    techwidth = DBWPrintValue(tresult, w, TRUE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
-		    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, Tcl_NewIntObj(tresult));
+		    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, Tcl_NewStringObj(techwidth, -1));
 #else
-		    TxPrintf("Minimum width is %d\n", tresult);
+		    TxPrintf("Minimum width is %s\n", techwidth);
 #endif
 		}
 		else if (!strncmp(cmd->tx_argv[2], "spac", 4))
 		{
+		    char *techspace;
 		    if (cmd->tx_argc >= 5)
 		    {
 			t2 = DBTechNoisyNameType(cmd->tx_argv[4]);
@@ -473,14 +478,16 @@ CmdTech(
 		    else
 			t2 = t1;
 		    tresult = DRCGetDefaultLayerSpacing(t1, t2);
+		    techspace = DBWPrintValue(tresult, w, TRUE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
-		    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, Tcl_NewIntObj(tresult));
+		    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, Tcl_NewStringObj(techspace, -1));
 #else
-		    TxPrintf("Minimum spacing is %d\n", tresult);
+		    TxPrintf("Minimum spacing is %s\n", techspace);
 #endif
 		}
 		else if (!strncmp(cmd->tx_argv[2], "surr", 4))
 		{
+		    char *techsurround;
 		    if (cmd->tx_argc >= 5)
 		    {
 			t2 = DBTechNoisyNameType(cmd->tx_argv[4]);
@@ -496,14 +503,17 @@ CmdTech(
 		    }
 
 		    tresult = DRCGetDefaultLayerSurround(t1, t2);
+		    techsurround = DBWPrintValue(tresult, w, TRUE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
-		    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, Tcl_NewIntObj(tresult));
+		    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, Tcl_NewStringObj(techsurround, -1));
 #else
-		    TxPrintf("Minimum surround is %d\n", tresult);
+		    TxPrintf("Minimum surround is %s\n", techsurround);
 #endif
 		}
 		else if (!strncmp(cmd->tx_argv[2], "direc", 5))
 		{
+		    char *techdirec;
+
 		    if (cmd->tx_argc >= 5)
 		    {
 			t2 = DBTechNoisyNameType(cmd->tx_argv[4]);
@@ -519,10 +529,11 @@ CmdTech(
 		    }
 
 		    tresult = DRCGetDirectionalLayerSurround(t1, t2);
+		    techdirec = DBWPrintValue(tresult, w, TRUE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
-		    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, Tcl_NewIntObj(tresult));
+		    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, Tcl_NewStringObj(techdirec, -1));
 #else
-		    TxPrintf("Minimum surround (in one orientation) is %d\n", tresult);
+		    TxPrintf("Minimum surround (in one orientation) is %s\n", techdirec);
 #endif
 		}
 	    }
@@ -752,6 +763,182 @@ cmdUnexpandFunc(
     return 0;
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * CmdUnits --
+ *
+ * Implement the "units" command.
+ *
+ * Usage:
+ *	units [value] [print|noprint]
+ *
+ *	where "value" may be one of "default", "internal", "lambda",
+ *	"user" (equivalently "grid"), or "microns".
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The global variable DBWUnits may be changed, which changes the
+ *	behavior of magic when interpreting un-suffixed values or
+ *	displaying values.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	The units behavior was previously dependent on what command was
+ *	issued, with results usually being given in internal units, and
+ *	with un-suffixed values following the snap behavior.  Backwards-
+ *	compatible behavior is used on startup or at any time by setting
+ *	the units to "default".  Otherwise, unit display follows the
+ *	given "units" setting.
+ *	
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#define UNITS_DEFAULT	0
+#define UNITS_INTERNAL	1
+#define UNITS_LAMBDA	2
+#define UNITS_GRID	3
+#define UNITS_USER	4
+#define UNITS_MICRONS	5
+#define UNITS_LIST	6
+#define UNITS_PRINT	7
+#define UNITS_NOPRINT	8
+
+void
+CmdUnits(
+    MagWindow *w,
+    TxCommand *cmd)
+{
+    static const char * const names[] = { "default", "internal", "lambda",
+		"grid", "user", "microns", "list", "print", "noprint", 0 };
+    int idx, n = UNITS_LIST, n2, saveflag;
+    DBWclientRec *crec;
+
+    if (cmd->tx_argc >= 2)
+    {
+	n = Lookup(cmd->tx_argv[1], names);
+	if (n < 0)
+	{
+	    TxPrintf("Usage: units [default | internal | lambda | microns"
+			" | user] [print]\n");
+	    return;
+	}
+	if (DBWUnits != DBW_UNITS_DEFAULT)
+	    saveflag = DBWUnits & DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG;
+	else
+	    saveflag = -1;
+
+	switch (n)
+	{
+	    case UNITS_DEFAULT:
+		DBWUnits = DBW_UNITS_DEFAULT;
+		break;
+	    case UNITS_INTERNAL:
+		DBWUnits = DBW_UNITS_INTERNAL;
+		break;
+	    case UNITS_LAMBDA:
+		DBWUnits = DBW_UNITS_LAMBDA;
+		break;
+	    case UNITS_USER:
+	    case UNITS_GRID:
+		DBWUnits = DBW_UNITS_USER;
+		break;
+	    case UNITS_MICRONS:
+		DBWUnits = DBW_UNITS_MICRONS;
+		break;
+	    case UNITS_PRINT:
+		saveflag = DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG;
+		break;
+	    case UNITS_NOPRINT:
+		saveflag = 0;
+		break;
+	}
+	if (n < 0)
+	{
+	    TxError("Unrecognized units option %s\n.", cmd->tx_argv[1]);
+	    return;
+	}
+	if (n != UNITS_LIST)
+	{
+	    if ((cmd->tx_argc == 3) && (n != UNITS_DEFAULT))
+	    {
+		n2 = Lookup(cmd->tx_argv[2], names);
+		switch (n2)
+		{
+		    case UNITS_PRINT:
+			DBWUnits |= DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG; 
+			break;
+		    case UNITS_NOPRINT:
+			DBWUnits &= DBW_UNITS_TYPE_MASK; 
+			break;
+		    default:
+			TxError("Unrecognized units option %s\n.", cmd->tx_argv[2]);
+			break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    else if ((n != UNITS_DEFAULT) && (saveflag != -1))
+	    {
+		/* Preserve the previous value of the print/noprint flag */
+		DBWUnits &= DBW_UNITS_TYPE_MASK;
+		DBWUnits |= saveflag;
+	    }
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (DBWUnits == DBW_UNITS_DEFAULT)
+	idx = UNITS_DEFAULT;
+    else
+	switch (DBWUnits & DBW_UNITS_TYPE_MASK)
+	{
+	    case DBW_UNITS_INTERNAL:
+		idx = UNITS_INTERNAL;
+		break;
+	    case DBW_UNITS_LAMBDA:
+		idx = UNITS_LAMBDA;
+		break;
+	    case DBW_UNITS_USER:
+		idx = UNITS_USER;
+		break;
+	    case DBW_UNITS_MICRONS:
+		idx = UNITS_MICRONS;
+		break;
+	}
+
+    if (n == UNITS_LIST)		/* list */
+    {
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+	Tcl_Obj *tobj;
+	tobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
+		Tcl_NewStringObj((char *)names[idx], -1));
+	if (idx != UNITS_DEFAULT)
+	{
+	    if (DBWUnits & DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG)
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
+			Tcl_NewStringObj("print", 5));
+	    else
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, tobj,
+			Tcl_NewStringObj("noprint", 7));
+	}
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
+#else
+	TxPrintf("%s", names[idx]);
+	if (idx != UNITS_DEFAULT)
+	    if (DBWUnits & DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG)
+		TxPrintf(" print");
+	TxPrintf("\n");
+#endif
+    }
+    else if (idx == UNITS_DEFAULT)
+	TxPrintf("Reported units follow the snap setting.\n");
+    else if (DBWUnits & DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG)
+	TxPrintf("Values are reported as %s, along with the units.\n", names[idx]);
+    else
+	TxPrintf("Values are reported as %s\n", names[idx]);
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -839,7 +1026,8 @@ struct linked_id {
 
 int
 cmdWhatPrintCell(
-   Tile *tile,
+   Tile *tile,		/* (unused) */
+   TileType dinfo,	/* (unused) */
    TreeContext *cxp)
 {
     struct linked_id **lid = (struct linked_id **)cxp->tc_filter->tf_arg;
@@ -894,6 +1082,7 @@ static LabelStore *labelBlockTop, *labelEntry;
 int
 cmdFindWhatTileFunc(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
     ClientData clientData)
 {
     struct linked_id **lid = (struct linked_id **)clientData;
@@ -905,7 +1094,7 @@ cmdFindWhatTileFunc(
     scx.scx_use = EditCellUse;
     scx.scx_trans = GeoIdentityTransform;
 
-    if (SplitSide(tile))
+    if (dinfo & TT_SIDE)
 	type = SplitRightType(tile);
     else
 	type = SplitLeftType(tile);
@@ -1692,18 +1881,20 @@ CmdWire(
 	case VALUES:
 	    if (locargc == 2)
 	    {
+		char *wdisp;
 		width = WireGetWidth();
 		type = WireGetType();
+		wdisp = DBWPrintValue(width, w, TRUE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 		lobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
-		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
-				Tcl_NewIntObj(width));
 		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
 				Tcl_NewStringObj(DBTypeLongNameTbl[type], -1));
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
+				Tcl_NewStringObj(wdisp, -1));
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, lobj);
 #else
-		TxPrintf("Wire layer %s, width %d\n",
+		TxPrintf("Wire layer %s, width %s\n",
-			DBTypeLongNameTbl[type], width);
+			DBTypeLongNameTbl[type], wdisp);
 #endif
 	    }
 	    break;
@@ -1728,12 +1919,14 @@ CmdWire(
 	case WIDTH:
 	    if (locargc == 2)
 	    {
+		char *wdisp;
 		width = WireGetWidth();
+		wdisp = DBWPrintValue(width, w, TRUE);
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
-		lobj = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
+		lobj = Tcl_NewStringObj(wdisp, -1);
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, lobj);
 #else
-		TxPrintf("Wire width is %d\n", width);
+		TxPrintf("Wire width is %s\n", wdisp);
 #endif
 	    }
 	    else if (locargc != 3)

commands/CmdWizard.c

@@ -211,7 +211,8 @@ CmdExtractTest(
 
 int
 tileCountProc(
-    Tile *tile,
+    Tile *tile,		/* (unused) */
+    TileType dinfo,	/* (unused) */
     int *tcount)
 {
     (*tcount)++;
@@ -800,11 +801,13 @@ cmdStatsCount(
     CellDef *def,
     struct countClient *cc)
 {
-    int cmdStatsCountTile(Tile *tile, struct cellInfo *ci);
     int pNum;
     struct cellInfo *ci;
     TileType t;
 
+    /* Forward declaration */
+    int cmdStatsCountTile(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, struct cellInfo *ci);
+
     if (def->cd_client)
 	return (1);
 
@@ -829,6 +832,7 @@ cmdStatsCount(
 int
 cmdStatsCountTile(
     Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,		/* (unused) */
     struct cellInfo *ci)
 {
     TileType type = TiGetType(tile);
@@ -1099,17 +1103,18 @@ CmdTsearch(
     MagWindow *w,
     TxCommand *cmd)
 {
-    int cmdTsrFunc(Tile *tp);
-    char *RunStats(int flags, struct tms *lastt, struct tms *deltat);
     char *rstatp;
     static TileTypeBitMask mask;
     static struct tms tlast, tdelta;
     Rect rtool, rsearch;
-    /**** Rect *ebox; ****/
     Plane *plane;
     int i, pNum, count;
     int usPerSearch, usPerTile, usPerL2, us, boxarea;
 
+    /* Forward declarations */
+    int cmdTsrFunc(Tile *tp, TileType dinfo, ClientData clientdata);
+    char *RunStats(int flags, struct tms *lastt, struct tms *deltat);
+
     if (cmd->tx_argc < 3 || cmd->tx_argc > 5)
     {
 	TxError("Usage: tsearch plane count [mask [new|mayo]]\n");
@@ -1209,7 +1214,9 @@ CmdTsearch(
 
 int
 cmdTsrFunc(
-    Tile *tp)
+    Tile *tp,
+    TileType dinfo,		/* (unused) */
+    ClientData clientdata)	/* (unused) */
 {
     if (cmdTsearchDebug)
 	TxPrintf("%lx\n", (intptr_t) tp);

commands/commands.h

@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ extern int cmdParseCoord(MagWindow *w, char *arg, bool is_relative, bool is_x);
 extern void cmdSaveCell(CellDef *cellDef, char *newName, bool noninteractive, bool tryRename);
 extern void CmdInit(void);
 
-extern void CmdDoProperty(CellDef *def, TxCommand *cmd, int argstart);
+extern void CmdDoProperty(CellDef *def, MagWindow *w, TxCommand *cmd, int argstart);
 extern void CmdPaintEraseButton(MagWindow *w, Point *refPoint, bool isPaint, bool isScreen);
 
 #endif /* _MAGIC__COMMANDS__COMMANDS_H */

database/DBcellcopy.c

@@ -37,9 +37,8 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include "windows/windows.h"
 #include "dbwind/dbwind.h"
 #include "commands/commands.h"
-
-/* C99 compat */
 #include "graphics/graphics.h"
+#include "cif/CIFint.h"
 
 /*
  * The following variable points to the tables currently used for
@@ -357,9 +356,43 @@ DBCellCheckCopyAllPaint(scx, mask, xMask, targetUse, func)
 struct propUseDefStruct {
    CellDef *puds_source;
    CellDef *puds_dest;
+   Plane *puds_plane;		/* Mask hint plane in dest */
    Transform *puds_trans;	/* Transform from source use to dest */
+   Rect *puds_area;		/* Clip area in source coordinates */
 };
 
+/*
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * dbCopyMaskHintPlaneFunc --
+ *
+ *	Translate tiles from a child mask-hint property plane into the
+ *	coordinate system of the parent, and paint the mask-hint area
+ *	into the mask-hint property plane of the parent.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+dbCopyMaskHintPlaneFunc(Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
+    struct propUseDefStruct *puds)
+{
+    Transform *trans = puds->puds_trans;
+    Rect *clip = puds->puds_area;
+    Rect r, rnew;
+    Plane *plane = puds->puds_plane;
+    
+    TiToRect(tile, &r);
+    GeoClip(&r, clip);
+    if (!GEO_RECTNULL(&r))
+    {
+	GeoTransRect(trans, &r, &rnew);
+	DBPaintPlane(plane, &rnew, CIFPaintTable, (PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
 /*
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -380,63 +413,52 @@ struct propUseDefStruct {
  */
 
 int
-dbCopyMaskHintsFunc(key, value, puds)
+dbCopyMaskHintsFunc(key, proprec, puds)
     char *key;
-    ClientData value;
+    PropertyRecord *proprec;
     struct propUseDefStruct *puds;
 {
     CellDef *dest = puds->puds_dest;
     Transform *trans = puds->puds_trans;
-    char *propstr = (char *)value;
+    Rect *clip = puds->puds_area;
+    PropertyRecord *parentproprec, *newproprec;
     char *parentprop, *newvalue, *vptr;
     Rect r, rnew;
     bool propfound;
+    int i, j;
 
     if (!strncmp(key, "MASKHINTS_", 10))
     {
 	char *vptr, *lastval;
 	int lastlen;
+	Plane *plane;
 
-	/* Append to existing mask hint (if any) */
+	ASSERT(proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE, "dbCopyMaskHintsFunc");
-	parentprop = (char *)DBPropGet(dest, key, &propfound);
-	newvalue = (propfound) ? StrDup((char **)NULL, parentprop) : (char *)NULL;
 
-	vptr = propstr;
+	/* Get the existing mask hint plane in the parent cell, and
-	while (*vptr != '\0')
+	 * create it if it does not already exist.
-	{
+	 */
-	    if (sscanf(vptr, "%d %d %d %d", &r.r_xbot, &r.r_ybot,
+	parentproprec = (PropertyRecord *)DBPropGet(dest, key, &propfound);
-			&r.r_xtop, &r.r_ytop) == 4)
-	    {
-		GeoTransRect(trans, &r, &rnew);
 
-		lastval = newvalue;
+	if (propfound)
-		lastlen = (lastval) ? strlen(lastval) : 0;
+	    plane = parentproprec->prop_value.prop_plane;
-		newvalue = mallocMagic(40 + lastlen);
-
-		if (lastval)
-		    strcpy(newvalue, lastval);
 	else
-		    *newvalue = '\0';
+	{
-
+	    newproprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord));
-		sprintf(newvalue + lastlen, "%s%d %d %d %d", (lastval) ?  " " : "",
+	    newproprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE;
-			rnew.r_xbot, rnew.r_ybot, rnew.r_xtop, rnew.r_ytop);
+	    newproprec->prop_len = 0;
-		if (lastval) freeMagic(lastval);
+	    plane = DBNewPlane((ClientData)TT_SPACE);
-
+	    newproprec->prop_value.prop_plane = plane;
-		while (*vptr && !isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
+	    DBPropPut(dest, key, newproprec);
-		while (*vptr && isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-		while (*vptr && !isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-		while (*vptr && isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-		while (*vptr && !isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-		while (*vptr && isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-		while (*vptr && !isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-		while (*vptr && isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-	    }
-	    else break;
-	}
-	if (newvalue)
-	    DBPropPut(dest, key, newvalue);
 	}
+	puds->puds_plane = plane;
 
+	/* Copy the properties from child to parent */
+	DBSrPaintArea(PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane),
+		proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+		clip, &CIFSolidBits, dbCopyMaskHintPlaneFunc, 
+		(ClientData)puds);
+    }
     return 0;
 }
 
@@ -468,6 +490,7 @@ DBCellCopyMaskHints(child, parent, transform)
     puds.puds_source = child->cu_def;
     puds.puds_dest = parent;
     puds.puds_trans = transform;
+    puds.puds_area = (Rect *)&TiPlaneRect;
     DBPropEnum(child->cu_def, dbCopyMaskHintsFunc, (ClientData)&puds);
 }
 
@@ -501,6 +524,7 @@ dbFlatCopyMaskHintsFunc(scx, def)
     puds.puds_source = scx->scx_use->cu_def;
     puds.puds_dest = def;
     puds.puds_trans = &scx->scx_trans;
+    puds.puds_area = &scx->scx_area;
 
     DBPropEnum(use->cu_def, dbCopyMaskHintsFunc, (ClientData)&puds);
 
@@ -967,14 +991,15 @@ DBCellGenerateSimpleSubstrate(scx, subType, notSubMask, targetDef)
  */
 
 int
-dbEraseSubFunc(tile, cxp)
+dbEraseSubFunc(tile, dinfo, cxp)
     Tile *tile;			/* Pointer to source tile with shield type */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     TreeContext *cxp;		/* Context from DBTreeSrTiles */
 {
     SearchContext *scx;
     Rect sourceRect, targetRect;
     int pNum;
-    TileType dinfo, loctype, subType;
+    TileType newdinfo, loctype, subType;
     Plane *plane;
     struct dbCopySubData *csd;	/* Client data */
 
@@ -983,13 +1008,14 @@ dbEraseSubFunc(tile, cxp)
     plane = csd->csd_plane;
     pNum = csd->csd_pNum;
     subType = csd->csd_subtype;
-    dinfo = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
     if (IsSplit(tile))
     {
-	loctype = (SplitSide(tile)) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
+	loctype = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
 	if (loctype == TT_SPACE) return 0;
-	dinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(dinfo, &scx->scx_trans);
+	newdinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo, &scx->scx_trans);
     }
+    else
+	newdinfo = (TileType)0;
 
     /* Construct the rect for the tile */
     TITORECT(tile, &sourceRect);
@@ -999,7 +1025,7 @@ dbEraseSubFunc(tile, cxp)
 
     csd->csd_modified = TRUE;
 
-    return DBNMPaintPlane(plane, dinfo, &targetRect, DBStdEraseTbl(subType, pNum),
+    return DBNMPaintPlane(plane, newdinfo, &targetRect, DBStdEraseTbl(subType, pNum),
 		(PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
 }
 
@@ -1011,14 +1037,15 @@ dbEraseSubFunc(tile, cxp)
  */
 
 int
-dbPaintSubFunc(tile, cxp)
+dbPaintSubFunc(tile, dinfo, cxp)
     Tile *tile;			/* Pointer to source tile with shield type */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     TreeContext *cxp;		/* Context from DBTreeSrTiles */
 {
     SearchContext *scx;
     Rect sourceRect, targetRect;
     int pNum;
-    TileType dinfo, loctype, subType;
+    TileType newdinfo, loctype, subType;
     Plane *plane;
     struct dbCopySubData *csd;	/* Client data */
 
@@ -1027,13 +1054,14 @@ dbPaintSubFunc(tile, cxp)
     plane = csd->csd_plane;
     pNum = csd->csd_pNum;
     subType = csd->csd_subtype;
-    dinfo = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
     if (IsSplit(tile))
     {
-	loctype = (SplitSide(tile)) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
+	loctype = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
 	if (loctype == TT_SPACE) return 0;
-	dinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(dinfo, &scx->scx_trans);
+	newdinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo, &scx->scx_trans);
     }
+    else
+	newdinfo = (TileType)0;
 
     /* Construct the rect for the tile */
     TITORECT(tile, &sourceRect);
@@ -1043,7 +1071,7 @@ dbPaintSubFunc(tile, cxp)
 
     csd->csd_modified = TRUE;
 
-    return DBNMPaintPlane(plane, dinfo, &targetRect, DBStdPaintTbl(subType, pNum),
+    return DBNMPaintPlane(plane, newdinfo, &targetRect, DBStdPaintTbl(subType, pNum),
 		(PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
 }
 
@@ -1056,14 +1084,15 @@ dbPaintSubFunc(tile, cxp)
  */
 
 int
-dbEraseNonSub(tile, cxp)
+dbEraseNonSub(tile, dinfo, cxp)
     Tile *tile;			/* Pointer to tile to erase from target */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     TreeContext *cxp;		/* Context from DBTreeSrTiles */
 {
     SearchContext *scx;
     Rect sourceRect, targetRect;
     Plane *plane;		/* Plane of target data */
-    TileType dinfo, loctype, subType;
+    TileType newdinfo, loctype, subType;
     struct dbCopySubData *csd;
     int pNum;
 
@@ -1074,13 +1103,14 @@ dbEraseNonSub(tile, cxp)
 
     scx = cxp->tc_scx;
 
-    dinfo = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
     if (IsSplit(tile))
     {
-	loctype = (SplitSide(tile)) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
+	loctype = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
 	if (loctype == TT_SPACE) return 0;
-	dinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(dinfo, &scx->scx_trans);
+	newdinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo, &scx->scx_trans);
     }
+    else
+	newdinfo = (TileType)0;
 
     /* Construct the rect for the tile */
     TITORECT(tile, &sourceRect);
@@ -1089,7 +1119,7 @@ dbEraseNonSub(tile, cxp)
     GEOTRANSRECT(&scx->scx_trans, &sourceRect, &targetRect);
 
     /* Erase the substrate type from the area of this tile in the target plane. */
-    return DBNMPaintPlane(plane, dinfo, &targetRect, DBStdEraseTbl(subType, pNum),
+    return DBNMPaintPlane(plane, newdinfo, &targetRect, DBStdEraseTbl(subType, pNum),
 		(PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
 }
 
@@ -1101,8 +1131,9 @@ dbEraseNonSub(tile, cxp)
  */
 
 int
-dbCopySubFunc(tile, csd)
+dbCopySubFunc(tile, dinfo, csd)
     Tile *tile;			/* Pointer to tile to erase from target */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     struct dbCopySubData *csd;	/* Client data */
 {
     Rect rect;
@@ -1112,10 +1143,10 @@ dbCopySubFunc(tile, csd)
 
     plane = csd->csd_plane;
     pNum = csd->csd_pNum;
-    type = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
+    type = TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo;
     if (IsSplit(tile))
     {
-	loctype = (SplitSide(tile)) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
+	loctype = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
 	if (loctype == TT_SPACE) return 0;
     }
     else
@@ -1436,8 +1467,9 @@ DBCellCopyLabels(scx, mask, xMask, targetUse, pArea)
  ***/
 
 int
-dbCopyManhattanPaint(tile, cxp)
+dbCopyManhattanPaint(tile, dinfo, cxp)
     Tile *tile;			/* Pointer to tile to copy */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     TreeContext *cxp;		/* Context from DBTreeSrTiles */
 {
     SearchContext *scx = cxp->tc_scx;
@@ -1483,8 +1515,9 @@ dbCopyManhattanPaint(tile, cxp)
  ***/
 
 int
-dbCopyAllPaint(tile, cxp)
+dbCopyAllPaint(tile, dinfo, cxp)
     Tile *tile;			/* Pointer to tile to copy */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     TreeContext *cxp;		/* Context from DBTreeSrTiles */
 {
     SearchContext *scx = cxp->tc_scx;
@@ -1492,7 +1525,7 @@ dbCopyAllPaint(tile, cxp)
     Rect sourceRect, targetRect;
     PaintUndoInfo ui;
     CellDef *def;
-    TileType type = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
+    TileType type = TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo;
     int pNum = cxp->tc_plane;
     int result;
     TileTypeBitMask *typeMask;
@@ -1505,13 +1538,13 @@ dbCopyAllPaint(tile, cxp)
      */
 
     bool splittile = FALSE;
-    TileType dinfo = 0;
+    TileType newdinfo = 0;
 
     if (IsSplit(tile))
     {
 	splittile = TRUE;
-	dinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(type, &scx->scx_trans);
+	newdinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(type, &scx->scx_trans);
-	type = (SplitSide(tile)) ? SplitRightType(tile) :
+	type = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(tile) :
 			SplitLeftType(tile);
     }
 
@@ -1571,7 +1604,7 @@ dbCopyAllPaint(tile, cxp)
 	Rect rrect, orect;
 	int np, i, j;
 
-	GrClipTriangle(&targetRect, &arg->caa_rect, TRUE, dinfo, points, &np);
+	GrClipTriangle(&targetRect, &arg->caa_rect, TRUE, newdinfo, points, &np);
 
 	if (np == 0)
 	   return(0);
@@ -1600,7 +1633,7 @@ dbCopyAllPaint(tile, cxp)
 		rrect.r_ybot = points[0].p_y;
 		rrect.r_ytop = points[2].p_y;
 		GeoCanonicalRect(&rrect, &targetRect);
-		dinfo = 0;
+		newdinfo = 0;
 	    }
 	    else if (np >= 4) /* Process extra rectangles in the area */
 	    {
@@ -1657,7 +1690,7 @@ topbottom:
 
 splitdone:
 
-    result = (*dbCurPaintPlane)(def, pNum, dinfo | type, &targetRect, &ui);
+    result = (*dbCurPaintPlane)(def, pNum, newdinfo | type, &targetRect, &ui);
     if ((result != 0) && (arg->caa_func != NULL))
     {
 	/* result == 1 used exclusively for DRC off-grid error flagging */

database/DBcellname.c

@@ -152,10 +152,9 @@ DBCellRename(cellname, newname, doforce)
 
     if (doforce && ((celldef->cd_flags & CDVENDORGDS) == CDVENDORGDS))
     {
-	char *chkgdsfile;
 	bool isReadOnly;
 
-	chkgdsfile = (char *)DBPropGet(celldef, "GDS_FILE", &isReadOnly);
+	DBPropGet(celldef, "GDS_FILE", &isReadOnly);
 	/* Note that clearing GDS_FILE will also clear CDVENDORGDS flag */
 	if (isReadOnly) DBPropPut(celldef, "GDS_FILE", NULL);
 
@@ -1620,7 +1619,9 @@ dbAbutmentUseFunc(selUse, use, transform, data)
 {
     Rect bbox, refbox;
     Transform *trans;
+    PropertyRecord *proprec;
     char *propvalue;
+    char *refllx, *reflly, *refurx, *refury;
     bool found;
     bool *dolist = (bool *)data;
 
@@ -1642,32 +1643,47 @@ dbAbutmentUseFunc(selUse, use, transform, data)
     }
 
     trans = &use->cu_transform;
-    propvalue = (char *)DBPropGet(use->cu_def, "FIXED_BBOX", &found);
+    proprec = DBPropGet(use->cu_def, "FIXED_BBOX", &found);
     if (!found)
 	bbox = use->cu_def->cd_bbox;
     else
     {
-	if (sscanf(propvalue, "%d %d %d %d", &bbox.r_xbot, &bbox.r_ybot,
+	if ((proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION) &&
-		&bbox.r_xtop, &bbox.r_ytop) != 4)
+		(proprec->prop_len == 4))
+	{
+	    bbox.r_xbot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[0];
+	    bbox.r_ybot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[1];
+	    bbox.r_xtop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[2];
+	    bbox.r_ytop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[3];
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    TxError("Unable to parse the cell's FIXED_BBOX property; using "
+			"the instance bounding box instead.\n");
 	    bbox = use->cu_def->cd_bbox;
 	}
+    }
     GeoTransRect(trans, &bbox, &refbox);
 
+    /* NOTE:  Ideally, the MagWindow pointer should get passed to this routine */
+    refllx = DBWPrintValue(refbox.r_xbot, (MagWindow *)NULL, TRUE);
+    reflly = DBWPrintValue(refbox.r_ybot, (MagWindow *)NULL, FALSE);
+    refurx = DBWPrintValue(refbox.r_xtop, (MagWindow *)NULL, TRUE);
+    refury = DBWPrintValue(refbox.r_ytop, (MagWindow *)NULL, FALSE);
+
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
     if (*dolist)
     {
 	pobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewIntObj(refbox.r_xbot));
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(refllx, -1));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewIntObj(refbox.r_ybot));
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(reflly, -1));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewIntObj(refbox.r_xtop));
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(refurx, -1));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewIntObj(refbox.r_ytop));
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(refury, -1));
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, pobj);
     }
     else
 #endif
-    TxPrintf("Abutment box:  %d %d %d %d\n", refbox.r_xbot, refbox.r_ybot,
+    TxPrintf("Abutment box:  %s %s %s %s\n", refllx, reflly, refurx, refury);
-	    refbox.r_xtop, refbox.r_ytop);
-	
     return 0;
 }
 

database/DBcellsrch.c

@@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ DBSrCellPlaneArea(BPlane *plane, const Rect *rect, int (*func)(), ClientData arg
  *	int
  *	func(tile, cxp)
  *	    Tile *tile;
+ *	    TileType dinfo;
  *	    TreeContext *cxp;
  *	{
  *	}
@@ -416,6 +417,7 @@ dbCellUniqueTileSrFunc(scx, fp)
  *	int
  *	func(tile, cxp)
  *	    Tile *tile;
+ *	    TileType dinfo;
  *	    TreeContext *cxp;
  *	{
  *	}
@@ -914,8 +916,9 @@ DBSeeTypesAll(rootUse, rootRect, xMask, mask)
  */
 
 int
-dbSeeTypesAllSrFunc(tile, cxp)
+dbSeeTypesAllSrFunc(tile, dinfo, cxp)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     TreeContext *cxp;
 {
     Rect tileRect;
@@ -926,7 +929,7 @@ dbSeeTypesAllSrFunc(tile, cxp)
     if (GEO_OVERLAP((&tileRect), area))
     {
 	if (IsSplit(tile))
-	    TTMaskSetType(mask, SplitSide(tile) ?
+	    TTMaskSetType(mask, (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ?
 			SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile));
         else
 	    TTMaskSetType(mask, TiGetType(tile));
@@ -1607,8 +1610,9 @@ dbScalePlane(oldplane, newplane, pnum, scalen, scaled, doCIF)
  */
 
 int
-dbTileScaleFunc(tile, scvals)
+dbTileScaleFunc(tile, dinfo, scvals)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     struct scaleArg *scvals;
 {
     TileType type;
@@ -1631,10 +1635,10 @@ dbTileScaleFunc(tile, scvals)
 	return 0;
     }
 
-    type = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
+    type = TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo;
     exact = type;
     if (IsSplit(tile))
-	type = (SplitSide(tile)) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
+	type = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
     DBNMPaintPlane(scvals->ptarget, exact, &targetRect,
 		(
 #ifdef CIF_MODULE
@@ -1689,8 +1693,9 @@ dbMovePlane(oldplane, newplane, pnum, origx, origy)
  */
 
 int
-dbTileMoveFunc(tile, mvvals)
+dbTileMoveFunc(tile, dinfo, mvvals)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     struct moveArg *mvvals;
 {
     TileType type;
@@ -1703,12 +1708,12 @@ dbTileMoveFunc(tile, mvvals)
     DBMovePoint(&targetRect.r_ll, mvvals->origx, mvvals->origy);
     DBMovePoint(&targetRect.r_ur, mvvals->origx, mvvals->origy);
 
-    type = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
+    type = TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo;
     exact = type;
     if (IsSplit(tile))
-	type = (SplitSide(tile)) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
+	type = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
     DBNMPaintPlane(mvvals->ptarget, exact, &targetRect,
-		DBStdPaintTbl(type, mvvals->pnum),
+		(mvvals->pnum < 0) ? CIFPaintTable : DBStdPaintTbl(type, mvvals->pnum),
 		(PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
     return 0;
 }
@@ -1801,84 +1806,48 @@ typedef struct _cellpropstruct {
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-int dbScaleProp(name, value, cps)
+int dbScaleProp(name, proprec, cps)
     char *name;
-    char *value;
+    PropertyRecord *proprec;
     CellPropStruct *cps;
 {
-    int scalen, scaled;
+    int i, scalen, scaled;
-    char *newvalue, *vptr;
+    Point p;
-    Rect r;
 
-    if ((strlen(name) > 5) && !strncmp(name + strlen(name) - 5, "_BBOX", 5))
+    /* Only "dimension" and "plane" type properties get scaled */
-    {
+
-	if (sscanf(value, "%d %d %d %d", &r.r_xbot, &r.r_ybot,
+    if (proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE)
-			&r.r_xtop, &r.r_ytop) == 4)
     {
+	Plane *newplane;
+	newplane = DBNewPlane((ClientData)TT_SPACE);
+	DBClearPaintPlane(newplane);
+	/* Plane index is unused;  arbitrarily substitute -1 */
+	dbScalePlane(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane, newplane, -1,
+			scalen, scaled, TRUE);
+	DBFreePaintPlane(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane);
+	TiFreePlane(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane);
+	proprec->prop_value.prop_plane = newplane;
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (proprec->prop_type != PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION) return 0; 
+
     /* Scale numerator held in point X value, */
     /* scale denominator held in point Y value */
-
     scalen = cps->cps_point.p_x;
     scaled = cps->cps_point.p_y;
 
-	    DBScalePoint(&r.r_ll, scalen, scaled);
+    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i += 2)
-	    DBScalePoint(&r.r_ur, scalen, scaled);
-
-	    newvalue = (char *)mallocMagic(40);
-	    sprintf(newvalue, "%d %d %d %d", r.r_xbot, r.r_ybot,
-			r.r_xtop, r.r_ytop);
-	    DBPropPut(cps->cps_def, name, newvalue);
-	}
-    }
-    else if (!strncmp(name, "MASKHINTS_", 10))
     {
-	char *vptr, *lastval;
+	if ((i + 1) >= proprec->prop_len) break;
-	int lastlen;
 
-	newvalue = (char *)NULL;
+	p.p_x = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i];
-	vptr = value;
+	p.p_y = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 1];
-	while (*vptr != '\0')
+	DBScalePoint(&p, scalen, scaled);
-	{
+	proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i] = p.p_x;
-	    if (sscanf(vptr, "%d %d %d %d", &r.r_xbot, &r.r_ybot,
+	proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 1] = p.p_y;
-			&r.r_xtop, &r.r_ytop) == 4)
-	    {
-	    	/* Scale numerator held in point X value, */
-	    	/* scale denominator held in point Y value */
-
-	    	scalen = cps->cps_point.p_x;
-	    	scaled = cps->cps_point.p_y;
-
-	    	DBScalePoint(&r.r_ll, scalen, scaled);
-	    	DBScalePoint(&r.r_ur, scalen, scaled);
-
-		lastval = newvalue;
-		lastlen = (lastval) ? strlen(lastval) : 0;
-		newvalue = mallocMagic(40 + lastlen);
-
-		if (lastval)
-		    strcpy(newvalue, lastval);
-		else
-		    *newvalue = '\0';
-
-		sprintf(newvalue + lastlen, "%s%d %d %d %d", (lastval) ? " " : "",
-			r.r_xbot, r.r_ybot, r.r_xtop, r.r_ytop);
-		if (lastval) freeMagic(lastval);
-
-		/* Parse through the four values and check if there's more */
-                while (*vptr && !isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-                while (*vptr && isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-                while (*vptr && !isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-                while (*vptr && isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-                while (*vptr && !isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-                while (*vptr && isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-                while (*vptr && !isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-                while (*vptr && isspace(*vptr)) vptr++;
-	    }
-	    else break;
-	}
-	if (newvalue)
-	    DBPropPut(cps->cps_def, name, newvalue);
     }
+
     return 0;	/* Keep enumerating through properties */
 }
 
@@ -1894,33 +1863,47 @@ int dbScaleProp(name, value, cps)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-int dbMoveProp(name, value, cps)
+int dbMoveProp(name, proprec, cps)
     char *name;
-    char *value;
+    PropertyRecord *proprec;
     CellPropStruct *cps;
 {
-    int origx, origy;
+    int i, origx, origy;
     char *newvalue;
-    Rect r;
+    Point p;
 
-    if (((strlen(name) > 5) && !strncmp(name + strlen(name) - 5, "_BBOX", 5))
+    /* Only "dimension" and "plane" type properties get scaled */
-		|| !strncmp(name, "MASKHINTS_", 10))
+
-    {
+    if (proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE)
-	if (sscanf(value, "%d %d %d %d", &r.r_xbot, &r.r_ybot,
-			&r.r_xtop, &r.r_ytop) == 4)
     {
+	Plane *newplane;
+
+	newplane = DBNewPlane((ClientData) TT_SPACE);
+	DBClearPaintPlane(newplane);
+	/* Use plane index -1 to indicate use of CIFPaintTable */
+	dbMovePlane(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane, newplane, -1, origx, origy);
+        DBFreePaintPlane(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane);
+	TiFreePlane(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane);
+        proprec->prop_value.prop_plane = newplane;
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (proprec->prop_type != PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION) return 0; 
+
     origx = cps->cps_point.p_x;
     origy = cps->cps_point.p_y;
 
-	    DBMovePoint(&r.r_ll, origx, origy);
+    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i += 2)
-	    DBMovePoint(&r.r_ur, origx, origy);
+    {
+	if ((i + 1) >= proprec->prop_len) break;
 
-	    newvalue = (char *)mallocMagic(40);
+	p.p_x = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i];
-	    sprintf(newvalue, "%d %d %d %d", r.r_xbot, r.r_ybot,
+	p.p_y = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 1];
-			r.r_xtop, r.r_ytop);
+	DBMovePoint(&p, origx, origy);
-	    DBPropPut(cps->cps_def, name, newvalue);
+	proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i] = p.p_x;
-	}
+	proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 1] = p.p_y;
     }
+
     return 0;	/* Keep enumerating through properties */
 }
 

database/DBconnect.c

@@ -128,85 +128,6 @@ DBInvTransformDiagonal(oldtype, trans)
     return dinfo;
 }
 
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DBSrConnectOnePlane --
- *
- * 	Search from a starting tile to find all paint that is electrically
- *	connected to that tile in the same plane.
- *
- * Results:
- *	0 is returned if the search finished normally.  1 is returned
- *	if the search was aborted.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	For every paint tile that is electrically connected to the initial
- *	tile, func is called.  Func should have the following form:
- *
- *	    int
- *	    func(tile, clientData)
- *		Tile *tile;
- *		ClientData clientData;
- *    	    {
- *	    }
- *
- *	The clientData passed to func is the same one that was passed
- *	to us.  Func returns 0 under normal conditions;  if it returns
- *	1 then the search is aborted.
- *
- *				*** WARNING ***
- *
- *	Func should not modify any paint during the search, since this
- *	will mess up pointers kept by these procedures and likely cause
- *	a core-dump.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-DBSrConnectOnePlane(startTile, connect, func, clientData)
-    Tile *startTile;		/* Starting tile for search */
-    TileTypeBitMask *connect;	/* Pointer to a table indicating what tile
-				 * types connect to what other tile types.
-				 * Each entry gives a mask of types that
-				 * connect to tiles of a given type.
-				 */
-    int (*func)();		/* Function to apply at each connected tile. */
-    ClientData clientData;	/* Client data for above function. */
-
-{
-    struct conSrArg csa;
-    int result;
-
-    result = 0;
-    csa.csa_def = (CellDef *)NULL;
-    csa.csa_bounds = TiPlaneRect;
-
-    /* Pass 1.  During this pass the client function gets called. */
-
-    csa.csa_clientFunc = func;
-    csa.csa_clientData = clientData;
-    csa.csa_clientDefault = startTile->ti_client;
-    csa.csa_clear = FALSE;
-    csa.csa_connect = connect;
-    csa.csa_pNum = -1;
-    if (dbSrConnectFunc(startTile, PTR2CD(&csa)) != 0) result = 1;
-
-    /* Pass 2.  Don't call any client function, just clear the marks.
-     * Don't allow any interruptions.
-     */
-
-    SigDisableInterrupts();
-    csa.csa_clientFunc = NULL;
-    csa.csa_clear = TRUE;
-    (void) dbSrConnectFunc(startTile, PTR2CD(&csa));
-    SigEnableInterrupts();
-
-    return result;
-}
-
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -276,7 +197,7 @@ DBSrConnect(def, startArea, mask, connect, bounds, func, clientData)
 {
     struct conSrArg csa;
     int startPlane, result;
-    Tile *startTile;			/* Starting tile for search. */
+    TileAndDinfo start_tad;	/* Starting tile and split information */
 
     result = 0;
     csa.csa_def = def;
@@ -287,17 +208,18 @@ DBSrConnect(def, startArea, mask, connect, bounds, func, clientData)
      * the tile address and returns.
      */
 
-    startTile = NULL;
+    start_tad.tad_tile = NULL;
+    start_tad.tad_next = NULL;  /* unused */
     for (startPlane = PL_TECHDEPBASE; startPlane < DBNumPlanes; startPlane++)
     {
     	csa.csa_pNum = startPlane;
 	if (DBSrPaintArea((Tile *) NULL,
 	    def->cd_planes[startPlane], startArea, mask,
-	    dbSrConnectStartFunc, PTR2CD(&startTile)) != 0) break;
+	    dbSrConnectStartFunc, PTR2CD(&start_tad)) != 0) break;
     }
-    if (startTile == NULL) return 0;
+    if (start_tad.tad_tile == NULL) return 0;
     /* The following lets us call DBSrConnect recursively */
-    else if (startTile->ti_client == (ClientData)1) return 0;
+    else if (start_tad.tad_tile->ti_client == (ClientData)1) return 0;
 
     /* Pass 1.  During this pass the client function gets called. */
 
@@ -306,7 +228,8 @@ DBSrConnect(def, startArea, mask, connect, bounds, func, clientData)
     csa.csa_clientDefault = CLIENTDEFAULT;
     csa.csa_clear = FALSE;
     csa.csa_connect = connect;
-    if (dbSrConnectFunc(startTile, PTR2CD(&csa)) != 0) result = 1;
+    if (dbSrConnectFunc(start_tad.tad_tile, start_tad.tad_dinfo,
+			PTR2CD(&csa)) != 0) result = 1;
 
     /* Pass 2.  Don't call any client function, just clear the marks.
      * Don't allow any interruptions.
@@ -315,7 +238,7 @@ DBSrConnect(def, startArea, mask, connect, bounds, func, clientData)
     SigDisableInterrupts();
     csa.csa_clientFunc = NULL;
     csa.csa_clear = TRUE;
-    (void) dbSrConnectFunc(startTile, PTR2CD(&csa));
+    (void) dbSrConnectFunc(start_tad.tad_tile, start_tad.tad_dinfo, PTR2CD(&csa));
     SigEnableInterrupts();
 
     return result;
@@ -325,11 +248,12 @@ DBSrConnect(def, startArea, mask, connect, bounds, func, clientData)
 int
 dbSrConnectStartFunc(
     Tile *tile,		/* This will be the starting tile. */
-    ClientData cdata)	/* We store tile's address here. */
+    TileType dinfo,	/* (unused) */
-			/* (Tile **pTile) */
+    ClientData cdata)	/* We store tile and split info here. */
 {
-    Tile **pTile = (Tile **)CD2PTR(cdata);
+    TileAndDinfo *tad = (TileAndDinfo *)CD2PTR(cdata);
-    *pTile = tile;
+    tad->tad_tile = tile;
+    tad->tad_dinfo = dinfo;
     return 1;
 }
 
@@ -367,7 +291,7 @@ DBSrConnectOnePass(def, startArea, mask, connect, bounds, func, clientData)
 {
     struct conSrArg csa;
     int startPlane, result;
-    Tile *startTile;			/* Starting tile for search. */
+    TileAndDinfo tad;
 
     result = 0;
     csa.csa_def = def;
@@ -378,17 +302,18 @@ DBSrConnectOnePass(def, startArea, mask, connect, bounds, func, clientData)
      * the tile address and returns.
      */
 
-    startTile = NULL;
+    tad.tad_tile = NULL;
+    tad.tad_next = NULL;   /* unused */
     for (startPlane = PL_TECHDEPBASE; startPlane < DBNumPlanes; startPlane++)
     {
     	csa.csa_pNum = startPlane;
 	if (DBSrPaintArea((Tile *) NULL,
 	    def->cd_planes[startPlane], startArea, mask,
-	    dbSrConnectStartFunc, PTR2CD(&startTile)) != 0) break;
+	    dbSrConnectStartFunc, PTR2CD(&tad)) != 0) break;
     }
-    if (startTile == NULL) return 0;
+    if (tad.tad_tile == NULL) return 0;
     /* The following lets us call DBSrConnect recursively */
-    else if (startTile->ti_client == (ClientData)1) return 0;
+    else if (tad.tad_tile->ti_client == (ClientData)1) return 0;
 
     /* Pass 1.  During this pass the client function gets called. */
 
@@ -397,7 +322,7 @@ DBSrConnectOnePass(def, startArea, mask, connect, bounds, func, clientData)
     csa.csa_clientDefault = CLIENTDEFAULT;
     csa.csa_clear = FALSE;
     csa.csa_connect = connect;
-    if (dbSrConnectFunc(startTile, PTR2CD(&csa)) != 0) result = 1;
+    if (dbSrConnectFunc(tad.tad_tile, tad.tad_dinfo, PTR2CD(&csa)) != 0) result = 1;
 
     return result;
 }
@@ -420,12 +345,15 @@ DBSrConnectOnePass(def, startArea, mask, connect, bounds, func, clientData)
  */
 
 int
-dbcFindTileFunc(tile, arg)
+dbcFindTileFunc(tile, dinfo, arg)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     ClientData arg;
 {
-    Tile **tptr = (Tile **)arg;
+    TileAndDinfo *tad = (TileAndDinfo *)arg;
-    *tptr = tile;
+
+    tad->tad_tile = tile;
+    tad->tad_dinfo = dinfo;
     return 1;
 }
 
@@ -465,6 +393,7 @@ dbcFindTileFunc(tile, arg)
 int
 dbSrConnectFunc(
     Tile *tile,		/* Tile that is connected. */
+    TileType dinfo,	/* Split tile information */
     ClientData cdata)	/* Contains information about the search. */
 			/* (struct conSrArg *csa) */
 {
@@ -484,11 +413,13 @@ dbSrConnectFunc(
     /* Drop the first entry on the stack */
     pNum = csa->csa_pNum;
     STACKPUSH(INT2CD(tile), dbConnectStack);
+    STACKPUSH(INT2CD(dinfo), dbConnectStack);
     STACKPUSH(INT2CD(pNum), dbConnectStack);
 
     while (!StackEmpty(dbConnectStack))
     {
 	pNum = (int)CD2INT(STACKPOP(dbConnectStack));
+	dinfo = (int)CD2INT(STACKPOP(dbConnectStack));
 	tile = (Tile *)CD2INT(STACKPOP(dbConnectStack));
 	if (result == 1) continue;
 
@@ -522,7 +453,7 @@ dbSrConnectFunc(
 
 	if (callClient && (csa->csa_clientFunc != NULL))
 	{
-	    if ((*csa->csa_clientFunc)(tile, pNum, csa->csa_clientData) != 0)
+	    if ((*csa->csa_clientFunc)(tile, dinfo, pNum, csa->csa_clientData) != 0)
 	    {
 		result = 1;
 		continue;
@@ -536,7 +467,7 @@ dbSrConnectFunc(
 
 	if (IsSplit(tile))
 	{
-	    if (SplitSide(tile))
+	    if (dinfo & TT_SIDE)
 		loctype = SplitRightType(tile);
 	    else
 		loctype = SplitLeftType(tile);
@@ -547,7 +478,7 @@ dbSrConnectFunc(
 
 	/* Left side: */
 
-	if (IsSplit(tile) && SplitSide(tile)) goto bottomside;
+	if (IsSplit(tile) && (dinfo & TT_SIDE)) goto bottomside;
 
 	for (t2 = BL(tile); BOTTOM(t2) < tileArea.r_ytop; t2 = RT(t2))
 	{
@@ -564,9 +495,11 @@ dbSrConnectFunc(
 		    if (t2->ti_client == csa->csa_clientDefault) continue;
 		}
 		else if (t2->ti_client == (ClientData) 1) continue;
-		if (IsSplit(t2))
-		    TiSetBody(t2, INT2CD(CD2INT(t2->ti_body) | TT_SIDE)); /* bit set */
 		STACKPUSH(INT2CD(t2), dbConnectStack);
+		if (IsSplit(t2))
+		    STACKPUSH(INT2CD((TileType)TT_SIDE), dbConnectStack);
+		else
+		    STACKPUSH(INT2CD(0), dbConnectStack);
 		STACKPUSH(INT2CD(pNum), dbConnectStack);
 	    }
 	}
@@ -574,7 +507,7 @@ dbSrConnectFunc(
 	/* Bottom side: */
 
 bottomside:
-	if (IsSplit(tile) && (!(SplitSide(tile) ^ SplitDirection(tile))))
+	if (IsSplit(tile) && ((!((dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? 1 : 0)) ^ SplitDirection(tile)))
 	    goto rightside;
 
 	for (t2 = LB(tile); LEFT(t2) < tileArea.r_xtop; t2 = TR(t2))
@@ -592,16 +525,17 @@ bottomside:
 		    if (t2->ti_client == csa->csa_clientDefault) continue;
 		}
 		else if (t2->ti_client == (ClientData) 1) continue;
+		STACKPUSH(INT2CD(t2), dbConnectStack);
 		if (IsSplit(t2))
 		{
 		    if (SplitDirection(t2))
-			/* bit set */
+			STACKPUSH(INT2CD((TileType)TT_SIDE), dbConnectStack);
-			TiSetBody(t2, INT2CD(CD2INT(t2->ti_body) | TT_SIDE));
 		    else
 			/* bit clear */
-			TiSetBody(t2, INT2CD(CD2INT(t2->ti_body) & ~TT_SIDE));
+			STACKPUSH(INT2CD(0), dbConnectStack);
 		}
-		STACKPUSH(INT2CD(t2), dbConnectStack);
+		else
+		    STACKPUSH(INT2CD(0), dbConnectStack);
 		STACKPUSH(INT2CD(pNum), dbConnectStack);
 	    }
 	}
@@ -609,7 +543,7 @@ bottomside:
 	/* Right side: */
 
 rightside:
-	if (IsSplit(tile) && !SplitSide(tile)) goto topside;
+	if (IsSplit(tile) && !(dinfo & TT_SIDE)) goto topside;
 
 	for (t2 = TR(tile); ; t2 = LB(t2))
 	{
@@ -626,9 +560,8 @@ rightside:
 		    if (t2->ti_client == csa->csa_clientDefault) goto nextRight;
 		}
 		else if (t2->ti_client == (ClientData) 1) goto nextRight;
-		if (IsSplit(t2))
-		    TiSetBody(t2, INT2CD(CD2INT(t2->ti_body) & ~TT_SIDE)); /* bit clear */
 		STACKPUSH(INT2CD(t2), dbConnectStack);
+		STACKPUSH(INT2CD(0), dbConnectStack);
 		STACKPUSH(INT2CD(pNum), dbConnectStack);
 	    }
 	    nextRight: if (BOTTOM(t2) <= tileArea.r_ybot) break;
@@ -637,7 +570,8 @@ rightside:
 	/* Top side: */
 topside:
 
-	if (IsSplit(tile) && (SplitSide(tile) ^ SplitDirection(tile))) goto donesides;
+	if (IsSplit(tile) && (((dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? 1 : 0) ^ SplitDirection(tile)))
+	    goto donesides;
 
 	for (t2 = RT(tile); ; t2 = BL(t2))
 	{
@@ -654,16 +588,18 @@ topside:
 		    if (t2->ti_client == csa->csa_clientDefault) goto nextTop;
 		}
 		else if (t2->ti_client == (ClientData) 1) goto nextTop;
+		STACKPUSH(INT2CD(t2), dbConnectStack);
 		if (IsSplit(t2))
 		{
 		    if (SplitDirection(t2))
 			/* bit clear */
-			TiSetBody(t2, INT2CD(CD2INT(t2->ti_body) & ~TT_SIDE));
+			STACKPUSH(INT2CD(0), dbConnectStack);
 		    else
 			/* bit set */
-			TiSetBody(t2, INT2CD(CD2INT(t2->ti_body) | TT_SIDE));
+			STACKPUSH(INT2CD((TileType)TT_SIDE), dbConnectStack);
 		}
-		STACKPUSH(INT2CD(t2), dbConnectStack);
+		else
+		    STACKPUSH(INT2CD(0), dbConnectStack);
 		STACKPUSH(INT2CD(pNum), dbConnectStack);
 	    }
 	    nextTop: if (LEFT(t2) <= tileArea.r_xbot) break;
@@ -682,6 +618,7 @@ donesides:
 	{
 	    Rect newArea;
 	    GEO_EXPAND(&tileArea, 1, &newArea);
+	    TileAndDinfo tad;
 
 	    for (i = PL_TECHDEPBASE; i < DBNumPlanes; i++)
 	    {
@@ -689,18 +626,20 @@ donesides:
 		if (IsSplit(tile))
 		{
 		    if (DBSrPaintNMArea((Tile *) NULL, csa->csa_def->cd_planes[i],
-				TiGetTypeExact(tile), &newArea, connectMask,
+				TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo, &newArea, connectMask,
-				dbcFindTileFunc, (ClientData)&t2) != 0)
+				dbcFindTileFunc, (ClientData)&tad) != 0)
 		    {
-			STACKPUSH(INT2CD(t2), dbConnectStack);
+			STACKPUSH(PTR2CD(tad.tad_tile), dbConnectStack);
+			STACKPUSH(INT2CD(tad.tad_dinfo), dbConnectStack);
 			STACKPUSH(INT2CD(i), dbConnectStack);
 		    }
 		}
 		else if (DBSrPaintArea((Tile *) NULL, csa->csa_def->cd_planes[i],
 			&newArea, connectMask, dbcFindTileFunc,
-			(ClientData)&t2) != 0)
+			(ClientData)&tad) != 0)
 		{
-		    STACKPUSH(INT2CD(t2), dbConnectStack);
+		    STACKPUSH(PTR2CD(tad.tad_tile), dbConnectStack);
+		    STACKPUSH(INT2CD(tad.tad_dinfo), dbConnectStack);
 		    STACKPUSH(INT2CD(i), dbConnectStack);
 		}
 	    }
@@ -734,8 +673,9 @@ donesides:
 /** @typedef cb_database_srpaintnmarea_t */
 /** @typedef cb_database_srpaintarea_t */
 int
-dbcUnconnectFunc(tile, clientData)
+dbcUnconnectFunc(tile, dinfo, clientData)
     Tile *tile;				/* Current tile	*/
+    TileType dinfo;			/* Split tile information, unused */
     ClientData clientData;		/* Unused. */
 
 {
@@ -949,8 +889,9 @@ dbcConnectLabelFunc(scx, lab, tpath, csa2)
  */
 
 int
-dbcConnectFunc(tile, cx)
+dbcConnectFunc(tile, dinfo, cx)
     Tile *tile;			/* Tile found. */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     TreeContext *cx;		/* Describes context of search.  The client
 				 * data is a pointer to a conSrArg2 record
 				 * containing various required information.
@@ -963,8 +904,8 @@ dbcConnectFunc(tile, cx)
     Rect *srArea;
     SearchContext *scx = cx->tc_scx;
     SearchContext scx2;
-    TileType loctype = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
+    TileType loctype = TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo;
-    TileType dinfo = 0;
+    TileType newdinfo = 0;
     int retval, i, pNum = cx->tc_plane;
     CellDef *def;
 
@@ -996,8 +937,8 @@ dbcConnectFunc(tile, cx)
 
     if (IsSplit(tile))
     {
-	dinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(loctype, &scx->scx_trans);
+	newdinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(loctype, &scx->scx_trans);
-	loctype = (SplitSide(tile)) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
+	loctype = ((dinfo & TT_SIDE)) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
     }
 
     /* See if the destination cell contains stuff over the whole
@@ -1035,7 +976,7 @@ dbcConnectFunc(tile, cx)
     def = csa2->csa2_use->cu_def;
     retval = 1;
     if (DBSrPaintNMArea((Tile *) NULL, def->cd_planes[pNum],
-		dinfo, &newarea, &notConnectMask, dbcUnconnectFunc,
+		newdinfo, &newarea, &notConnectMask, dbcUnconnectFunc,
 		(ClientData) NULL) == 0)
 	retval = 0;
 
@@ -1044,7 +985,7 @@ dbcConnectFunc(tile, cx)
      * the storage for the current list element.
      */
 
-    DBNMPaintPlane(def->cd_planes[pNum], dinfo,
+    DBNMPaintPlane(def->cd_planes[pNum], newdinfo,
 		&newarea, DBStdPaintTbl(loctype, pNum),
 		(PaintUndoInfo *) NULL);
 
@@ -1061,14 +1002,14 @@ dbcConnectFunc(tile, cx)
 
     /* Only extend those sides bordering the diagonal tile */
 
-    if (dinfo & TT_DIAGONAL)
+    if (newdinfo & TT_DIAGONAL)
     {
-	if (dinfo & TT_SIDE)			/* right */
+	if (newdinfo & TT_SIDE)			/* right */
 	    newarea.r_xtop += 1;
 	else					/* left */
 	    newarea.r_xbot -= 1;
-	if (((dinfo & TT_SIDE) >> 1)
+	if (((newdinfo & TT_SIDE) >> 1)
-		== (dinfo & TT_DIRECTION))	/* top */
+		== (newdinfo & TT_DIRECTION))	/* top */
 	    newarea.r_ytop += 1;
 	else					/* bottom */
 	    newarea.r_ybot -= 1;
@@ -1108,7 +1049,7 @@ dbcConnectFunc(tile, cx)
 
     csa2->csa2_list[csa2->csa2_top].area = newarea;
     csa2->csa2_list[csa2->csa2_top].connectMask = connectMask;
-    csa2->csa2_list[csa2->csa2_top].dinfo = dinfo;
+    csa2->csa2_list[csa2->csa2_top].dinfo = newdinfo;
 
     return 0;
 }

database/DBlabel.c

@@ -583,8 +583,9 @@ DBReOrientLabel(cellDef, area, newPos)
  */
 
 int
-dbGetLabelArea(tile, area)
+dbGetLabelArea(tile, dinfo, area)
     Tile *tile;		/* Tile found. */
+    TileType dinfo;	/* Split tile information (unused) */
     Rect *area;		/* Area to be modified. */
 {
     Rect r;
@@ -1085,14 +1086,15 @@ DBPickLabelLayer(def, lab, doCalma)
  */
 
 int
-dbPickFunc1(tile, mask)
+dbPickFunc1(tile, dinfo, mask)
     Tile *tile;			/* Tile found. */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     TileTypeBitMask *mask;	/* Mask to be modified. */
 {
     TileType type;
 
     if (IsSplit(tile))
-	type = (SplitSide(tile)) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
+	type = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
     else
 	type = TiGetType(tile);
 
@@ -1111,15 +1113,16 @@ dbPickFunc1(tile, mask)
  */
 
 int
-dbPickFunc2(tile, mask)
+dbPickFunc2(tile, dinfo, mask)
     Tile *tile;			/* Tile found. */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     TileTypeBitMask *mask;	/* Mask to be modified. */
 {
     TileType type;
     TileTypeBitMask tmp, *rMask;
 
     if (IsSplit(tile))
-	type = (SplitSide(tile)) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
+	type = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
     else
 	type = TiGetType(tile);
 

database/DBpaint.c

@@ -487,8 +487,6 @@ enumerate:
 			newType = (method == (unsigned char)PAINT_XOR) ?
 				 *resultTbl : resultTbl[oldType];
 
-			if (mergeFlags & MRG_RIGHT)
-			    tile = TiNMMergeRight(tile, plane);  // was commented out?
 			if (mergeFlags & MRG_LEFT)
 			    TiNMMergeLeft(LB(newtile), plane);
 		    }
@@ -496,8 +494,6 @@ enumerate:
 		    {
 			if (mergeFlags & MRG_LEFT)
 			    TiNMMergeLeft(newtile, plane);
-			if (mergeFlags & MRG_RIGHT)
-			    TiNMMergeRight(LB(tile), plane);	// was commented out?
 		    }
 		}
 		else
@@ -1439,10 +1435,6 @@ DBDiagonalProc(oldtype, dinfo)
     else
 	return -1;
 
-    /* For purposes of "undo" recording, record which side we just painted */
-    if (dinfo->side)
-	newtype |= TT_SIDE;
-
     return newtype;
 }
 
@@ -1824,14 +1816,15 @@ nextrect:
  */
 
 int
-dbNMEnumFunc(tile, arg)
+dbNMEnumFunc(tile, dinfo, arg)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     LinkedRect **arg;
 {
     LinkedRect *lr;
 
     /* Ignore the second call to any diagonal---only count once! */
-    if (IsSplit(tile) && SplitSide(tile)) return 0;
+    if (IsSplit(tile) && (dinfo & TT_SIDE)) return 0;
 
     lr = (LinkedRect *) mallocMagic(sizeof(LinkedRect));
     TiToRect(tile, &lr->r_r);

database/DBpaint2.c

@@ -119,8 +119,9 @@ DBPaint (cellDef, rect, type)
  */
 
 int
-dbResolveImages(tile, cellDef)
+dbResolveImages(tile, dinfo, cellDef)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     CellDef *cellDef;
 {
     Rect rect;
@@ -130,7 +131,7 @@ dbResolveImages(tile, cellDef)
     /* Recursive call back to DBPaint---this will ensure that   */
     /* all of the planes of the image type are painted.         */
 
-    DBPaint(cellDef, &rect, TiGetTypeExact(tile));
+    DBPaint(cellDef, &rect, TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo);
     return 0;
 }
 

database/DBprop.c

@@ -32,6 +32,16 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include "database/database.h"
 #include "utils/malloc.h"
 
+/* Global variable */
+
+bool DBPropCompat = TRUE;	/* If TRUE, then always save properties to
+				 * .mag files as type "string" for backwards
+				 * compatibility.  If FALSE, then properties
+				 * are saved to the .mag file along with their
+				 * type.  Regardless of the setting, properties
+				 * which are reserved keywords are converted
+				 * to the best internal representation on input.
+				 */
 
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -49,14 +59,14 @@ void
 DBPropPut(cellDef, name, value)
     CellDef *cellDef;		/* Pointer to definition of cell. */
     char *name;			/* The name of the property desired. */
-    ClientData value;	/* MUST point to a malloc'ed structure, or NULL.
+    PropertyRecord *value;	/* MUST point to a malloc'ed structure, or NULL.
 				 * This will be freed when the CellDef is freed.
 				 */
 
 {
     HashTable *htab;
     HashEntry *entry;
-    char *oldvalue;
+    PropertyRecord *oldvalue;
 
     /* Honor the NOEDIT flag.  Note that the caller always assumes that */
     /* the value would be saved in the hash table, so if it is not	*/
@@ -95,12 +105,23 @@ DBPropPut(cellDef, name, value)
     }
 
     entry = HashFind(htab, name);
-    oldvalue = (char *)HashGetValue(entry);
+    oldvalue = (PropertyRecord *)HashGetValue(entry);
-    if (oldvalue != NULL) freeMagic(oldvalue);
+    /* All properties are allocated as a single block and can just be freed,
-    if (value == (ClientData)NULL)
+     * except for plane properties, which require freeing the plane.
+     */
+    if (oldvalue != NULL)
+    {
+	if (oldvalue->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE)
+	{
+	    DBFreePaintPlane(oldvalue->prop_value.prop_plane);
+	    TiFreePlane(oldvalue->prop_value.prop_plane);
+	}
+	freeMagic((char *)oldvalue);
+    }
+    if (value == (PropertyRecord *)NULL)
 	HashRemove(htab, name);
     else
-	HashSetValue(entry, value);
+	HashSetValue(entry, PTR2CD(value));
 }
 
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -110,13 +131,13 @@ DBPropPut(cellDef, name, value)
  * Get a property from a celldef.
  *
  * Results:
- *	NULL if the property didn't exist, or if the property value was NULL.
+ *	NULL if the property didn't exist, or if the property record was NULL.
- *	Otherwise, ClientData that represents the property.
+ *	Otherwise, returns a pointer to the property record.
  *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-ClientData
+PropertyRecord *
 DBPropGet(cellDef, name, found)
     CellDef *cellDef;	/* Pointer to definition of cell. */
     char *name;		/* The name of the property desired. */
@@ -124,12 +145,12 @@ DBPropGet(cellDef, name, found)
 			 * exists.
 			 */
 {
-    ClientData result;
+    PropertyRecord *result;
     bool haveit;
     HashTable *htab;
     HashEntry *entry;
 
-    result = (ClientData) NULL;
+    result = (PropertyRecord *)NULL;
     haveit = FALSE;
     htab = (HashTable *) cellDef->cd_props;
     if (htab == (HashTable *) NULL) goto done;
@@ -138,7 +159,7 @@ DBPropGet(cellDef, name, found)
     if (entry != NULL)
     {
 	haveit = TRUE;
-	result = (ClientData) HashGetValue(entry);
+	result = (PropertyRecord *)HashGetValue(entry);
     }
 
 done:
@@ -146,6 +167,109 @@ done:
     return result;
 }
 
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DBPropGetString --
+ *
+ * Get a string property from a celldef.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	NULL if the property didn't exist, or if the property record was NULL.
+ *	Otherwise, returns a pointer to the property's string record.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	This is basically the original DBPropGet(), when properties were only
+ *	allowed to be strings.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+char *
+DBPropGetString(cellDef, name, found)
+    CellDef *cellDef;	/* Pointer to definition of cell. */
+    char *name;		/* The name of the property desired. */
+    bool *found;	/* If not NULL, filled in with TRUE iff the property
+			 * exists.
+			 */
+{
+    char *result = NULL;
+    PropertyRecord *proprec;
+    bool haveit;
+    HashTable *htab;
+    HashEntry *entry;
+
+    haveit = FALSE;
+    htab = (HashTable *) cellDef->cd_props;
+    if (htab == (HashTable *) NULL) goto pdone;
+
+    entry = HashLookOnly(htab, name);
+    if (entry != NULL)
+    {
+	proprec = (PropertyRecord *)HashGetValue(entry);
+	if (proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING)
+	{
+	    haveit = TRUE;
+	    result = proprec->prop_value.prop_string;
+	}
+    }
+
+pdone:
+    if (found != (bool *) NULL) *found = haveit;
+    return result;
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DBPropGetDouble --
+ *
+ * Get a single double-long integer property from a celldef.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	NULL if the property didn't exist, or if the property record was NULL.
+ *	Otherwise, returns a pointer to the property's value record.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+dlong
+DBPropGetDouble(cellDef, name, found)
+    CellDef *cellDef;	/* Pointer to definition of cell. */
+    char *name;		/* The name of the property desired. */
+    bool *found;	/* If not NULL, filled in with TRUE iff the property
+			 * exists.
+			 */
+{
+    dlong result = 0;
+    PropertyRecord *proprec;
+    bool haveit;
+    HashTable *htab;
+    HashEntry *entry;
+
+    haveit = FALSE;
+    htab = (HashTable *) cellDef->cd_props;
+    if (htab == (HashTable *) NULL) goto ddone;
+
+    entry = HashLookOnly(htab, name);
+    if (entry != NULL)
+    {
+	proprec = (PropertyRecord *)HashGetValue(entry);
+	if (proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE)
+	{
+	    haveit = TRUE;
+	    result = proprec->prop_value.prop_double[0];
+	}
+	else if (proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING)
+	{
+	    haveit = TRUE;
+	    sscanf(proprec->prop_value.prop_string, "%"DLONG_PREFIX"d", &result);
+	}
+    }
+
+ddone:
+    if (found != (bool *) NULL) *found = haveit;
+    return result;
+}
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * DBPropEnum --
@@ -168,7 +292,7 @@ DBPropEnum(cellDef, func, cdata)
 			 *
 			 *	int foo(name, value, cdata)
 			 *	    char *name;
-			 *	    ClientData value;
+			 *	    PropertyRecord *value;
 			 *	    ClientData cdata;
 			 *	{
 			 *	    -- return 0 to continue,
@@ -189,7 +313,7 @@ DBPropEnum(cellDef, func, cdata)
     HashStartSearch(&hs);
     while ((entry = HashNext(htab, &hs)) != NULL)
     {
-	res = (*func)(entry->h_key.h_name, (ClientData) entry->h_pointer, cdata);
+	res = (*func)(entry->h_key.h_name, (PropertyRecord *)entry->h_pointer, cdata);
 	if (res != 0) return res;
     }
 

database/DBtiles.c

@@ -44,6 +44,296 @@ struct dbCheck
 
 int dbCheckMaxHFunc(), dbCheckMaxVFunc();
 
+/*
+ * --------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * dbEvalCorner --
+ *
+ *	Used by DBTestNMInteract() to determine whether two non-
+ *	Manhattan areas have crossing diagonals by evaluating the
+ *	corner points of the area of intersection between the two
+ *	tiles.  This routine finds the distance from a point in
+ *	the second triangle to the diagonal of the first, in both
+ *	x and y.  If the point is below or to the left, the
+ *	distance is negative;  otherwise the distance is positive.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	1 for a positive result, -1 for a negative result, and 0
+ *	for the same result (point touches the diagonal).
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * --------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+dbEvalCorner(Point *p,	// Point to evaluate
+    Rect *rect,		// Triangular area bounding rectangle
+    TileType di)	// Diagonal information for split rect
+{
+    dlong D;
+
+    /* D is the distance from a point to the diagonal of the rectangle.
+     * The magnitude is not important.  It only matters what the sign
+     * is, so return 1 for positive, -1 for negative, or 0.
+     */
+
+    if (di & TT_DIRECTION)
+	D = (p->p_y - rect->r_ybot) * (rect->r_xtop - rect->r_xbot) -
+		(rect->r_xtop - p->p_x) * (rect->r_ytop - rect->r_ybot);
+    else
+	D = (p->p_y - rect->r_ybot) * (rect->r_xtop - rect->r_xbot) -
+		(p->p_x - rect->r_xbot) * (rect->r_ytop - rect->r_ybot);
+
+    if (D > 0) return 1;
+    if (D < 0) return -1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * --------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DBTestNMInteract --
+ *
+ *	Determine if a tile (t2) interacts with (touches or overlaps)
+ *	a triangular area (rect1, with diagonal split information in
+ *	di1).  Tile t2 may or may not be a split tile.  If t2 is
+ *	split, then diagonal split information is in di2.
+ *
+ *	There are two distinct cases:  DBSrPaintNMArea() looks for
+ *	tiles that overlap the area of rect1, but extTestNMInteract()
+ *	looks for tiles that both overlap or touch (indicating
+ *	electrical connectivity between the two).  "overlap_only"
+ *	distinguishes between the two use cases.  Set "overlap_only"
+ *	to TRUE for overlap searches, and FALSE for interaction
+ *	searches.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	
+ *	If overlap_only is TRUE:
+ *	    Return TRUE if the indicated areas overlap, FALSE if not.
+ *	If overlap_only is FALSE:
+ *	    Return TRUE if the indicated areas touch or overlap, FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * --------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+bool
+DBTestNMInteract(Rect *rect1,
+    TileType tt1,
+    Tile *t2,
+    TileType di2,
+    bool overlap_only)
+{
+    Rect rect2, r;
+    Point p;
+    int rheight, rwidth, rmax;
+    dlong f1, f2, f3, f4;
+    TileType tt2;
+    int pos, neg, touch, sign;
+
+    TiToRect(t2, &rect2);
+
+    /* Assuming that rect1 is a split area, then check if any part of t2
+     * overlaps the split side of interest in rect1, regardless of whether
+     * t2 is split or not.  If there is no overlap, then return FALSE.
+     */
+
+    rheight = rect1->r_ytop - rect1->r_ybot;
+    rwidth = rect1->r_xtop - rect1->r_xbot;
+    rmax = MAX(rheight, rwidth);
+
+    f1 = (rect2.r_ybot > MINFINITY + 2) ?
+                ((dlong)(rect1->r_ytop - rect2.r_ybot) * rwidth) : DLONG_MAX;
+    f2 = (rect2.r_ytop < INFINITY - 2) ?
+                ((dlong)(rect2.r_ytop - rect1->r_ybot) * rwidth) : DLONG_MAX;
+
+    if (tt1 & TT_SIDE)
+    {
+        /* Outside-of-triangle check---ignore sub-integer slivers */
+        if (rect2.r_xtop < INFINITY - 2)
+        {
+            f3 = (dlong)(rect1->r_xtop - rect2.r_xtop) * rheight;
+            f3 += rmax;
+        }
+        else
+            f3 = DLONG_MIN;
+        if ((tt1 & TT_DIRECTION) ? (f2 < f3) : (f1 < f3))
+            return FALSE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* Outside-of-triangle check---ignore sub-integer slivers */
+        if (rect2.r_xbot > MINFINITY + 2)
+        {
+            f4 = (dlong)(rect2.r_xbot - rect1->r_xbot) * rheight;
+            f4 += rmax;
+        }
+        else
+            f4 = DLONG_MIN;
+        if ((tt1 & TT_DIRECTION) ? (f1 < f4) : (f2 < f4))
+            return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    /* If t2 is not split, or its diagonal is the opposite of t1,
+     * or its side is the same as that of t1, then they overlap.
+     */
+    if (!IsSplit(t2)) return TRUE;
+
+    tt2 = TiGetTypeExact(t2) | di2;
+
+    if ((tt1 & TT_DIRECTION) != (tt2 & TT_DIRECTION)) return TRUE;
+    // if ((tt1 & TT_SIDE) == (tt2 & TT_SIDE)) return TRUE;
+
+    /* Hard case:  Same diagonal direction, opposite sides.  To determine
+     * overlap, count which of the three points of triangle t2 land on
+     * one side or the other of the rect1 split diagonal.  From those
+     * counts, determine if the triangles are overlapping, touching,
+     * or disjoint.
+     */
+
+    /* Evaluate the three corners of the rect2 triangle */
+    
+    pos = neg = touch = 0;
+    if (!(tt2 & TT_DIRECTION) || !(tt2 & TT_SIDE))
+    {
+	/* Evaluate the lower left corner */
+	sign = dbEvalCorner(&rect2.r_ll, rect1, tt1);
+	if (sign == 1)
+	    pos++;
+	else if (sign == -1)
+	    neg++;
+	else
+	    touch++;
+    }
+    
+    if (!(tt2 & TT_DIRECTION) || (tt2 & TT_SIDE))
+    {
+	/* Evaluate the upper right corner */
+	sign = dbEvalCorner(&rect2.r_ur, rect1, tt1);
+	if (sign == 1)
+	    pos++;
+	else if (sign == -1)
+	    neg++;
+	else
+	    touch++;
+    }
+
+    if ((tt2 & TT_DIRECTION) || !(tt2 & TT_SIDE))
+    {
+	/* Evaluate the upper left corner */
+	p.p_x = rect2.r_xbot;
+	p.p_y = rect2.r_ytop;
+	sign = dbEvalCorner(&p, rect1, tt1);
+	if (sign == 1)
+	    pos++;
+	else if (sign == -1)
+	    neg++;
+	else
+	    touch++;
+    }
+
+    if ((tt2 & TT_DIRECTION) || (tt2 & TT_SIDE))
+    {
+	/* Evaluate the lower right corner */
+	p.p_x = rect2.r_xtop;
+	p.p_y = rect2.r_ybot;
+	sign = dbEvalCorner(&p, rect1, tt1);
+	if (sign == 1)
+	    pos++;
+	else if (sign == -1)
+	    neg++;
+	else
+	    touch++;
+    }
+
+    /* If side and direction match, then pos and neg need to be swapped */
+    if (((tt1 & TT_SIDE) && (tt1 & TT_DIRECTION)) ||
+		(!(tt1 & TT_SIDE) && !(tt1 & TT_DIRECTION)))
+    {
+	int temp = neg;
+	neg = pos;
+	pos = temp;
+    }
+
+    /* Return TRUE or FALSE depending on the values of pos, neg, and
+     * touch, and depending on whether overlap_only is set or not.
+     */
+    if (pos == 3)
+	return FALSE;		/* Fully disjoint */
+    else if (neg == 3)
+    {
+	if ((tt1 & TT_SIDE) != (tt2 & TT_SIDE))
+	    return TRUE;		/* Fully enclosed */
+	else
+	{
+	    /* This is a trickier situation.  Both triangles have
+	     * the same TT_SIDE bit, but the triangular area of t2
+	     * could still be outside of rect1.  Need to check where
+	     * the inside corner of rect1 lands with respect to the
+	     * t2 diagonal.
+	     */
+	    if (((tt1 & TT_SIDE) == 0) && ((tt1 & TT_DIRECTION) != 0))
+	    {
+		sign = dbEvalCorner(&rect1->r_ll, &rect2, tt2);
+	    }
+	    else if (((tt1 & TT_SIDE) == 0) && ((tt1 & TT_DIRECTION) == 0))
+	    {
+		p.p_x = rect1->r_ll.p_x;
+		p.p_y = rect1->r_ur.p_y;
+		sign = dbEvalCorner(&p, &rect2, tt2);
+	    }
+	    else if (((tt1 & TT_SIDE) != 0) && ((tt1 & TT_DIRECTION) == 0))
+	    {
+		p.p_x = rect1->r_ur.p_x;
+		p.p_y = rect1->r_ll.p_y;
+		sign = dbEvalCorner(&p, &rect2, tt2);
+	    }
+	    else /* if (((tt1 & TT_SIDE) != 0) && ((tt1 & TT_DIRECTION) != 0)) */
+	    {
+		sign = dbEvalCorner(&rect1->r_ur, &rect2, tt2);
+	    }
+
+	    /* Again, if side and direction match, then sign is backwards
+	     */
+	    if (((tt2 & TT_SIDE) && (tt2 & TT_DIRECTION)) ||
+			(!(tt2 & TT_SIDE) && !(tt2 & TT_DIRECTION)))
+		sign = -sign;
+
+	    if (sign == 1)
+	 	return FALSE;		/* Fully disjoint */
+	    else if (sign == -1)
+	 	return TRUE;		/* Fully overlapping */
+	    else if (overlap_only)
+		return FALSE;		/* Touching but not overlapping */
+	    else
+		return TRUE;		/* Touching but not overlapping */
+	}
+    }
+    else if (overlap_only)
+    {
+	if ((touch > 0) && (neg + touch == 3))
+	    return TRUE;	/* Enclosed and touching */
+	else if ((touch > 0) && (pos + touch == 3))
+	    return FALSE;	/* Unenclosed but touching */
+	else
+	    return TRUE;	/* Partially overlapping */
+    }
+    else	/* overlap_only == FALSE */
+    {
+	if ((touch > 0) && (neg + touch == 3))
+	    return TRUE;	/* Enclosed and touching */
+	else if ((touch > 0) && (pos + touch == 3))
+	    return TRUE;	/* Unenclosed but touching */
+	else
+	    return TRUE;	/* Partially overlapping */
+    }
+}
+
 /*
  * --------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -56,6 +346,7 @@ int dbCheckMaxHFunc(), dbCheckMaxVFunc();
  *	int
  *	func(tile, cdata)
  *	    Tile *tile;
+ *	    TileType dinfo;
  *	    ClientData cdata;
  *	{
  *	}
@@ -137,147 +428,26 @@ nm_enum:
 	/* the tile enumeration if it is not.				 */
 	/* Watch for calculations involving (M)INFINITY in tile (tp)!	 */
 
-	rheight = rect->r_ytop - rect->r_ybot;
-	rwidth = rect->r_xtop - rect->r_xbot;
-	rmax = MAX(rheight, rwidth);
-	f1 = (BOTTOM(tp) > MINFINITY + 2) ?
-		((dlong)(rect->r_ytop - BOTTOM(tp)) * rwidth) : DLONG_MAX;
-	f2 = (TOP(tp) < INFINITY - 2) ?
-		((dlong)(TOP(tp) - rect->r_ybot) * rwidth) : DLONG_MAX;
-
-	if (ttype & TT_SIDE)
-	{
-	    /* Outside-of-triangle check---ignore sub-integer slivers */
-	    if (RIGHT(tp) < INFINITY - 2)
-	    {
-		f3 = (dlong)(rect->r_xtop - RIGHT(tp)) * rheight;
-		f3 += rmax;
-	    }
-	    else
-		f3 = DLONG_MIN;
-	    if ((ttype & TT_DIRECTION) ? (f2 < f3) : (f1 < f3))
-		goto enum_next;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-	    /* Outside-of-triangle check---ignore sub-integer slivers */
-	    if (LEFT(tp) > MINFINITY + 2)
-	    {
-		f4 = (dlong)(LEFT(tp) - rect->r_xbot) * rheight;
-		f4 += rmax;
-	    }
-	    else
-		f4 = DLONG_MIN;
-	    if ((ttype & TT_DIRECTION) ? (f1 < f4) : (f2 < f4))
-		goto enum_next;
-	}
-
-	/* Secondary checks---if tile is also non-Manhattan, is		*/
-	/* either side of it outside the area?  If so, restrict it.	*/
-	/* This check is only necessary if the split directions are	*/
-	/* the same, so we have to see if either of the neighboring	*/
-	/* points is also inside the search triangle.			*/
-
-	ignore_sides = 0;
-
 	if (IsSplit(tp))
 	{
-	    if (!TTMaskHasType(mask, SplitLeftType(tp)))
+	    TileType tpdi = TiGetTypeExact(tp);
-		ignore_sides |= IGNORE_LEFT;
-	    if (!TTMaskHasType(mask, SplitRightType(tp)))
-		ignore_sides |= IGNORE_RIGHT;
 
-	    tpt = TiGetTypeExact(tp);
+	    if (TTMaskHasType(mask, SplitLeftType(tp)))
-	    if ((tpt & TT_DIRECTION) == (ttype & TT_DIRECTION))
+		if (DBTestNMInteract(rect, ttype, tp, tpdi, TRUE))
-	    {
+		    if ((*func)(tp, (TileType)TT_DIAGONAL, arg))
-		f3 = (LEFT(tp) > MINFINITY + 2) ?
+			return 1;
-			((dlong)(rect->r_xtop - LEFT(tp)) * rheight) : DLONG_MAX;
+	    if (TTMaskHasType(mask, SplitRightType(tp)))
-		f4 = (RIGHT(tp) < INFINITY - 2) ?
+		if (DBTestNMInteract(rect, ttype, tp, tpdi | TT_SIDE, TRUE))
-			((dlong)(RIGHT(tp) - rect->r_xbot) * rheight) : DLONG_MAX;
+		    if ((*func)(tp, (TileType)TT_DIAGONAL | TT_SIDE, arg))
-
+			return 1;
-		if (ttype & TT_SIDE)
-		{
-		    /* Ignore sub-integer slivers */
-		    if (f4 != DLONG_MAX) f4 -= rmax;
-		    if (f3 != DLONG_MAX) f3 += rmax;
-
-		    if (ttype & TT_DIRECTION)
-		    {
-			if ((f2 < f3) && (f1 > f4))
-			    /* Tile bottom left is outside search area */
-			    ignore_sides |= IGNORE_LEFT;
 	}
 	else
 	{
-			if ((f1 < f3) && (f2 > f4))
+	    if (TTMaskHasType(mask, TiGetType(tp)))
-			    /* Tile top left is outside search area */
+		if (DBTestNMInteract(rect, ttype, tp, (TileType)0, TRUE))
-			    ignore_sides |= IGNORE_LEFT;
+		    if ((*func)(tp, (TileType)0, arg))
+			return 1;
 	}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-		    /* Ignore sub-integer slivers */
-		    if (f4 != DLONG_MAX) f4 += rmax;
-		    if (f3 != DLONG_MAX) f3 -= rmax;
-
-		    if (ttype & TT_DIRECTION)
-		    {
-			if ((f2 > f3) && (f1 < f4))
-			    /* Tile top right is outside search area */
-			    ignore_sides |= IGNORE_RIGHT;
-		    }
-		    else
-		    {
-			if ((f1 > f3) && (f2 < f4))
-			    /* Tile bottom right is outside search area */
-			    ignore_sides |= IGNORE_RIGHT;
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-
-	    /* If the tile is larger than the search area or overlaps	*/
-	    /* the search area, we need to check if one of the sides	*/
-	    /* of the tile is disjoint from the search area.		*/
-
-	    rheight = TOP(tp) - BOTTOM(tp);
-	    rwidth = RIGHT(tp) - LEFT(tp);
-	    rmax = MAX(rheight, rwidth);
-	    f1 = (TOP(tp) < INFINITY - 2) ?
-			((dlong)(TOP(tp) - rect->r_ybot) * rwidth) : DLONG_MAX;
-	    f2 = (BOTTOM(tp) > MINFINITY + 2) ?
-			((dlong)(rect->r_ytop - BOTTOM(tp)) * rwidth) : DLONG_MAX;
-	    f3 = (RIGHT(tp) < INFINITY - 2) ?
-			((dlong)(RIGHT(tp) - rect->r_xtop) * rheight) : DLONG_MAX;
-	    f4 = (LEFT(tp) > MINFINITY + 2) ?
-			((dlong)(rect->r_xbot - LEFT(tp)) * rheight) : DLONG_MAX;
-
-	    /* ignore sub-integer slivers */
-	    if (f4 < DLONG_MAX) f4 += rmax;
-	    if (f3 < DLONG_MAX) f3 += rmax;
-
-	    if (SplitDirection(tp) ? (f1 < f4) : (f2 < f4))
-		ignore_sides |= IGNORE_LEFT;
-
-	    if (SplitDirection(tp) ? (f2 < f3) : (f1 < f3))
-		ignore_sides |= IGNORE_RIGHT;
-
-	    /* May call function twice to paint both sides of   */
-	    /* the split tile, if necessary.                    */
-
-	    if (!(ignore_sides & IGNORE_LEFT))
-	    {
-		TiSetBody(tp, INT2CD(tpt & ~TT_SIDE)); /* bit clear */
-		if ((*func)(tp, arg)) return (1);
-	    }
-	    if (!(ignore_sides & IGNORE_RIGHT))
-	    {
-		TiSetBody(tp, INT2CD(tpt | TT_SIDE)); /* bit set */
-		if ((*func)(tp, arg)) return (1);
-	    }
-        }
-	else
-	    if (TTMaskHasType(mask, TiGetType(tp)) && (*func)(tp, arg))
-		return (1);
 
 enum_next:
 	tpnew = TR(tp);
@@ -325,6 +495,7 @@ enum_next:
  *	int
  *	func(tile, cdata)
  *	    Tile *tile;
+ *	    TileType dinfo;
  *	    ClientData cdata;
  *	{
  *	}
@@ -416,9 +587,7 @@ enumerate:
 			(dlong)(rect->r_xbot - LEFT(tp)) * theight : DLONG_MIN;
 		if (SplitDirection(tp) ? (f1 > f4) : (f2 > f4))
 		{
-		    TiSetBody(tp, INT2CD((TileType)CD2INT(TiGetBody(tp))
+		    if ((*func)(tp, (TileType)TT_DIAGONAL, arg)) return (1);
-				& ~TT_SIDE));  /* bit clear */
-		    if ((*func)(tp, arg)) return (1);
 		}
 	    }
 
@@ -429,14 +598,12 @@ enumerate:
 			(dlong)(RIGHT(tp) - rect->r_xtop) * theight : DLONG_MIN;
 		if (SplitDirection(tp) ? (f2 > f3) : (f1 > f3))
 		{
-		    TiSetBody(tp, INT2CD((TileType)CD2INT(TiGetBody(tp))
+		    if ((*func)(tp, (TileType)TT_DIAGONAL | TT_SIDE, arg)) return (1);
-				| TT_SIDE));      /* bit set */
-		    if ((*func)(tp, arg)) return (1);
 		}
 	    }
 	}
 	else
-	    if (TTMaskHasType(mask, TiGetType(tp)) && (*func)(tp, arg))
+	    if (TTMaskHasType(mask, TiGetType(tp)) && (*func)(tp, (TileType)0, arg))
 		return (1);
 
 	tpnew = TR(tp);
@@ -485,6 +652,7 @@ enumerate:
  *	int
  *	func(tile, cdata)
  *	    Tile *tile;
+ *	    TileType dinfo;
  *	    ClientData cdata;
  *	{
  *	}
@@ -576,9 +744,7 @@ enumerate:
 			(dlong)(rect->r_xbot - LEFT(tp)) * (dlong)theight : DLONG_MIN;
 		if (SplitDirection(tp) ? (f1 > f4) : (f2 > f4))
 		{
-		    TiSetBody(tp, INT2CD((TileType)CD2INT(TiGetBody(tp))
+		    if ((tp->ti_client == client) && (*func)(tp, (TileType)TT_DIAGONAL, arg))
-				& ~TT_SIDE));  /* bit clear */
-		    if ((tp->ti_client == client) && (*func)(tp, arg))
 			return (1);
 		}
 	    }
@@ -590,16 +756,15 @@ enumerate:
 			(dlong)(RIGHT(tp) - rect->r_xtop) * (dlong)theight : DLONG_MIN;
 		if (SplitDirection(tp) ? (f2 > f3) : (f1 > f3))
 		{
-		    TiSetBody(tp, INT2CD((TileType)CD2INT(TiGetBody(tp))
+		    if ((tp->ti_client == client) && (*func)(tp, (TileType)TT_DIAGONAL
-				| TT_SIDE));      /* bit set */
+				| TT_SIDE, arg))
-		    if ((tp->ti_client == client) && (*func)(tp, arg))
 			return (1);
 		}
 	    }
 	}
 	else
 	    if (TTMaskHasType(mask, TiGetType(tp)) && tp->ti_client == client
-				&& (*func)(tp, arg))
+				&& (*func)(tp, (TileType)0, arg))
 		return (1);
 
 	tpnew = TR(tp);
@@ -665,7 +830,7 @@ DBResetTilePlane(plane, cdata)
     /* Each iteration visits another tile on the LHS of the search area */
     while (TOP(tp) > rect->r_ybot)
     {
-	/* Each iteration frees another tile */
+	/* Each iteration resets another tile */
 enumerate:
 	tp->ti_client = cdata;
 
@@ -701,6 +866,88 @@ enumerate:
     }
 }
 
+/*
+ * --------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DBResetTilePlaneSpecial --
+ *
+ * This routine works like DBResetTilePlane(), but is designed
+ * specifically to be run after extFindNodes() or ExtFindRegions()
+ * to check for split tiles that have an allocated ExtSplitRegion
+ * structure in the ClientData;  this needs to be freed before
+ * resetting the ClientData value to "cdata".  It is not necessary
+ * to know anything about the ExtSplitRegion structure other than
+ * the condition under which it can be expected to be present,
+ * which is a split tile with neither side having type TT_SPACE.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Resets the ti_client fields of all tiles.
+ *
+ * --------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+DBResetTilePlaneSpecial(plane, cdata)
+    Plane *plane;	/* Plane whose tiles are to be reset */
+    ClientData cdata;
+{
+    Tile *tp, *tpnew;
+    const Rect *rect = &TiPlaneRect;
+
+    /* Start with the leftmost non-infinity tile in the plane */
+    tp = TR(plane->pl_left);
+
+    /* Each iteration visits another tile on the LHS of the search area */
+    while (TOP(tp) > rect->r_ybot)
+    {
+	/* Each iteration resets another tile */
+enumerate:
+	if (IsSplit(tp))
+	    if ((TiGetLeftType(tp) != TT_SPACE) && (TiGetRightType(tp) != TT_SPACE))
+		if (tp->ti_client != cdata)
+		{
+		    ASSERT(TiGetBody((Tile *)tp->ti_client) == CLIENTDEFAULT,
+				"DBResetTilePlaneSpecial");
+		    freeMagic(tp->ti_client);
+		}
+
+	tp->ti_client = cdata;
+
+	/* Move along to the next tile */
+	tpnew = TR(tp);
+	if (LEFT(tpnew) < rect->r_xtop)
+	{
+	    while (BOTTOM(tpnew) >= rect->r_ytop) tpnew = LB(tpnew);
+	    if (BOTTOM(tpnew) >= BOTTOM(tp) || BOTTOM(tp) <= rect->r_ybot)
+	    {
+		tp = tpnew;
+		goto enumerate;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/* Each iteration returns one tile further to the left */
+	while (LEFT(tp) > rect->r_xbot)
+	{
+	    if (BOTTOM(tp) <= rect->r_ybot)
+		return;
+	    tpnew = LB(tp);
+	    tp = BL(tp);
+	    if (BOTTOM(tpnew) >= BOTTOM(tp) || BOTTOM(tp) <= rect->r_ybot)
+	    {
+		tp = tpnew;
+		goto enumerate;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/* At left edge -- walk down to next tile along the left edge */
+	for (tp = LB(tp); RIGHT(tp) <= rect->r_xbot; tp = TR(tp))
+	    /* Nothing */;
+    }
+}
+
 /*
  * --------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -918,8 +1165,9 @@ DBCheckMaxHStrips(plane, area, proc, cdata)
  */
 
 int
-dbCheckMaxHFunc(tile, dbc)
+dbCheckMaxHFunc(tile, dinfo, dbc)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
     struct dbCheck *dbc;
 {
     Tile *tp;
@@ -1010,8 +1258,9 @@ DBCheckMaxVStrips(plane, area, proc, cdata)
  */
 
 int
-dbCheckMaxVFunc(tile, dbc)
+dbCheckMaxVFunc(tile, dinfo, dbc)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
     struct dbCheck *dbc;
 {
     Tile *tp;

database/database.h.in

@@ -303,9 +303,14 @@ typedef struct label
 #define PORT_SHAPE_RING	   0x1000	/* Port is a ring shape		*/
 #define PORT_SHAPE_THRU	   0x1800	/* Port is a feedthrough shape	*/
 
-#define PORT_VISITED	   0x2000	/* Bit for checking if a port	*/
+#define LABEL_STICKY	   0x2000	/* Label does not change layers	*/
+#define LABEL_UNIQUE	   0x4000	/* Temporary unique label	*/
+
+/* The last two flags are never used at the same time and so can share
+ * a flag bit.
+ */
+#define PORT_VISITED	   0x8000	/* Bit for checking if a port	*/
 					/* has been previously visited.	*/
-#define LABEL_STICKY	   0x4000	/* Label does not change layers	*/
 #define LABEL_GENERATE	   0x8000	/* Auto-generated label		*/
 
 /*
@@ -551,6 +556,18 @@ typedef struct diag_info
    bool side;
 } DiagInfo;
 
+/* Where search functions need to return a Tile pointer and tile split	*/
+/* information, use this structure.  Contains a pointer to its own	*/
+/* structure type so that it may also be used to create a linked list	*/
+/* of tiles including split side information.				*/
+
+typedef struct tile_and_dinfo
+{
+    struct tile_and_dinfo *tad_next;
+    Tile     *tad_tile;
+    TileType  tad_dinfo;
+} TileAndDinfo;
+
 /* This would normally go in geometry.h except that it uses TileType.	*/
 /* Used in selOps.c but also passed back to CmdRS.c for select command.	*/
 
@@ -687,6 +704,25 @@ struct conSrArg2
 
 #define CSA2_LIST_SIZE 65536            /* Number of entries per list */
 
+/* ------------------------  Properties  ------------------------------ */
+
+/* Note that the property record is a single allocated block large enough
+ * to hold the string or integer list, and can be freed as a single block.
+ * The array bounds, like those of lab_text for labels, are placeholders.
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    int		prop_type;	/* See codes below; e.g., PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING */
+    int		prop_len;	/* String length or number of values */
+    union {
+	char  prop_string[8];	/* For PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING */
+	int   prop_integer[2];	/* For PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER or _DIMENSION */
+	dlong prop_double[1];	/* For PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE */
+	Plane *prop_plane;	/* For PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE */
+    } prop_value;
+} PropertyRecord;
+
 /* -------------- Undo information passed to DBPaintPlane ------------- */
 
 typedef struct
@@ -719,6 +755,14 @@ typedef struct
 #define PAINT_MARK	1	/* Mark tiles that are painted */
 #define PAINT_XOR	2	/* Use with XOR function to prevent double-painting */
 
+/* ---------------------- Codes for properties -------------------------*/
+
+#define PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING	0	/* ASCII string property */
+#define PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER	1	/* Fixed integer property */
+#define PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION	2	/* Integer property that scales with units */
+#define PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE	3	/* Double-long integer (for file positions) */
+#define PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE	4	/* A tile plane structure */
+
 /* -------------------- Exported procedure headers -------------------- */
 
     /* Painting/erasing */
@@ -904,7 +948,9 @@ extern void DBFreePaintPlane();
 
     /* Cell properties */
 extern void DBPropPut();
-extern ClientData DBPropGet();
+extern PropertyRecord *DBPropGet();
+extern char *DBPropGetString();
+extern dlong DBPropGetDouble();
 extern int DBPropEnum();
 extern void DBPropClearAll();
 
@@ -920,9 +966,10 @@ extern int DBArraySr();
 extern bool DBNearestLabel();
 extern int DBSrLabelLoc();
 extern TileType DBTransformDiagonal();
-extern int dbcUnconnectFunc(Tile *tile, ClientData clientData); /* (notused) */
+extern bool DBTestNMInteract(Rect *rect1, TileType tt1, Tile *t2, TileType di2, bool overlap_only);
-extern int dbSrConnectFunc(Tile *tile, ClientData clientData); /*  (struct conSrArg *csa) */
+extern int dbcUnconnectFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, ClientData clientData); /* (notused) */
-extern int dbSrConnectStartFunc(Tile *tile, ClientData clientData); /* cb_database_srpaintarea_t (Tile **pTile) */
+extern int dbSrConnectFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, ClientData clientData); /*  (struct conSrArg *csa) */
+extern int dbSrConnectStartFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, ClientData clientData); /* cb_database_srpaintarea_t (Tile **pTile) */
 
 /* C99 compat */
 extern void DBEraseValid();
@@ -969,10 +1016,10 @@ extern int  dbIsPrimary();
 extern void dbTechMatchResidues();
 extern void DBUndoInit();
 extern void DBResetTilePlane();
+extern void DBResetTilePlaneSpecial();
 extern void DBNewYank();
 extern int  DBSrPaintClient();
 extern int  DBSrConnect();
-extern int  DBSrConnectOnePlane();
 extern char *dbFgets();
 extern void DBAdjustLabelsNew();
 extern bool DBScaleValue();
@@ -1001,6 +1048,7 @@ extern int DBLambda[2];
 /* -------------------- Exported magic file suffix -------------------- */
 
 extern char *DBSuffix;		/* Suffix appended to all Magic cell names */
+extern bool DBPropCompat;	/* Backwards-compatible properties */
 
 /* -------------------- User Interface Stuff -------------------------- */
 

dbwind/DBWcommands.c

@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ extern void CmdRandom(), CmdSave(), CmdScaleGrid(), CmdSee();
 extern void CmdSelect(), CmdSetLabel(), CmdSideways();
 extern void CmdShell(), CmdSnap();
 extern void CmdStretch(), CmdStraighten();
-extern void CmdTech(), CmdTool(), CmdUnexpand();
+extern void CmdTech(), CmdTool(), CmdUnexpand(), CmdUnits();
 extern void CmdUpsidedown(), CmdWhat(), CmdWire(), CmdWriteall();
 extern void CmdGoto(), CmdFlatten(), CmdXload(), CmdXor();
 
@@ -474,6 +474,9 @@ DBWInitCommands()
     WindAddCommand(DBWclientID,
 	"unexpand		unexpand subcells under box",
 	CmdUnexpand, FALSE);
+    WindAddCommand(DBWclientID,
+	"units [type]		set type of units parsed and displayed",
+	CmdUnits, FALSE);
     WindAddCommand(DBWclientID,
 	"upsidedown		flip selection and box upside down",
 	CmdUpsidedown, FALSE);

dbwind/DBWdisplay.c

@@ -571,8 +571,9 @@ DBWredisplay(w, rootArea, clipArea)
  */
 
 int
-dbwPaintFunc(tile, cxp)
+dbwPaintFunc(tile, dinfo, cxp)
     Tile *tile;			/* Tile to be redisplayed. */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     TreeContext *cxp;		/* From DBTreeSrTiles */
 {
     SearchContext *scx = cxp->tc_scx;
@@ -652,7 +653,7 @@ dbwPaintFunc(tile, cxp)
     /* whether to render the outline with a fast rectangle-	*/
     /* drawing routine or to render it segment by segment.	*/
 
-    GrBox(dbwWindow, &scx->scx_trans, tile);
+    GrBox(dbwWindow, &scx->scx_trans, tile, dinfo);
     return 0;
 }
 
@@ -1075,8 +1076,10 @@ dbwBBoxFunc(scx)
  */
 
 int
-dbwTileFunc(tile)
+dbwTileFunc(tile, dinfo, clientdata)
     Tile *tile;				/* A tile to be redisplayed. */
+    TileType dinfo;			/* Split tile information (unused) */
+    ClientData clientdata;		/* (unused) */
 {
     Rect r, r2;
     int xoffset, yoffset;
@@ -1113,7 +1116,7 @@ dbwTileFunc(tile)
 
     if (dbwSeeTypes)
     {
-    	 (void) sprintf(string, "%s",DBTypeShortName(TiGetType(tile)));
+    	 (void) sprintf(string, "%s", DBTypeShortName(TiGetType(tile)));
     }
     else
     {
@@ -1129,7 +1132,7 @@ dbwTileFunc(tile)
 
 #define	XYOFFSET	12
 
-    for (i=0;  i<4;  i++)
+    for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
     {
 	xoffset = 0;
 	yoffset = 0;
@@ -1172,13 +1175,13 @@ dbwTileFunc(tile)
 	    yoffset = temp;
 	}
 
-	if ( (dbwWatchTrans.t_a < 0) || (dbwWatchTrans.t_b < 0) )
+	if ((dbwWatchTrans.t_a < 0) || (dbwWatchTrans.t_b < 0))
 	{
 	    /* mirror in x */
 	    xoffset = -xoffset;
 	}
 
-	if ( (dbwWatchTrans.t_d < 0) || (dbwWatchTrans.t_e < 0) )
+	if ((dbwWatchTrans.t_d < 0) || (dbwWatchTrans.t_e < 0))
 	{
 	    /* mirror in y */
 	    yoffset = -yoffset;

dbwind/DBWfdback.c

@@ -249,7 +249,10 @@ DBWFeedbackRedraw(window, plane)
 }
 
 int
-dbwFeedbackAlways1()
+dbwFeedbackAlways1(
+    Tile *tile,			/* (unused) */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* (unused) */
+    ClientData clientdata)	/* (unused) */
 {
     return 1;
 }

dbwind/DBWhlights.c

@@ -392,8 +392,9 @@ DBWHLRedrawWind(window)
  */
 
 int
-dbwhlEraseFunc(tile, window)
+dbwhlEraseFunc(tile, dinfo, window)
     Tile *tile;			/* Tile describing area to be erased.	*/
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information (unused)	*/
     MagWindow *window;		/* Window that is being altered.	*/
 {
     Rect area;

dbwind/DBWprocs.c

@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include <string.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 
+#include "tcltk/tclmagic.h"
 #include "utils/main.h"
 #include "utils/magic.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
@@ -33,6 +34,7 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include "utils/hash.h"
 #include "database/database.h"
 #include "utils/main.h"
+#include "cif/cif.h"
 #include "commands/commands.h"
 #include "dbwind/dbwind.h"
 #include "graphics/graphics.h"
@@ -653,6 +655,311 @@ DBWexit()
     return (CmdWarnWrite() == 1);
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * dbwValueFormat ---
+ *
+ *	Remove unnecessary trailing zeros and decimal from a floating-point
+ *	value formatted with "%.Nf" where N is the expected maximum number
+ *	of places after the decimal, matching the argument "places".
+ *	This makes the "%f" formatting work like "%g" formatting, but
+ *	works around the limitation of "%.Ng" that it operates on the number
+ *	of significant digits, not the number of decimal places.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The string "buf" may be altered with a new terminating null character.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+dbwValueFormat(char *buf,
+    int places)
+{
+    char *p = buf + strlen(buf) - 1;
+    while (p > buf && *p == '0') *p-- = '\0';
+    if (p > buf && *p == '.') *p = '\0';
+}
+
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * dbwPrintValue0 --
+ *
+ *	Convert a value in internal database units to a string based on
+ *	the chosen display units as defined by DBWUnits (which is set
+ *	with the "units" command).  If DBWUnits has not been changed
+ *	since startup, then the behavior is to print the internal units
+ *	in string form.  If DBWUnits has been set, then the units type
+ *	determines how the output is displayed.
+ *
+ *	If "is_square" is TRUE, then the value is in units squared, and
+ *	scaling is done accordingly.  In the case of DBW_UNITS_USER,
+ *	where values are in grid multiples, the units for X and Y may
+ *	differ, and "is_x" = TRUE indicates a measurement in the X direction,
+ *	while false indicase a measurements in the Y direction.  Naturally,
+ *	if "is_square" is TRUE then "is_x" is ignored.  "is_x" is also ignored
+ *	for any output units other than user/grid units.
+ *
+ *	If "is_cif" is true, then "value" is in CIF database units
+ *	(centimicrons, nanometers, or angstroms, according to the
+ *	scalefactor line in the tech file), rather than internal units.
+ *
+ *	This routine is generally meant to be called as one of the three
+ *	variants defined below it:  DBWPrintValue(), DBWPrintSqValue(),
+ *	or DBWPrintCIFValue().
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A pointer to a string.  To facilitate printing up to four values
+ *	(e.g., rectangle coordinates, such as from "box values"), a static
+ *	string partitioned into four parts is created in this subroutine,
+ *	and the result points to one position in the string, which is cycled
+ *	through every four calls to the subroutine.  The caller does not
+ *	free the returned string.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * NOTE:  Prior to the introduction of the "units" command, magic had the
+ *	inconsistent behavior that parsed input values on the command line
+ *	would be interpreted per the "snap" setting, but output values were
+ *	(almost) always given in internal units.  This routine keeps the
+ *	original behavior backwards-compatible, as inconsistent as it is.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+char *
+dbwPrintValue0(int value,	/* value to print, in internal units */
+    MagWindow *w,		/* current window, for use with grid */
+    bool is_x,			/* TRUE if value is an X dimension */
+    bool is_square,		/* TRUE if value is a dimension squared */
+    bool is_cif)		/* TRUE if value is in centimicrons */
+{
+    char *result;
+    float oscale, dscale, fvalue;
+    DBWclientRec *crec;
+    int locunits;
+
+    /* This routine is called often, so avoid constant use of malloc and
+     * free by keeping up to four printed results in static memory.
+     */
+    static char resultstr[128];
+    static unsigned char resultpos = 0;
+
+    result = &resultstr[resultpos];
+    resultpos += 32;
+    resultpos &= 127;	/* At 128, cycle back to zero */
+
+    /* CIF database units are centimicrons/nanometers/angstroms as
+     * set by the "scalefactor" line in the tech file.  When "is_cif"
+     * is TRUE, then "value" is in these units.  Find the conversion
+     * factor to convert "value" to internal units, and then it can
+     * be subsequently converted to lambda, microns, etc.
+     */
+    if (is_cif == TRUE)
+	dscale = CIFGetScale(100) / CIFGetOutputScale(1000);
+    else
+	dscale = 1.0;
+
+    /* When printing user/grid units, check for a valid window */
+
+    locunits = DBWUnits;
+    if (locunits != DBW_UNITS_DEFAULT) locunits &= DBW_UNITS_TYPE_MASK;
+
+    /* The MagWindow argument is only needed for user units, since the
+     * user grid values are found there.  Setting MagWindow to NULL
+     * effectively disables printing values in user grid units, which
+     * then default to internal units.
+     */
+    if (locunits == DBW_UNITS_USER)
+    {
+	if (w == (MagWindow *)NULL)
+	{
+	    windCheckOnlyWindow(&w, DBWclientID);
+	    if (w == (MagWindow *)NULL)
+		locunits = DBW_UNITS_DEFAULT;
+	}
+    }
+
+    switch (locunits)
+    {
+	case DBW_UNITS_DEFAULT:
+	    snprintf(result, 32, "%d", value);
+	    break;
+
+	case DBW_UNITS_INTERNAL:
+	    if (is_cif)
+	    {
+		if (is_square)
+		{
+		    snprintf(result, 32, "%.6f", value * dscale * dscale);
+		    dbwValueFormat(result, 6);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    snprintf(result, 32, "%.3f", value * dscale);
+		    dbwValueFormat(result, 3);
+		}
+	    }
+	    else
+		snprintf(result, 32, "%d", value);
+	    if (is_square)
+	    {
+		if ((DBWUnits & DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG) && (strlen(result) < 29))
+		    strcat(result, "i^2");
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		if ((DBWUnits & DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG) && (strlen(result) < 31))
+		    strcat(result, "i");
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case DBW_UNITS_LAMBDA:
+	
+	    oscale = (float)DBLambda[0];
+	    oscale /= (float)DBLambda[1];
+	    if (is_square)
+	    {
+		fvalue = (float)value * oscale * oscale * dscale * dscale;
+		snprintf(result, 32, "%0.6f", (double)fvalue);
+		dbwValueFormat(result, 6);
+		if ((DBWUnits & DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG) && (strlen(result) < 29))
+		    strcat(result, "l^2");
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		fvalue = (float)value * oscale * dscale;
+		snprintf(result, 32, "%0.3f", (double)fvalue);
+		dbwValueFormat(result, 3);
+		if ((DBWUnits & DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG) && (strlen(result) < 31))
+		    strcat(result, "l");
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case DBW_UNITS_MICRONS:
+	    oscale = CIFGetOutputScale(1000);
+	    if (is_square)
+	    {
+		fvalue = (float)value * oscale * oscale * dscale * dscale;
+		snprintf(result, 32, "%0.6f", (double)fvalue);
+		dbwValueFormat(result, 6);
+		if ((DBWUnits & DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG) && (strlen(result) < 28))
+		    strcat(result, "um^2");
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		fvalue = (float)value * oscale * dscale;
+		snprintf(result, 32, "%0.3f", (double)fvalue);
+		dbwValueFormat(result, 3);
+		if ((DBWUnits & DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG) && (strlen(result) < 30))
+		    strcat(result, "um");
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case DBW_UNITS_USER:
+	    if (is_square)
+	    {
+		oscale = (float)((crec->dbw_gridRect.r_xtop -
+			 crec->dbw_gridRect.r_xbot) *
+			(crec->dbw_gridRect.r_ytop -
+			crec->dbw_gridRect.r_ybot));
+	    }
+	    else if (is_x)
+	    {
+		oscale = (float)(crec->dbw_gridRect.r_xtop -
+			 crec->dbw_gridRect.r_xbot);
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		oscale = (float)(crec->dbw_gridRect.r_ytop -
+			 crec->dbw_gridRect.r_ybot);
+	    }
+	    fvalue = (float)value * oscale * dscale;
+	    if (is_square)
+	    {
+		fvalue *= dscale;
+		snprintf(result, 32, "%0.6f", (double)fvalue);
+		dbwValueFormat(result, 6);
+		if ((DBWUnits & DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG) && (strlen(result) < 27))
+		    strcat(result, "gx*gy");
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		snprintf(result, 32, "%0.3f", (double)fvalue);
+		dbwValueFormat(result, 3);
+		if (is_x)
+		{
+		    if ((DBWUnits & DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG) && (strlen(result) < 30))
+		        strcat(result, "gx");
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    if ((DBWUnits & DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG) && (strlen(result) < 30))
+		        strcat(result, "gy");
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DBWPrintValue --
+ * DBWPrintSqValue --
+ * DBWPrintCIFValue --
+ * DBWPrintCIFSqValue --
+ *
+ *	Convenience functions which call dbwPrintValue0() with specific
+ *	fixed arguments, so that the calls are not full of boolean values.
+ *	The "is_x" boolean is retained because it is used often.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+char *
+DBWPrintValue(int value,	/* value to print, in internal units */
+    MagWindow *w,		/* current window, for use with grid */
+    bool is_x)			/* TRUE if value is an X dimension */
+{
+    /* Call dbwPrintValue0() with is_square = FALSE and is_cif = FALSE */
+    return dbwPrintValue0(value, w, is_x, FALSE, FALSE);
+}
+
+char *
+DBWPrintSqValue(int value,	/* value to print, in internal units */
+    MagWindow *w)		/* current window, for use with grid */
+{
+    /* Call dbwPrintValue0() with is_square = TRUE and is_cif = FALSE */
+    /* is_x is set to TRUE although it is unused. */
+    return dbwPrintValue0(value, w, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE);
+}
+
+char *
+DBWPrintCIFValue(int value,	/* value to print, in internal units */
+    MagWindow *w,		/* current window, for use with grid */
+    bool is_x)			/* TRUE if value is an X dimension */
+{
+    /* Call dbwPrintValue0() with is_square = FALSE and is_cif = TRUE */
+    return dbwPrintValue0(value, w, is_x, FALSE, TRUE);
+}
+
+char *
+DBWPrintCIFSqValue(int value,	/* value to print, in internal units */
+    MagWindow *w)		/* current window, for use with grid */
+{
+    /* Call dbwPrintValue0() with is_square = TRUE and is_cif = TRUE */
+    /* is_x is set to TRUE although it is unused. */
+    return dbwPrintValue0(value, w, TRUE, TRUE, TRUE);
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *

dbwind/DBWtools.c

@@ -65,11 +65,21 @@ typedef struct _crosshairRec {
 static CrosshairRec curCrosshair;		/* Crosshair position */
 
 /*
- * If the following is DBW_SNAP_USER, the box gets snapped to the user's
+ * If the following is DBW_UNITS_USER, the box gets snapped to the user's
  * grid always, instead of snapping to the usual 1x1 grid.  If the value
- * is DBW_SNAP_INTERNAL, the box gets snapped to the internal grid.
+ * is DBW_UNITS_INTERNAL, the box gets snapped to the internal grid.
  */
-int DBWSnapToGrid = DBW_SNAP_LAMBDA;
+int DBWSnapToGrid = DBW_UNITS_LAMBDA;
+
+/*
+ * The original behavior with respect to units was that un-suffixed
+ * values follow whatever the snap setting is (DBWSnapToGrid, above).
+ * Current behavior is that the original behavior is followed while
+ * DBWUnits is set to DBW_UNITS_DEFAULT.  However, if the "units"
+ * command is given, then displayed and entered units follow that
+ * value independently of the snap setting.
+ */
+int DBWUnits = DBW_UNITS_DEFAULT;
 
 /* Forward reference: */
 
@@ -82,8 +92,8 @@ extern int DBWToolDraw();
  *	toolFindPoint --
  *
  * 	Returns the point in root coordinates.
- *	If DBWSnapToGrid is DBW_SNAP_USER, pick the nearest point that is
+ *	If DBWSnapToGrid is DBW_UNITS_USER, pick the nearest point that is
- *	aligned with the window's grid.  If DBWSnapToGrid is DBW_SNAP_LAMBDA,
+ *	aligned with the window's grid.  If DBWSnapToGrid is DBW_UNITS_LAMBDA,
  *	pick the nearest point that is an integer lambda value.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -120,7 +130,7 @@ toolFindPoint(p, rootPoint, rootArea)
     if (!GEO_ENCLOSE(p, &WindCurrentWindow->w_screenArea)) return NULL;
 
     WindPointToSurface(WindCurrentWindow, p, rootPoint, rootArea);
-    if (DBWSnapToGrid != DBW_SNAP_INTERNAL)
+    if (DBWSnapToGrid != DBW_UNITS_INTERNAL)
 	ToolSnapToGrid(WindCurrentWindow, rootPoint, rootArea);
     return WindCurrentWindow;
 
@@ -764,7 +774,10 @@ DBWDrawBox(window, plane)
 }
 
 int
-dbwBoxAlways1()
+dbwBoxAlways1(
+    Tile *tile,			/* (unused) */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* (unused) */
+    ClientData clientdata)	/* (unused) */
 {
     return 1;
 }
@@ -841,8 +854,8 @@ DBWResetBox(CellDef *def)
  * 	Repositions the box by one of its corners.
  *	If the point given to reposition the box is in screen coordinates,
  *	the box corner is snapped to the user's grid (set with the :grid
- *	command) if DBWSnapToGrid is DBW_SNAP_USER.  If DBWSnapToGrid is
+ *	command) if DBWSnapToGrid is DBW_UNITS_USER.  If DBWSnapToGrid is
- *	DBW_SNAP_LAMBDA, the box corner is snapped to the nearest integer
+ *	DBW_UNITS_LAMBDA, the box corner is snapped to the nearest integer
  *	lambda value.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -945,8 +958,8 @@ ToolMoveBox(corner, point, screenCoords, rootDef)
  *
  *	If the point given to reposition the box is in screen coordinates,
  *	the box corner is snapped to the user's grid (set with the :grid
- *	command) if DBWSnapToGrid is DBW_SNAP_USER.  If DBWSnapToGrid is
+ *	command) if DBWSnapToGrid is DBW_UNITS_USER.  If DBWSnapToGrid is
- *	DBW_SNAP_LAMBDA, the box corner is snapped to the nearest integer
+ *	DBW_UNITS_LAMBDA, the box corner is snapped to the nearest integer
  *	lambda value.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -1089,7 +1102,7 @@ ToolSnapToGrid(w, p, rEnclose)
     if (crec == NULL || p == NULL)
 	return;
 
-    if (DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_SNAP_LAMBDA)
+    if (DBWSnapToGrid == DBW_UNITS_LAMBDA)
     {
 	lr.r_xbot = lr.r_ybot = 0;
 	lr.r_xtop = DBLambda[1] / DBLambda[0];

dbwind/dbwind.h

@@ -113,6 +113,7 @@ typedef struct DBW1 {
 
 extern WindClient DBWclientID;
 extern int DBWSnapToGrid;
+extern int DBWUnits;
 
 extern int DBWMaxTechStyles;
 extern int DBWMaxTileStyles;
@@ -121,13 +122,17 @@ extern int DBWNumStyles;
 extern int RtrPolyWidth, RtrMetalWidth, RtrContactWidth;
 
 /*
- * Exported procedure headers for redisplay
+ * Exported procedure headers for redisplay and output
  */
 
 extern int DBWWatchTiles();
 extern void DBWAreaChanged();
 extern void DBWLabelChanged();
 extern void DBWDrawLabel();
+extern char *DBWPrintValue(int value, MagWindow *w, bool is_x);
+extern char *DBWPrintSqValue(int value, MagWindow *w);
+extern char *DBWPrintCIFValue(int value, MagWindow *w, bool is_x);
+extern char *DBWPrintCIFSqValue(int value, MagWindow *w);
 
 /*
  * Exported procedures and variables related to the technology file
@@ -169,14 +174,36 @@ extern void DBWBoxHandler();
 #define TOOL_ILG -1
 
 /* The following defines are used to indicate which coordinate system
- * the cursor box snaps to when moved with mouse clicks (values for
+ * is used when displaying or returning values.  By default this is
- * DBWSnapToGrid).
+ * set to DBW_UNITS_INTERNAL.  From magic version 8.3.595, this is
+ * independently set from "snap".  For backwards compatibility,
+ * the value starts as DBW_UNITS_DEFAULT which implements the original
+ * behavior in which the "snap" setting dictates the dispaly units.
+ * Only if set to a non-negative value do the display units operate
+ * independently of the snap setting.
+ *
+ * NOTES:
+ *	Lambda units are fixed by the tech file.
+ *	Internal units are scalable.
+ *	User units are scalable;  this can be used, for example, to
+ *		set a box position according to multiples of a track
+ *		pitch, but is most often used manually with the "g"
+ *		(for "grid") suffix; e.g., "move box e 1g"
+ *	Micron units are dependent on the specified cifoutput style
+ *		and how the tech file defines the scalefactor for it.
  */
 
-#define DBW_SNAP_INTERNAL	0	/* internal units (fine grid)	*/
+#define DBW_UNITS_DEFAULT      -1	/* backwards-compatible behavior */
-#define DBW_SNAP_LAMBDA		1	/* lambda units (coarse grid)	*/
+#define DBW_UNITS_INTERNAL	0	/* internal units */
-#define DBW_SNAP_USER		2	/* user grid units (user grid)	*/
+#define DBW_UNITS_LAMBDA	1	/* lambda units */
-#define DBW_SNAP_MICRONS	3	/* micron units			*/
+#define DBW_UNITS_USER		2	/* user grid units */
+#define DBW_UNITS_MICRONS	3	/* micron units */
+#define DBW_UNITS_TYPE_MASK	3	/* everything but the flag field(s) */
+#define DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG	4	/* flag used to indicate that
+					 * the units should be printed
+					 * with the value;  e.g.,
+					 * "10um" instead of "10".
+					 */
 
 /* The following window mask can be used to select all database windows
  * for things like the mask parameter to DBWAreaChanged.

doc/html/commands.html

@@ -334,23 +334,23 @@
 </TR>
 <TR>
 <TD> <A HREF=undo.html> <B>undo</B></A> </TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=units.html> <B>units</B></A> </TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=updatedisplay.html> <B>updatedisplay</B></A> </TD>
-<TD> <A HREF=version.html> <B>version</B></A> </TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
+<TD> <A HREF=version.html> <B>version</B></A> </TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=view.html> <B>view</B></A> </TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=windowborder.html> <B>windowborder</B></A> </TD>
-<TD> <A HREF=windowcaption.html> <B>windowcaption</B></A> </TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
+<TD> <A HREF=windowcaption.html> <B>windowcaption</B></A> </TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=windownames.html> <B>windownames</B></A> </TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=windowscrollbars.html> <B>windowscrollbars</B></A> </TD>
-<TD> <A HREF=xview.html> <B>xview</B></A> </TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
+<TD> <A HREF=xview.html> <B>xview</B></A> </TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=zoom.html> <B>zoom</B></A> </TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=tk_path_name.html> <I>tk_path_name</I></A> </TD>
-<TD> </TD>
 </TR>
 </TBODY>
 </TABLE>

doc/html/commands.list

@@ -117,6 +117,7 @@ techmanager
 tool
 undo
 unexpand
+units
 updatedisplay
 upsidedown
 version

doc/html/extract.html

@@ -42,9 +42,11 @@ Circuit netlist extractor
 		<DL>
 		  <DT> <B>capacitance</B>
 		  <DD> Extract local parasitic capacitance values to substrate
-		  <DT> <B>resistance</B>
+		  <DT> <B>coupling</B>
-		  <DD> Extract lumped resistance values.  Note that this
+		  <DD> Extract the parasitic coupling capacitance between
-			is <I>not</I> the same as full parasitic resistance.
+			nodes.
+		  <DT> <B>lumped</B>
+		  <DD> Extract lumped resistance values.
 			The values extracted are "lumped" resistance and
 			indicate the value for which the delay through the
 			net can be computed with R times C, where R is the
@@ -55,9 +57,10 @@ Circuit netlist extractor
 			command.  Lumped resistances have no meaning in
 			SPICE netlists and will only be used when running
 			<B>ext2sim</B> to generate a .sim netlist.
-		  <DT> <B>coupling</B>
+			Prior to magic version 8.3.597, this option was
-		  <DD> Extract the parasitic coupling capacitance between
+			<B>resistance</B>, but as that was often confused
-			nodes.
+			with full parasitic resistance extraction, it has
+			been changed.
 		  <DT> <B>length</B>
 		  <DD> Extract the length of the shortest path from a driver
 			to a receiver, for computing more accurate parasitic
@@ -73,7 +76,7 @@ Circuit netlist extractor
 			array instances, is guaranteed to be strictly positive.
 		  <DT> <B>all</B>
 		  <DD> Apply all standard options (does not include options
-			"local", "labelcheck", or "aliases").
+			"local", "labelcheck", "aliases", or "resistance").
 		  <DT> <B>local</B>
 		  <DD> Write all .ext files to the current working directory.
 			If not specified, each .ext file will be placed in the
@@ -99,6 +102,28 @@ Circuit netlist extractor
 			but will usually just slow down processing by commands
 			like "ext2spice" that use the .ext file contents, so it
 			is disabled by default.
+		  <DT> <B>unique</B>
+		  <DD> (Added in magic version 8.3.594) This setting replaces
+			the use of the command option "extract unique".  Instead
+			of changing labels in the design, unique labels are
+			generated for the duration of the extraction, and then
+			reverted back to the original text.  The "extract unique"
+			command option is maintained for backwards compatibility.
+			Note the difference:  "extract unique" is a command that
+			runs immediately, and cannot be undone;
+			"extract do unique" is an option setting for "extract".
+		  <DT> <B>resistance</B>
+		  <DD> (Added in magic version 8.3.597) This setting replaces
+			the use of the standalone command "extresist".  The
+			effect is the same:  Magic performs full R-C extraction,
+			generating a <TT>.res.ext</TT> file that annotates the
+			existing <TT>.ext</TT> file (see the "extresist" command
+			documentation).  The "extresist" command options can
+			still be used to set options such as tolerance for the
+			R-C extraction.
+			Note that prior to magic version 8.3.597, this option
+			name would produce the lumped resistance approximation
+			(see <B>lumped</B>, above).
 		</DL>
 	      </BLOCKQUOTE>
 		These options (except for "local") determine how much
@@ -213,7 +238,9 @@ Circuit netlist extractor
 		<I>Warning:</I>  This operation immediately modifies the
 		existing layout in preparation for extraction.  Label
 		modifications are permanent, and cannot be undone.  All
-		cells in the hierarchy may potentially be modified. <BR>
+		cells in the hierarchy may potentially be modified.  To avoid
+		this issue, use the "extract do unique" option instead (see
+		above). <BR>
 	   <DT> <B>warn</B> [[<B>no</B>] <I>option</I>]
 	   <DD> Enable/disable reporting of non-fatal errors, where <I>option</I>
 		may be one of the following:

doc/html/extresist.html

@@ -92,17 +92,25 @@ information.
       The <B>extresist</B> command provides a method for generating
       a more detailed model of resistance, in which long network
       routes and branching routes are replaced with resistor devices
-      and device networks. <P>
+      and device networks.  This is known as "full R-C extraction". <P>
 
-      Using <B>extresist</B> is a multi-step process.  It is first
+      Using <B>extresist</B> as a standalone command is a multi-step
-      necessary to run both <B>extract</B> and <B>ext2sim</B> to get
+      process.  It is first necessary to run <B>extract</B> to get
-      the initial netlist (with lumped, not detailed, resistances).
+      the initial netlist.
-      After a <TT>.sim</TT> file has been generated, the
+      After a <TT>.ext</TT> file has been generated, the
-      <B>extresist all</B> command may be run.  The output is
+      <B>extresist</B> command may be run.  The output is
       a file <TT>.res.ext</TT> for each cell in the hierarchy.
-      Finally, with the option <B>extresist on</B> set,
+      Finally, with the option <B>extresist on</B> set, <B>ext2spice</B>
-      <B>ext2sim</B> or <B>ext2spice</B> will generate the final,
+      will generate the final, detailed simulation file. <P>
-      detailed simulation file. <P>
+
+      Prior to magic version 8.3.597, it was also necessary to run
+      <B>ext2sim labels on</B> and <B>ext2sim</B> to write out a
+      <TT>.sim</TT> and a <TT>.node</TT> file before running
+      <B>extresist</B>.  This is no longer necessary.  There is since
+      magic version 8.3.597 an option <B>extract do resistance</B>
+      that runs the resistance extraction in sequence with the regular
+      extraction, producing both the <TT>.ext</TT> and <TT>.res.ext</TT>
+      files.
 
       More details on using <B>extresist</B> can be found in
       <B>magic</B> Tutorial number 8.
@@ -117,6 +125,7 @@ information.
    <BLOCKQUOTE>
       <A HREF=extract.html><B>extract</B></A> <BR>
       <A HREF=ext2sim.html><B>ext2sim</B></A> <BR>
+      <A HREF=ext2spice.html><B>ext2spice</B></A> <BR>
    </BLOCKQUOTE>
 
 <P><IMG SRC=graphics/line1.gif><P>

doc/html/gds.html

@@ -182,6 +182,13 @@ Read GDSII input or generate GDSII output.
 		 than to subsplit the internal grid to such a fine value.
 		 The "<B>cif limit</B>" function may also be used to limit
 		 grid subdivision to a minimum value.
+	    <DT> <B>savepaths</B> [<B>yes</B>|<B>no</B>]
+	    <DD> When reading paths from a GDS file, record the centerline of
+		 the path as a property in the cell.  The default behavior is
+		 <B>no</B>.  If no argument is given, then return the status
+		 of the <B>savepaths</B> option.  The first path property is
+		 named "<TT>path</TT>", followed by "<TT>path_0</TT>" and
+		 increasing the suffix index for each individual path read.
 	    <DT> <B>unique</B> [<B>yes</B>|<B>no</B>]
 	    <DD> When reading a GDS file, this option forces magic to rename
 		 cell definitions in the database when a cell of the same name

doc/html/label.html

@@ -87,6 +87,50 @@ Place a label in the layout
       to another layer. <P>
    </BLOCKQUOTE>
 
+   <BLOCKQUOTE>
+      <B>Attribute labels:</B> <P>
+      A handful of labels are referred to as "attribute" labels.  These
+      label types are placed on devices and affect how the device is
+      extracted. <P>
+
+      A label that is placed inside a device (e.g., a MOSFET gate) which
+      ends with the character "<B>^</B>" is a <I>gate attribute</I>.  A
+      gate attribute in the form of "<I>name</I><B>=</B><I>value</I><B>^</B>"
+      specifies an extra parameter to be passed to the device in addition
+      to the standard parameters calculated for that device.  This is used
+      to capture parameters which cannot easily be inferred from the layout.
+      For example, an RF device model might be distinguished from a non-RF
+      device model by a parameter such as <B>rfmode=1</B>.  Whether or not
+      a device is intended for RF use is not easily guessed from the layout,
+      and so "tagging" the gate with the parameter allows the correct model
+      parameters to be used for the device. <P>
+
+      A gate attribute that is not in the form of a parameter will be used
+      as the device's instance index in the netlist;  e.g.,  a label of
+      "<B>1^</B>" on a MOSFET gate extracted as a MOSFET device would be an
+      entry "<B>M1</B>" in the netlist.  This can be used to better track
+      device indexes between a schematic and layout. <P>
+
+      A label that is placed on the <I>edge</I> a device, specificlly  a
+      MOSFET gate, and which ends with the character "<B>$</B>", is a
+      <I>terminal attribute</I>.  The only terminal attributes recognized
+      by magic are <B>S$</B> and <B>D$</B>, which specify which side of the
+      gate is to be considered the source and which is to be considered the
+      drain.  Generally, MOSFET devices are symmetric, and their use in a
+      simulation does not depend on which side is in the position of the
+      "source" and which is in the position of the "drain".  To the extent
+      that it matters, the terminal attributes can be used to ensure that
+      the source and drain connections appear in the netlist in their
+      intended orientation. <P>
+
+      Labels ending with "<B>@</B>" are <I>node attributes</I>.  There is
+      currently no functional application for node attributes.  When one
+      is applied, it will appear in the output netlist in a SPICE comment
+      line indicating the node and attribute.  This could be used, say,
+      by a post-processing script, but as it is in a comment line, it has
+      no impact on simulation or LVS.
+   </BLOCKQUOTE>
+
 <H3>Implementation Notes:</H3>
    <BLOCKQUOTE>
       <B>label</B> is implemented as a built-in command in <B>magic</B>.

doc/html/property.html

@@ -25,9 +25,13 @@ Attach a "property" (string key and value pair) to the edit cell
 
 <H3>Usage:</H3>
    <BLOCKQUOTE>
-      <B>property</B> [<I>key</I> [<I>value</I>]] <BR><BR>
+      <B>property</B> [<I>list</I>] [<I>type</I>] [<I>key</I> [<I>value</I>]] <BR>
+	or
+      <B>property</B> [<B>compat</B>] [<B>true</B>|<B>false</B>] <BR><BR>
       <BLOCKQUOTE>
-         where <I>key</I> and <I>value</I> are any text strings.
+         where <I>key</I> and <I>value</I> are any text strings. <BR>
+	 <I>type</I> may be one of <B>string</B>, <B>integer</B>,
+		<B>dimension</B>, or <B>double</B>.
       </BLOCKQUOTE>
    </BLOCKQUOTE>
 
@@ -45,11 +49,64 @@ Attach a "property" (string key and value pair) to the edit cell
       with the key is returned.  With both arguments, the string
       <I>value</I> is associated with the string <I>key</I> as a
       property of the cell.  If <I>key</I> is an existing key, then
-      its original value will be overwritten.
+      its original value will be overwritten.  <P>
+
+      By default, properties are interpreted as verbatim string values,
+      with exceptions for the reserved types (see below).  To force the
+      values of the property to be interpreted as a specific type, use
+      the <I>type</I> option. <P>
+
+      The <B>property compat</B> setting determines how properties are
+      written out to a .mag file.  The default setting is <B>true</B>
+      (backwards compatibility mode), which writes all properties as
+      type "<TT>string</TT>".  Properties which are reserved names
+      (see below) will be converted to the best type when reading the
+      .mag file.  However, if the user wants to create a property that
+      is handled differently than a string (namely, to be a dimensional
+      value that scales), then comptability mode should be turned off. <P>
+
+      If the argument <I>list</I> is given as the first argument, and
+      <I>value</I> is not present, then if the property <I>key</I>
+      does not exist, then the command will return a NULL object to the
+      interpreter instead of printing an error message.  This is the
+      "quiet" version of the command preferred for scripts that want to
+      query whether or not a specific property exists.
    </BLOCKQUOTE>
 
    <BLOCKQUOTE>
-      Property names reserved by and used by magic:
+      Types are interpreted as follows:
+      <DL>
+	<DT> <B>string</B> type:
+	<DD> The property value is a character string.  Character strings
+	     may contain spaces, but if so, then the string should be quoted
+	     or in braces, per Tcl syntax.
+	<DT> <B>integer</I> type:
+	<DD> The property value is an integer value or a list of integer
+	     values.  The values are not considered to be measurements and
+	     do not scale.  Multiple values may be passed on the command
+	     line as additional arguments, or the set of values may be
+	     given as a list.
+	<DT> <B>dimension</I> type:
+	<DD> The property value is an integer value or a list of integer
+	     values.  The values are considered to be (linear) dimensional
+	     measurements and therefore scale with the database internal
+	     units.  They are interpreted as having the values currently
+	     specified for <B>units</B>, and display back in the same
+	     units.  Multiple values may be passed on the command line as
+	     additional arguments, or the set of values may be given as a
+	     list.
+	<DT> <B>double</I> type:
+	<DD> The property value is a double-wide (64-bit) integer value or
+	     a list of double-wide integer values.  The values are not
+	     considered to be measurements and do not scale.  Multiple
+	     values may be passed on the command line as additional arguments,
+	     or the set of values may be given as a list.
+      </DL>
+   </BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+   <BLOCKQUOTE>
+      Property names reserved by and used by magic (types are <B>string</B>
+      unless otherwise noted):
       <DL>
 	<DT> <B>GDS_FILE</B>
 	<DD> The value is the name of a GDS file which contains the mask
@@ -60,12 +117,14 @@ Attach a "property" (string key and value pair) to the edit cell
 	<DD> If a <B>GDS_FILE</B> is defined, then this value indicates the
 	     byte position of the start of mask data for this cell definition
 	     in the file.  If set to value <B>0</B>, then the file will be
-	     searched for the data bounds.
+	     searched for the data bounds.  This property is always of type
+	     <B>double</B>.
 	<DT> <B>GDS_END</B>
 	<DD> If a <B>GDS_FILE</B> is defined, then this value indicates the
 	     byte position of the end of mask data for this cell definition
 	     in the file.  If <B>GDS_START</B> is set to <B>0</B>, then this
-	     property may be omitted.
+	     property may be omitted.  This property is always of type
+	     <B>double</B>.
 	<DT> <B>LEFview</B>
 	<DD> If set to <B>TRUE</B>, this cell is an abstract view such as that
 	     obtained from a LEF macro, and should not be used for extraction
@@ -97,6 +156,8 @@ Attach a "property" (string key and value pair) to the edit cell
 	     corresponding to the abutment box of the cell, in magic's internal
 	     units.  The abutment box is automatically read from LEF files, but
 	     may be defined for any file and can be used for placement alignment.
+	     This property is always of type <B>dimension</B> and must contain
+	     exactly four values.
 	<DT> <B>OBS_BBOX</B>
 	<DD> This property value is a space-sparated list of four integer values
 	     corresponding to a bounding box to be used when generating a LEF
@@ -104,7 +165,8 @@ Attach a "property" (string key and value pair) to the edit cell
 	     will be entirely covered in obstruction layers (unless cut-outs
 	     are required to accommodate pins).  Any set-back applied by the
 	     "lef write -hide <value>" option will be applied to this obstruction
-	     box.
+	     box.  This property is always of type <B>dimension</B> and must
+	     contain exactly four values.
 	<DT> <B>flatten</B>
 	<DD> This property is used in conjunction with the "flatten -doproperty"
 	     command option and marks the cell for flattening.  Cells without
@@ -146,7 +208,8 @@ Attach a "property" (string key and value pair) to the edit cell
 	     always generate mask layer <I>type</I> in the specified rectangle
 	     area when writing GDS or CIF output.  <I>type</I> may be a templayer,
 	     such that <I>type</I> could be defined as the absence of a mask layer,
-	     for example.
+	     for example.  This property is always of type <B>dimension</B> and
+	     must have a multiple of four values.
       </DL>
    </BLOCKQUOTE>
 
@@ -157,6 +220,11 @@ Attach a "property" (string key and value pair) to the edit cell
       the cell definition structure.
    </BLOCKQUOTE>
 
+<H3>See Also:</H3>
+   <BLOCKQUOTE>
+      <A HREF=units.html><B>units</B></A> <BR>
+   </BLOCKQUOTE>
+
 <P><IMG SRC=graphics/line1.gif><P>
 <TABLE BORDER=0>
   <TR>

doc/html/snap.html

@@ -39,21 +39,15 @@ in the selected grid.
       feature size, and <B>user</B>, based on the value given by the
       user to the <B>grid</B> command. <P>
 
-      In addition to changing the behavior of the box to mouse
+      Historically, in addition to changing the behavior of the box
-      button events, the <B>snap</B> command also changes the way
+      to mouse button events, the <B>snap</B> command also changed
-      that <A HREF=distance.html>distance measurements</A> are
+      the way that <A HREF=distance.html>distance measurements</A>
-      interpreted in commands that take distance arguments, such
+      are interpreted in commands that take distance arguments.
-      as <B>move</B>, <B>copy</B>, and <B>stretch</B>.  An integer
+      This behavior remains the default for backwards compatibility.
-      number with no other identifying units is interpreted as a
+      The <B>units</B> command overrides this behavior and allows
-      measurement in the current snap grid.  All other measurements
+      <B>snap</B> to control only the box positioning behavior,
-      must have an identifying unit: <B>i</B> for internal units,
+      independently of how unsuffixed values are parsed by the
-      <B>l</B> for lambda units, and <B>g</B> for user grid units
+      interpreter. <P>
-      (as well as the usual metric units).  Even when <B>snap</B>
-      is set to the larger lambda or user grids, it is possible to
-      move the cursor box to finer grid positions from the command
-      line.  See the reference page on
-      <A HREF=distance.html>distance measures</A> for a complete
-      description of distance values. <P>
 
       <B>snap</B> with no arguments returns the current snap grid
       type. <P>
@@ -80,6 +74,7 @@ in the selected grid.
 
 <H3>See Also:</H3>
    <BLOCKQUOTE>
+      <A HREF=units.html><B>units</B></A> <BR>
       <A HREF=grid.html><B>grid</B></A> <BR>
    </BLOCKQUOTE>
 

doc/html/units.html

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+  <STYLE type="text/css">
+    H1 {color: black }
+    H2 {color: maroon }
+    H3 {color: #007090 }
+    A.head:link {color: #0060a0 }
+    A.head:visited {color: #3040c0 }
+    A.head:active {color: white }
+    A.head:hover {color: yellow }
+    A.red:link {color: red }
+    A.red:visited {color: maroon }
+    A.red:active {color: yellow }
+  </STYLE>
+</HEAD>
+<TITLE>Magic-8.3 Command Reference</TITLE>
+<BODY BACKGROUND=graphics/blpaper.gif>
+<H1> <IMG SRC=graphics/magic_title8_3.png ALT="Magic VLSI Layout Tool Version 8.3">
+     <IMG SRC=graphics/magic_OGL_sm.gif ALIGN="top" ALT="*"> </H1>
+
+<H2>units</H2>
+<HR>
+Cause distance measurements to be interpreted by default (with no
+suffix provied) as measurments of the selected units, and also cause
+distance measurements to be printed in the selected units.
+<HR>
+
+<H3>Usage:</H3>
+   <BLOCKQUOTE>
+      <B>units</B> [<B>internal</B>|<B>lambda</B>|<B>user</B>|<B>grid</B>|<B>microns</B>|<B>default</B>] [<B>print</B>|</B>noprint</B>] <BR>
+	or <BR>
+      <B>units</B> [<B>list</B>] <BR><BR>
+     
+   </BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<H3>Summary:</H3>
+   <BLOCKQUOTE>
+      The <B>units</B> command causes printed measurements to be
+      given in the selected units.  The possible unit types are
+      <B>internal</B>, the size of the internal database units,
+      <B>lambda</B>, the lambda grid based on the technology minimum
+      feature size, <B>user</B> (or <B>grid</B>), based on the
+      value given by the user to the <B>grid</B> command, or
+      <B>microns</B>, which are physical units dependent on the
+      CIF or GDS output scaling as defined in the technology file. <P>
+
+      The <B>units</B> command also changes the way
+      that <A HREF=distance.html>distance measurements</A> are
+      interpreted in commands that take distance arguments, such
+      as <B>move</B>, <B>copy</B>, and <B>stretch</B>.  An integer
+      number with no other identifying units is interpreted as a
+      measurement in the current units type.  All other measurements
+      must have an identifying unit: <B>i</B> for internal units,
+      <B>l</B> for lambda units, and <B>g</B> for user grid units,
+      as well as the usual metric units such as <B>um</B> for
+      microns, <B>nm</B> for nanometers, and so forth.  See the
+      reference page on <A HREF=distance.html>distance measures</A>
+      for a complete description of distance values. <P>
+
+      For printed units, the additional argument <B>print</B>
+      causes the units to be printed along with the value;  e.g.,
+      "<B>1.0um</B>."  This is the usual setting for interactive
+      use.  The argument <B>noprint</B> suppresses the unit name,
+      which is appropriate for scripted use, when the value may
+      be passed to arithmetic expressions to be evaluated by the
+      interpreter. <P>
+
+      <B>units</B> with no arguments returns the current units type.
+      <B>units list</B> returns the current units type as a Tcl list
+      of two items;  the first item is the units type, and the second
+      item is <B>print</B> or <B>noprint</B>, indicating whether units
+      suffixes are printed with the values. <P>
+
+      Historically, values parsed from the command line were interpreted
+      according to the <B>snap</B> setting.  On startup, this behavior
+      remains in effect for backwards compatibility until overridden
+      with a <B>units</B> command.  The command <B>units default</B>
+      reverts back to the original behavior.  Once the <B>units</B>
+      default type is overridden, the <B>snap</B> behavior is controlled
+      independently of <B>units</B>. <P>
+   </BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<H3>Implementation Notes:</H3>
+   <BLOCKQUOTE>
+      <B>units</B> is implemented as a built-in command in <B>magic</B>.
+   </BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<H3>See Also:</H3>
+   <BLOCKQUOTE>
+      <A HREF=grid.html><B>grid</B></A> <BR>
+      <A HREF=snap.html><B>snap</B></A> <BR>
+   </BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<P><IMG SRC=graphics/line1.gif><P>
+<TABLE BORDER=0>
+  <TR>
+    <TD> <A HREF=commands.html>Return to command index</A>
+  </TR>
+</TABLE>
+<P><I>Last updated:</I> March 7, 2020 at 1:06pm <P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>

doc/html/view.html

@@ -45,10 +45,12 @@ view [get|bbox|llx lly urx ury]
       center and scale the screen view of the layout window to fit the layout. <P>
 
       <B>view bbox</B> returns the bounding box dimensions of the layout,
-      in the coordinate system of the layout. <P>
+      in the coordinate system of the layout (according to the units
+      set by the "units" command). <P>
 
       <B>view get</B> returns the coordinates of the screen limits in
-      the coordinate system of the layout (internal database units). <P>
+      the coordinate system of the layout (according to the units set
+      by the "units" command). <P>
 
       <B>view</B> <I>llx lly urx ury</I> sets the view so that the
       corners of the screen are at the indicated positions in the

drc/DRCarray.c

@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ extern int drcArrayYankFunc(), drcArrayOverlapFunc();
 static DRCCookie drcArrayCookie = {
     0, 0, 0, 0,
     { {0} }, { {0} },
-    0, 0, 0,
+    0, DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE, 0, 0,
     DRC_ARRAY_OVERLAP_TAG,
     (DRCCookie *) NULL
 };

drc/DRCbasic.c

@@ -27,6 +27,8 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>		// for memcpy()
 #include <math.h>		// for sqrt() for diagonal check
+
+#include "tcltk/tclmagic.h"
 #include "utils/magic.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
 #include "tiles/tile.h"
@@ -36,7 +38,9 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include "utils/signals.h"
 #include "utils/maxrect.h"
 #include "utils/malloc.h"
+#include "utils/undo.h"
 #include "textio/textio.h"
+#include "cif/CIFint.h"
 
 int dbDRCDebug = 0;
 
@@ -48,7 +52,7 @@ int dbDRCDebug = 0;
 static DRCCookie drcOverlapCookie = {
     0, 0, 0, 0,
     { {0} }, { {0} },
-    0, 0, 0,
+    0, DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE, 0, 0,
     DRC_OVERLAP_TAG,
     (DRCCookie *) NULL
 };
@@ -62,7 +66,33 @@ extern MaxRectsData *drcCanonicalMaxwidth();
 /*
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * drcCifPointToSegment
+ * drcFoundOneFunc --
+ *
+ *	Simple callback for a plane search on a mask-hint plane inside
+ *	a DRC check area.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Return 1 always, indicating that a tile has been found in the
+ *	DRC search area, and the search can end.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+drcFoundOneFunc(Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
+    ClientData cdata)
+{
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * drcCifPointToSegment --
  *
  *	Euclidean-distance point-to-segment distance (squared)
  *	calculation (borrowed from XCircuit)
@@ -140,8 +170,9 @@ drcCifPointToSegment(px, py, s1x, s1y, s2x, s2y)
  */
 
 int
-areaCheck(tile, arg)
+areaCheck(tile, dinfo, arg)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     struct drcClientData *arg;
 {
     Rect rect;		/* Area where error is to be recorded. */
@@ -195,7 +226,7 @@ areaCheck(tile, arg)
 			- arg->dCD_constraint->r_ytop + sdist) >= 0)
 			&& ((sqx * sqx + sqy * sqy) >= ssdist))
 		return 0;
-	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && !SplitDirection(tile) && !SplitSide(tile))
+	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && !SplitDirection(tile) && !(dinfo & TT_SIDE))
 	    {
 		sstest = drcCifPointToSegment(arg->dCD_constraint->r_xbot + sdist,
 			arg->dCD_constraint->r_ytop - sdist,
@@ -210,7 +241,7 @@ areaCheck(tile, arg)
 			- arg->dCD_constraint->r_ytop + sdist) >= 0)
 			&& ((sqx * sqx + sqy * sqy) >= ssdist))
 		return 0;
-	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && SplitDirection(tile) && SplitSide(tile))
+	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && SplitDirection(tile) && (dinfo & TT_SIDE))
 	    {
 		sstest = drcCifPointToSegment(arg->dCD_constraint->r_xtop - sdist,
 			arg->dCD_constraint->r_ytop - sdist,
@@ -226,7 +257,7 @@ areaCheck(tile, arg)
 			+ sdist - rect.r_ytop) >= 0)
 			&& ((sqx * sqx + sqy * sqy) >= ssdist))
 		return 0;
-	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && SplitDirection(tile) && !SplitSide(tile))
+	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && SplitDirection(tile) && !(dinfo & TT_SIDE))
 	    {
 		sstest = drcCifPointToSegment(arg->dCD_constraint->r_xbot + sdist,
 			arg->dCD_constraint->r_ybot + sdist,
@@ -242,7 +273,7 @@ areaCheck(tile, arg)
 			+ sdist - rect.r_ytop) >= 0)
 			&& ((sqx * sqx + sqy * sqy) >= ssdist))
 		return 0;
-	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && !SplitDirection(tile) && SplitSide(tile))
+	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && !SplitDirection(tile) && (dinfo & TT_SIDE))
 	    {
 		sstest = drcCifPointToSegment(arg->dCD_constraint->r_xtop - sdist,
 			arg->dCD_constraint->r_ybot + sdist,
@@ -306,8 +337,9 @@ areaCheck(tile, arg)
  */
 
 int
-areaNMReject(tile, arg)
+areaNMReject(tile, dinfo, arg)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     ClientData *arg;
 {
     Tile *checktile = (Tile *)arg;
@@ -337,8 +369,9 @@ areaNMReject(tile, arg)
  */
 
 int
-areaNMCheck(tile, arg)
+areaNMCheck(tile, dinfo, arg)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     struct drcClientData *arg;
 {
     Rect rect;		/* Area where error is to be recorded. */
@@ -375,7 +408,8 @@ areaNMCheck(tile, arg)
 
 	TTMaskSetOnlyType(&mask, TiGetLeftType(tile));
 	TTMaskSetType(&mask, TiGetRightType(tile));
-	if (DBSrPaintNMArea((Tile *)tile, (Plane *)NULL, dinfo, arg->dCD_rlist,
+	if (DBSrPaintNMArea((Tile *)tile, (Plane *)NULL,
+		TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo, arg->dCD_rlist,
 		&mask, areaNMReject, (ClientData)tile) == 0)
 	    return 0;
     }
@@ -464,6 +498,13 @@ DRCBasicCheck (celldef, checkRect, clipRect, function, cdata)
 	DBResetTilePlane(celldef->cd_planes[planeNum], DRC_UNPROCESSED);
         (void) DBSrPaintArea ((Tile *) NULL, celldef->cd_planes[planeNum],
 		checkRect, &DBAllTypeBits, drcTile, (ClientData) &arg);
+
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+	/* Execute pending Tcl events, so the DRC process doesn't block.    */
+	UndoEnable();
+	while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_DONT_WAIT));
+	UndoDisable();
+#endif
     }
     drcCifCheck(&arg);
     if (arg.dCD_rlist != NULL) freeMagic(arg.dCD_rlist);
@@ -492,8 +533,9 @@ DRCBasicCheck (celldef, checkRect, clipRect, function, cdata)
  */
 
 int
-drcTile (tile, arg)
+drcTile (tile, dinfo, arg)
     Tile *tile;			/* Tile being examined */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     struct drcClientData *arg;
 {
     DRCCookie *cptr;	/* Current design rule on list */
@@ -533,7 +575,7 @@ drcTile (tile, arg)
     /* DRC searches only one direction on regular tiles, the split  */
     /* tiles are only processed for one of the two cases.	    */
 
-    if (IsSplit(tile) && !SplitSide(tile))
+    if (IsSplit(tile) && !(dinfo & TT_SIDE))
     {
 	int deltax, deltay;
 	TileType tt, to;
@@ -555,7 +597,7 @@ drcTile (tile, arg)
 	{
 	    int deltax, deltay, w, h;
 	    double r;
-	    TileType dinfo, dsplit;
+	    TileType newdinfo, dsplit;
 
 	    /* Work to be done:  Handle triggering rules for non-Manhattan  */
 	    /* edges;  especially important for the wide-spacing rule.	    */
@@ -605,7 +647,7 @@ drcTile (tile, arg)
 
 	    if (SplitDirection(tile) == 0) deltay = -deltay;
 
-	    dinfo = TiGetTypeExact(tile) & (TT_DIAGONAL | TT_DIRECTION);
+	    newdinfo = TiGetTypeExact(tile) & (TT_DIAGONAL | TT_DIRECTION);
 	    if (!(cptr->drcc_flags & DRC_REVERSE))
 	    {
 		/* Forward case is behind the triangle */
@@ -613,19 +655,19 @@ drcTile (tile, arg)
 		deltay = -deltay;
 
 		/* Split side changes in the reverse case */
-		dinfo |= TT_SIDE;
+		newdinfo |= TT_SIDE;
 	    }
 
 	    /* The area to check is bounded between the diagonals of
 	     * tile and errRect (which is the tile area, offset).
-	     * Pass errRect and dinfo to areaNMCheck using the
+	     * Pass errRect and newdinfo to areaNMCheck using the
 	     * ClientData structure arg->dCD_rlist and arg->dCD_entries,
 	     * which are not used by areaNMCheck.
 	     */
 	    arg->dCD_rlist = (Rect *)mallocMagic(sizeof(Rect));
 	    *(arg->dCD_rlist) = errRect;
-	    arg->dCD_entries = dinfo;
+	    arg->dCD_entries = newdinfo;
-	    if (dinfo & TT_SIDE)
+	    if (newdinfo & TT_SIDE)
 		arg->dCD_entries &= ~TT_SIDE;
 	    else
 		arg->dCD_entries |= TT_SIDE;
@@ -637,7 +679,7 @@ drcTile (tile, arg)
 	    errRect.r_ytop += deltay;
 
 	    DBSrPaintNMArea((Tile *) NULL,
-			arg->dCD_celldef->cd_planes[cptr->drcc_plane], dinfo,
+			arg->dCD_celldef->cd_planes[cptr->drcc_plane], newdinfo,
 			&errRect, &tmpMask, areaNMCheck, (ClientData) arg);
 
 	    arg->dCD_entries = 0;
@@ -722,6 +764,43 @@ drcTile (tile, arg)
 	    for (cptr = DRCCurStyle->DRCRulesTbl[to][tt]; cptr != (DRCCookie *) NULL;
 			cptr = cptr->drcc_next)
 	    {
+		/* Handle rule exceptions and exemptions */
+		if (cptr->drcc_exception != (char)DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE)
+		{
+		    PropertyRecord *proprec;
+		    bool propfound, isinside = FALSE;
+		    char *name;
+		    char idx = cptr->drcc_exception;
+		    if (idx < 0) idx = -idx - 1;
+		    name = DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList[idx];
+
+		    /* Is there any exception area defined? */
+		    proprec = DBPropGet(arg->dCD_celldef, name, &propfound);
+
+		    /* If an exception area exists, is the error edge inside? */
+		    if (propfound)
+		    {
+			Rect redge;
+
+			redge.r_xbot = redge.r_xtop = edgeX;
+			redge.r_ybot = edgeBot;
+			redge.r_ytop = edgeTop;
+
+			if (DBSrPaintArea(PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane),
+				proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+				&redge, &CIFSolidBits, drcFoundOneFunc,
+				(ClientData)NULL) == 1)
+			    isinside = TRUE;
+		    }
+
+		    /* Exemption rules are ignored if the edge is inside
+		     * an exception area.  Exception rules are ignored if
+		     * the edge is outside an exception area.
+		     */
+		    if (!isinside && (cptr->drcc_exception >= 0)) continue;
+		    if (isinside && (cptr->drcc_exception < 0)) continue;
+		}
+
 	    	/* DRC_ANGLES_90 and DRC_SPLITTILE rules are handled by	*/
 		/* the code above for non-Manhattan shapes and do not	*/
 		/* need to be processed again.				*/
@@ -1131,6 +1210,49 @@ drcTile (tile, arg)
 	    for (cptr = DRCCurStyle->DRCRulesTbl[to][tt]; cptr != (DRCCookie *) NULL;
 				cptr = cptr->drcc_next)
 	    {
+		/* Handle rule exceptions and exemptions */
+		if (cptr->drcc_exception != (char)DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE)
+		{
+		    PropertyRecord *proprec;
+		    bool propfound, isinside = FALSE;
+		    char *name;
+		    char idx = cptr->drcc_exception;
+		    if (idx < 0) idx = -idx - 1;
+		    name = DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList[idx];
+
+		    /* Is there any exception area defined? */
+		    proprec = DBPropGet(arg->dCD_celldef, name, &propfound);
+
+		    /* Quickest case:  Rule is an exception but there are no
+		     * exception areas.
+		     */
+		    if ((!propfound) && (cptr->drcc_exception >= 0))
+			continue;
+
+		    /* If an exception area exists, is the error edge inside? */
+		    if (propfound)
+		    {
+			Rect redge;
+
+			redge.r_ybot = redge.r_ytop = edgeY;
+			redge.r_xbot = edgeLeft;
+			redge.r_xtop = edgeRight;
+
+			if (DBSrPaintArea(PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane),
+				proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+				&redge, &CIFSolidBits, drcFoundOneFunc,
+				(ClientData)NULL) == 1)
+			    isinside = TRUE;
+		    }
+
+		    /* Exemption rules are ignored if the edge is inside
+		     * an exception area.  Exception rules are ignored if
+		     * the edge is outside an exception area.
+		     */
+		    if (isinside && (cptr->drcc_exception < 0)) continue;
+		    if (!isinside && (cptr->drcc_exception >= 0)) continue;
+		}
+
 	    	/* DRC_ANGLES_90 and DRC_SPLITTILE rules are handled by	*/
 		/* the code above for non-Manhattan shapes and do not	*/
 		/* need to be processed again.				*/

drc/DRCcif.c

@@ -603,8 +603,9 @@ drcCifCheck(arg)
  */
 
 int
-drcCifTile (tile, arg)
+drcCifTile (tile, dinfo, arg)
     Tile *tile;			/* Tile being examined */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     struct drcClientData *arg;
 {
     DRCCookie *cptr;	/* Current design rule on list */
@@ -628,7 +629,7 @@ drcCifTile (tile, arg)
     /* check.							    */
 
     if (IsSplit(tile))
-	if (SplitSide(tile))
+	if (dinfo & TT_SIDE)
 	    goto tbcheck;
 
     /*
@@ -826,7 +827,7 @@ tbcheck:
     /* bottom check.						    */
 
     if (IsSplit(tile))
-	if (SplitSide(tile) == SplitDirection(tile))
+	if (((dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? 1 : 0) == SplitDirection(tile))
 	    return 0;
 
     /*
@@ -1031,8 +1032,9 @@ tbcheck:
  */
 
 int
-areaCifCheck(tile, arg)
+areaCifCheck(tile, dinfo, arg)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     struct drcClientData *arg;
 {
     Rect rect;		/* Area where error is to be recorded. */
@@ -1085,7 +1087,7 @@ areaCifCheck(tile, arg)
 			- arg->dCD_constraint->r_ytop + sdist) >= 0)
 			&& ((sqx * sqx + sqy * sqy) >= ssdist))
 		return 0;
-	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && !SplitDirection(tile) && !SplitSide(tile))
+	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && !SplitDirection(tile) && !(dinfo & TT_SIDE))
 	    {
 		sstest = drcCifPointToSegment(arg->dCD_constraint->r_xbot + sdist,
 			arg->dCD_constraint->r_ytop - sdist,
@@ -1100,7 +1102,7 @@ areaCifCheck(tile, arg)
 			- arg->dCD_constraint->r_ytop + sdist) >= 0)
 			&& ((sqx * sqx + sqy * sqy) >= ssdist))
 		return 0;
-	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && SplitDirection(tile) && SplitSide(tile))
+	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && SplitDirection(tile) && (dinfo & TT_SIDE))
 	    {
 		sstest = drcCifPointToSegment(arg->dCD_constraint->r_xtop - sdist,
 			arg->dCD_constraint->r_ytop - sdist,
@@ -1116,7 +1118,7 @@ areaCifCheck(tile, arg)
 			+ sdist - cifrect.r_ytop) >= 0)
 			&& ((sqx * sqx + sqy * sqy) >= ssdist))
 		return 0;
-	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && SplitDirection(tile) && !SplitSide(tile))
+	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && SplitDirection(tile) && !(dinfo & TT_SIDE))
 	    {
 		sstest = drcCifPointToSegment(arg->dCD_constraint->r_xbot + sdist,
 			arg->dCD_constraint->r_ybot + sdist,
@@ -1132,7 +1134,7 @@ areaCifCheck(tile, arg)
 			+ sdist - cifrect.r_ytop) >= 0)
 			&& ((sqx * sqx + sqy * sqy) >= ssdist))
 		return 0;
-	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && !SplitDirection(tile) && SplitSide(tile))
+	    else if (IsSplit(tile) && !SplitDirection(tile) && (dinfo & TT_SIDE))
 	    {
 		sstest = drcCifPointToSegment(arg->dCD_constraint->r_xtop - sdist,
 			arg->dCD_constraint->r_ybot + sdist,

drc/DRCcontin.c

@@ -639,8 +639,9 @@ checkDone:
 
 	/* ARGSUSED */
 int
-drcCheckTile(tile, arg)
+drcCheckTile(tile, dinfo, arg)
-    Tile        * tile;			/* tile in DRC_CHECK plane */
+    Tile        *tile;		/* Tile in DRC_CHECK plane */
+    TileType	dinfo;		/* Split tile information (unused) */
     ClientData 	arg;		/* Not used. */
 {
     Rect square;		/* Square area of the checkerboard
@@ -767,13 +768,15 @@ drcCheckTile(tile, arg)
  */
 
 int
-drcXorFunc(tile)
+drcXorFunc(tile, dinfo, clientdata)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
+    ClientData clientdata;
 {
     Rect area;
 
     TiToRect(tile, &area);
-    DBPaintPlane(drcDisplayPlane, &area, drcXorTable, (PaintUndoInfo *) NULL);
+    DBNMPaintPlane(drcDisplayPlane, dinfo, &area, drcXorTable, (PaintUndoInfo *) NULL);
     return 0;
 }
 
@@ -782,14 +785,15 @@ drcXorFunc(tile)
  */
 
 int
-drcPutBackFunc(tile, cellDef)
+drcPutBackFunc(tile, dinfo, cellDef)
     Tile *tile;			/* Error tile, from drcTempPlane. */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     CellDef *cellDef;		/* Celldef in which to paint error. */
 {
     Rect area;
 
     TiToRect(tile, &area);
-    DBPaintPlane(cellDef->cd_planes[PL_DRC_ERROR], &area,
+    DBNMPaintPlane(cellDef->cd_planes[PL_DRC_ERROR], dinfo, &area,
 	DBStdPaintTbl(TiGetType(tile), PL_DRC_ERROR),
 	(PaintUndoInfo *) NULL);
     return 0;
@@ -816,8 +820,9 @@ drcPutBackFunc(tile, cellDef)
  */
 
 int
-drcIncludeArea(tile, rect)
+drcIncludeArea(tile, dinfo, rect)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
     Rect *rect;			/* Rectangle in which to record total area. */
 {
     Rect dum;

drc/DRCextend.c

@@ -468,8 +468,9 @@ drcCheckRectSize(starttile, arg, cptr)
 
 int
 MaxRectsExclude(
-    Tile *tile,
+    Tile 	*tile,		/* (unused) */
-    ClientData clientdata)
+    TileType	dinfo,		/* (unused) */
+    ClientData	clientdata)	/* (unused) */
 {
     return 1;
 }

drc/DRCmain.c

@@ -184,9 +184,9 @@ drcSubstitute (cptr)
     DRCCookie * cptr;  		/* Design rule violated */
 {
     static char *why_out = NULL;
-    char *whyptr, *sptr, *wptr;
+    char *whyptr, *sptr, *wptr, *vptr;
-    int subscnt = 0, whylen;
+    int subscnt = 0, whylen, saveunits;
-    float oscale, value;
+    float value;
     extern float CIFGetOutputScale();
 
     whyptr = DRCCurStyle->DRCWhyList[cptr->drcc_tag];
@@ -203,10 +203,14 @@ drcSubstitute (cptr)
     why_out = (char *)mallocMagic(whylen * sizeof(char));
     strcpy(why_out, whyptr);
 
-    if (cptr->drcc_flags & DRC_CIFRULE)
+    /* For backwards compatibility:  If the units are set to "default",
-	oscale = CIFGetScale(100);	/* 100 = microns to centimicrons */
+     * then print the DRC value in microns, with units, which is how
-    else
+     * the output was previously presented.
-	oscale = CIFGetOutputScale(1000);   /* 1000 for conversion to um */
+     */
+    saveunits = DBWUnits;
+    if (saveunits == DBW_UNITS_DEFAULT)
+	DBWUnits = DBW_UNITS_MICRONS | DBW_UNITS_PRINT_FLAG;
+
     wptr = why_out;
 
     while ((sptr = strchr(whyptr, '%')) != NULL)
@@ -218,21 +222,29 @@ drcSubstitute (cptr)
 	switch (*(sptr + 1))
 	{
 	    case 'd':
-		/* Replace with "dist" value in microns */
+		if (cptr->drcc_flags & DRC_CIFRULE)
-		value = (float)cptr->drcc_dist * oscale;
+		    vptr = DBWPrintCIFValue(cptr->drcc_dist, (MagWindow *)NULL, TRUE);
-		snprintf(wptr, 20, "%01.3gum", value);
+		else
+		    vptr = DBWPrintValue(cptr->drcc_dist, (MagWindow *)NULL, TRUE);
+		snprintf(wptr, 20, "%s", vptr);
 		wptr += strlen(wptr);
 		break;
 	    case 'c':
 		/* Replace with "cdist" value in microns */
-		value = (float)cptr->drcc_cdist * oscale;
+		if (cptr->drcc_flags & DRC_CIFRULE)
-		snprintf(wptr, 20, "%01.3gum", value);
+		    vptr = DBWPrintCIFValue(cptr->drcc_cdist, (MagWindow *)NULL, TRUE);
+		else
+		    vptr = DBWPrintValue(cptr->drcc_cdist, (MagWindow *)NULL, TRUE);
+		snprintf(wptr, 20, "%s", vptr);
 		wptr += strlen(wptr);
 		break;
 	    case 'a':
 		/* Replace with "cdist" value in microns squared */
-		value = (float)cptr->drcc_cdist * oscale * oscale;
+		if (cptr->drcc_flags & DRC_CIFRULE)
-		snprintf(wptr, 20, "%01.4gum^2", value);
+		    vptr = DBWPrintCIFSqValue(cptr->drcc_cdist, (MagWindow *)NULL);
+		else
+		    vptr = DBWPrintSqValue(cptr->drcc_cdist, (MagWindow *)NULL);
+		snprintf(wptr, 20, "%s", vptr);
 		wptr += strlen(wptr);
 		break;
 	    default:
@@ -245,6 +257,7 @@ drcSubstitute (cptr)
     /* copy remainder of string (including trailing null) */
     strncpy(wptr, whyptr, strlen(whyptr) + 1);
 
+    DBWUnits = saveunits;
     return why_out;
 }
 
@@ -425,6 +438,8 @@ drcListallError (celldef, rect, cptr, scx)
     }
     if (drcsave == DRCErrorCount)
     {
+	char *rllx, *rlly, *rurx, *rury;
+
 	DRCErrorCount += 1;
 	h = HashFind(&DRCErrorTable, drcSubstitute(cptr));
 	lobj = (Tcl_Obj *) HashGetValue(h);
@@ -433,10 +448,15 @@ drcListallError (celldef, rect, cptr, scx)
 
 	pobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
 
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewIntObj(r.r_xbot));
+	rllx = DBWPrintValue(r.r_xbot, (MagWindow *)NULL, TRUE);
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewIntObj(r.r_ybot));
+	rlly = DBWPrintValue(r.r_ybot, (MagWindow *)NULL, FALSE);
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewIntObj(r.r_xtop));
+	rurx = DBWPrintValue(r.r_xtop, (MagWindow *)NULL, TRUE);
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewIntObj(r.r_ytop));
+	rury = DBWPrintValue(r.r_ytop, (MagWindow *)NULL, FALSE);
+
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(rllx, -1));
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(rlly, -1));
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(rurx, -1));
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(rury, -1));
 	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj, pobj);
 
 	HashSetValue(h, lobj);
@@ -957,8 +977,9 @@ drcCountFunc(scx, dupTable)
 }
 
 int
-drcCountFunc2(tile, countptr)
+drcCountFunc2(tile, dinfo, countptr)
     Tile *tile;		/* Tile found in error plane.		*/
+    TileType dinfo;	/* Split tile information (unused)	*/
     int *countptr;	/* Address of count word.		*/
 {
     if (TiGetType(tile) != (TileType) TT_SPACE) (*countptr)++;
@@ -1106,8 +1127,9 @@ drcFindFunc(scx, finddata)
 }
 
 int
-drcFindFunc2(tile, finddata)
+drcFindFunc2(tile, dinfo, finddata)
     Tile *tile;			/* Tile in error plane. */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information (unused) */
     Sindx *finddata;		/* Information about error to find */
 
 {

drc/DRCsubcell.c

@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ static ClientData drcSubClientData; /* To be passed to error function. */
 static DRCCookie drcSubcellCookie = {
     0, 0, 0, 0,
     { {0} }, { {0} },
-    0, 0, 0,
+    0, DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE, 0, 0,
     DRC_SUBCELL_OVERLAP_TAG,
     (DRCCookie *) NULL
 };
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ static DRCCookie drcSubcellCookie = {
 static DRCCookie drcInSubCookie = {
     0, 0, 0, 0,
     { {0} }, { {0} },
-    0, 0, 0,
+    0, DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE, 0, 0,
     DRC_IN_SUBCELL_TAG,
     (DRCCookie *) NULL
 };
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ static DRCCookie drcInSubCookie = {
 static DRCCookie drcOffGridCookie = {
     0, 0, 0, 0,
     { {0} }, { {0} },
-    0, 0, 0,
+    0, DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE, 0, 0,
     DRC_OFFGRID_TAG,
     (DRCCookie *) NULL
 };
@@ -158,8 +158,9 @@ drcFindOtherCells(use, dlu)
  */
 
 int
-drcSubCopyErrors(tile, cxp)
+drcSubCopyErrors(tile, dinfo, cxp)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
     TreeContext *cxp;
 {
     Rect area;
@@ -317,7 +318,9 @@ drcSubcellFunc(subUse, dsa)
  */
 
 int
-drcAlwaysOne()
+drcAlwaysOne(Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
+    ClientData clientdata)
 {
     return 1;
 }
@@ -419,7 +422,6 @@ DRCFindInteractions(def, area, radius, interaction)
     CellUse *use;
     SearchContext scx;
     Rect searchArea, intArea;
-    int flags;
     struct drcSubcellArg dsa;
     struct drcLinkedUse *curDLU;
 
@@ -492,8 +494,6 @@ DRCFindInteractions(def, area, radius, interaction)
     /* If errors are being propagated up from child to parent,	*/
     /* then the interaction area is always valid.		*/
 
-    if (!(flags & PROPAGATE_FLAG))
-    {
     for (i = PL_TECHDEPBASE; i < DBNumPlanes; i++)
     {
 	if (DBSrPaintArea((Tile *) NULL, def->cd_planes[i],
@@ -509,7 +509,6 @@ DRCFindInteractions(def, area, radius, interaction)
     scx.scx_area = intArea;
     if (DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, drcSubCheckPaint, (ClientData) &use) == 0)
 	return 0;
-    }
 
     /* OK, no more excuses, there's really an interaction area here. */
 
@@ -540,8 +539,9 @@ DRCFindInteractions(def, area, radius, interaction)
  */
 
 int
-drcExactOverlapCheck(tile, arg)
+drcExactOverlapCheck(tile, dinfo, arg)
     Tile *tile;			/* Tile to check. */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information (unused) */
     struct drcClientData *arg;	/* How to detect and process errors. */
 {
     Rect rect;
@@ -579,8 +579,9 @@ drcExactOverlapCheck(tile, arg)
  */
 
 int
-drcExactOverlapTile(tile, cxp)
+drcExactOverlapTile(tile, dinfo, cxp)
     Tile *tile;			/* Tile that must overlap exactly. */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information (unused) */
     TreeContext *cxp;		/* Tells how to translate out of subcell.
 				 * The client data must be a drcClientData
 				 * record, and the caller must have filled
@@ -825,6 +826,7 @@ DRCInteractionCheck(def, area, erasebox, func, cdarg)
 		 */
 		subArea = *erasebox;
 		GeoClip(&subArea, &cliparea);
+		if (GEO_RECTNULL(&subArea)) continue;
 		GEO_EXPAND(&subArea, DRCTechHalo, &intArea);
 
 		errorSaveType = DRCErrorType;

drc/DRCtech.c

@@ -72,6 +72,12 @@ static int drcRulesOptimized = 0;
 
 static int DRCtag = 0;
 
+/* Keep track of what rule exemption or exception is in effect
+ * while reading the DRC tech file section.
+ */
+
+static char drcCurException = (char)DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE;
+
 /*
  * Forward declarations.
  */
@@ -79,6 +85,7 @@ int drcWidth(), drcSpacing(), drcEdge(), drcNoOverlap();
 int drcExactOverlap(), drcExtend();
 int drcSurround(), drcRectOnly(), drcOverhang();
 int drcStepSize(), drcOption(), drcOffGrid();
+int drcException(), drcExemption();
 int drcMaxwidth(), drcArea(), drcRectangle(), drcAngles();
 int drcCifSetStyle(), drcCifWidth(), drcCifSpacing();
 int drcCifMaxwidth(), drcCifArea();
@@ -301,6 +308,12 @@ drcTechFreeStyle()
 	/* Clear the Why string list */
 	freeMagic(DRCCurStyle->DRCWhyList);
 
+	/* Clear the exception list */
+	for (i = 0; i < DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionSize; i++)
+	    freeMagic(DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList[i]);
+	if (DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList != (char **)NULL)
+	    freeMagic(DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList);
+
 	freeMagic(DRCCurStyle);
 	DRCCurStyle = NULL;
     }
@@ -384,6 +397,60 @@ drcWhyCreate(whystring)
     return DRCCurStyle->DRCWhySize;
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * drcExceptionCreate --
+ *
+ * Create an entry for a DRC rule exception/exemption type, if it does
+ * not already exist.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The index of the exception (which is a signed character).
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Adds to the DRCExceptionList if "name" has not been used before.
+ *	Calls StrDup() and increments DRCExceptionSize.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+char
+drcExceptionCreate(name)
+    char *name;
+{
+    int i;
+    char **newlist;
+
+    /* NOTE:  DRCExceptionList has "MASKHINTS_" prepended to the names */
+    for (i = 0; i < DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionSize; i++)
+	if (!strcmp(name, DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList[i] + 10))
+	    return (char)i;
+
+    if (i > 127)
+    {
+	/* I would be shocked if this code ever got executed. */
+	TxError("Error:  Too many rule exceptions!  Limit is 127.\n");
+	return (char)DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE;
+    }
+
+    /* Create a new list that is one entry longer than the old list.
+     * This is not elegant but there will never be more than a handful
+     * of exceptions in a rule deck.
+     */
+    newlist = (char **)mallocMagic((i + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+    for (i = 0; i < DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionSize; i++)
+	newlist[i] = DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList[i];
+
+    /* The rule deck does not have the "MASKHINTS_" prefix on the name */
+    newlist[i] = (char *)mallocMagic(strlen(name) + 11);
+    sprintf(newlist[i], "MASKHINTS_%s", name);
+    DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionSize++;
+    if (DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList != (char **)NULL)
+	freeMagic(DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList);
+    DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList = newlist;
+    return (char)i;
+}
+    
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -571,6 +638,8 @@ DRCTechStyleInit()
     DRCCurStyle->DRCStepSize = 0;
     DRCCurStyle->DRCFlags = (char)0;
     DRCCurStyle->DRCWhySize = 0;
+    DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList = (char **)NULL;
+    DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionSize = 0;
 
     HashInit(&DRCWhyErrorTable, 16, HT_STRINGKEYS);
 
@@ -663,6 +732,7 @@ DRCTechStyleInit()
 	    }
 
     drcCifInit();
+    drcCurException = (char)DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -955,6 +1025,7 @@ drcCifAssign(cookie, dist, next, mask, corner, tag, cdist, flags, planeto, plane
     (cookie)->drcc_plane = planeto;
     (cookie)->drcc_mod = 0;
     (cookie)->drcc_cmod = 0;
+    (cookie)->drcc_exception = drcCurException;
 }
 
 // This is like drcCifAssign, but checks for bad plane numbers in planeto and
@@ -1031,50 +1102,37 @@ DRCTechAddRule(sectionName, argc, argv)
 	int    (*rk_proc)();	/* Procedure implementing this keyword */
 	const char *rk_err;	/* Error message */
     } ruleKeys[] = {
-	{"angles",	 4,	4,	drcAngles,
+	{"angles",	 4,	4,	drcAngles, "layers 45|90 why"},
-    "layers 45|90 why"},
 	{"edge",	 8,	10,	drcEdge,
     "layers1 layers2 distance okTypes cornerTypes cornerDistance [option] why [plane]"},
 	{"edge4way",	 8,	10,	drcEdge,
     "layers1 layers2 distance okTypes cornerTypes cornerDistance [option] why [plane]"},
-	{"exact_overlap", 2,	2,	drcExactOverlap,
+	{"exact_overlap", 2,	2,	drcExactOverlap, "layers"},
-    "layers"},
+	{"exception",	 2,	2,	drcException, "name"},
+	{"exemption",	 2,	2,	drcExemption, "name"},
 	{"extend",	 5,	6,	drcExtend,
     "layers1 layers2 distance [option] why"},
-	{"no_overlap",	 3,	3,	drcNoOverlap,
+	{"no_overlap",	 3,	3,	drcNoOverlap, "layers1 layers2"},
-    "layers1 layers2"},
+	{"option",	 2,	2,	drcOption, "option_name option_value"},
-	{"option",	 2,	2,	drcOption,
+	{"overhang",	 5,	5,	drcOverhang, "layers1 layers2 distance why"},
-    "option_name option_value"},
+	{"rect_only",	 3,	3,	drcRectOnly, "layers why"},
-	{"overhang",	 5,	5,	drcOverhang,
-    "layers1 layers2 distance why"},
-	{"rect_only",	 3,	3,	drcRectOnly,
-    "layers why"},
 	{"spacing",	 6,	7,	drcSpacing,
     "layers1 layers2 separation [layers3] adjacency why"},
-	{"stepsize",	 2,	2,	drcStepSize,
+	{"stepsize",	 2,	2,	drcStepSize, "step_size"},
-    "step_size"},
 	{"surround",	 6,	7,	drcSurround,
     "layers1 layers2 distance presence why"},
-	{"width",	 4,	5,	drcWidth,
+	{"width",	 4,	5,	drcWidth, "layers width why"},
-    "layers width why"},
 	{"widespacing",	 7,	8,	drcSpacing,
     "layers1 width layers2 separation adjacency why"},
-        {"area",	 5,	5,	drcArea,
+        {"area",	 5,	5,	drcArea, "layers area horizon why"},
-    "layers area horizon why"},
+        {"off_grid",	 4,	4,	drcOffGrid, "layers pitch why"},
-        {"off_grid",	 4,	4,	drcOffGrid,
+        {"maxwidth",	 4,	6,	drcMaxwidth, "layers maxwidth bends why"},
-    "layers pitch why"},
+	{"cifstyle",	 2,	2,	drcCifSetStyle, "cif_style"},
-        {"maxwidth",	 4,	6,	drcMaxwidth,
+	{"cifwidth",	 4,	4,	drcCifWidth, "layers width why"},
-    "layers maxwidth bends why"},
-	{"cifstyle",	 2,	2,	drcCifSetStyle,
-    "cif_style"},
-	{"cifwidth",	 4,	4,	drcCifWidth,
-    "layers width why"},
 	{"cifspacing",	 6,	6,	drcCifSpacing,
     "layers1 layers2 separation adjacency why"},
-	{"cifarea",	 5,	5,	drcCifArea,
+	{"cifarea",	 5,	5,	drcCifArea, "layers area horizon why"},
-    "layers area horizon why"},
+	{"cifmaxwidth",	 5,	5,	drcCifMaxwidth, "layers maxwidth bends why"},
-	{"cifmaxwidth",	 5,	5,	drcCifMaxwidth,
-    "layers maxwidth bends why"},
 	{"rectangle",	5,	5,	drcRectangle,
     "layers maxwidth [even|odd|any] why"},
 	{0}
@@ -1695,7 +1753,7 @@ drcMaxwidth(argc, argv)
 	        if (PlaneMaskHasPlane(pmask2, plane2))
 		    break;
 
-	    if (plane2 == plane)
+	    if (PlaneMaskHasPlane(pmask, plane2))
 		TechError("Warning:  Exclude types for \"maxwidth\" are on the "
 			"same plane and so cannot be checked.\n");
 	}
@@ -3634,6 +3692,83 @@ drcRectangle(argc, argv)
     return maxwidth;
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * drcException, drcExemption --
+ *
+ * Process a DRC exception declaration
+ * This is of the form:
+ *
+ *	exception exception_name|none
+ * or
+ *	exemption exemption_name|none
+ *
+ * e.g,
+ *
+ *	exception SRAM
+ *	exemption SRAM
+ *
+ * The exception_name or exemption_name is the suffix part of a MASKHINTS_*
+ * property name;  e.g., the name SRAM corresponds to a property called
+ * MASKHINTS_SRAM.  This declaration is followed by a block of DRC rules
+ * that are subject to the exception or the exemption.  An exception is the
+ * opposite of an exemption:  If a rule is excepted, then the rule applies
+ * within areas delineated by bounding boxes defined by the
+ * MASKHINTS_<exception_name> property.  If a rule is exempted, then the
+ * rule applies only outside of areas delineated by bounding boxes defined
+ * by the MASKHINTS_<exemption_name> property.  The block of rules subject
+ * to the exemption or exception ends with another exception or exemption
+ * declaration.  If the following rules are not to be excepted or exempted
+ * at all, then use "exception none" or "exemption none".
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns 0.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Updates drcCurException.  drcCurException is zero or positive for 
+ *	exceptions and negative for exemptions.  The index can be
+ *	recovered from a negative value by negating it and subtracting 1.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+drcException(argc, argv)
+    int argc;
+    char *argv[];
+{
+    int i;
+
+    if (DRCCurStyle == NULL) return 0;
+
+    /* Assume that argc must be 2 because the parser insists upon it */
+
+    if (!strcmp(argv[1], "none"))
+	drcCurException = (char)DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE;
+    else
+	drcCurException = drcExceptionCreate(argv[1]);
+    return (0);
+}
+
+int
+drcExemption(argc, argv)
+    int argc;
+    char *argv[];
+{
+    int i;
+
+    if (DRCCurStyle == NULL) return 0;
+
+    /* Assume that argc must be 2 because the parser insists upon it */
+
+    if (!strcmp(argv[1], "none"))
+	drcCurException = (char)DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE;
+    else
+	drcCurException = -(drcExceptionCreate(argv[1])) - 1;
+    return (0);
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -4119,6 +4254,7 @@ drcTechFinalStyle(style)
 		    if (dp->drcc_dist > next->drcc_dist) continue;
 		    if (dp->drcc_cdist > next->drcc_cdist) continue;
 		    if (dp->drcc_plane != next->drcc_plane) continue;
+		    if (dp->drcc_exception != next->drcc_exception) continue;
 		    if (dp->drcc_flags & DRC_REVERSE)
 		    {
 			if (!(next->drcc_flags & DRC_REVERSE)) continue;

drc/drc.h

@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ typedef struct drccookie
     TileTypeBitMask   drcc_mask;	/* Legal types on RHS */
     TileTypeBitMask   drcc_corner;	/* Types that trigger corner check */
     unsigned short    drcc_flags;	/* Miscellaneous flags, see below. */
+    char    	      drcc_exception;	/* Index to list of exceptions */
     int		      drcc_edgeplane;	/* Plane of edge */
     int		      drcc_plane;	/* Index of plane on which to check
 					 * legal types. */
@@ -91,6 +92,9 @@ typedef struct drccookie
 #define DRC_UNPROCESSED 		CLIENTDEFAULT
 #define DRC_PROCESSED 			1
 
+/* drcc_exception defaults to -128 (0x80) meaning no exceptions/exemptions */
+#define	DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE (char)0x80
+
 /*
  * Background DRC (DRC Idle proc) for Tcl-based Magic
  */
@@ -177,6 +181,8 @@ typedef struct drcstyle
     unsigned short	DRCFlags;	/* Option flags */
     char		**DRCWhyList;	/* Indexed list of "why" text strings */
     int			DRCWhySize;	/* Length of DRCWhyList */
+    char		**DRCExceptionList; /* Indexed list of DRC exceptions */
+    int			DRCExceptionSize;   /* Length of DRCExceptionList */
     PaintResultType	DRCPaintTable[NP][NT][NT];
 } DRCStyle;
 

ext2sim/ext2sim.c

@@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ static const char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magi
 #include "dbwind/dbwind.h"	/* for DBWclientID */
 #include "commands/commands.h"  /* for module auto-load */
 #include "textio/txcommands.h"
+#include "extract/extract.h"	/* for extDevTable */
 #include "extflat/extflat.h"
 #include "extflat/EFint.h"
-#include "extract/extract.h"	/* for extDevTable */
 #include "utils/runstats.h"
 #include "utils/malloc.h"
 

ext2spice/ext2hier.c

@@ -41,14 +41,11 @@ static const char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magi
 #include "commands/commands.h"  /* for module auto-load */
 #include "textio/txcommands.h"
 #include "extflat/extflat.h"
-#include "extflat/EFint.h"
 #include "extract/extract.h"	/* for extDevTable */
+#include "extflat/EFint.h"
 #include "utils/runstats.h"
 #include "ext2spice/ext2spice.h"
 
-/* C99 compat */
-#include "extflat/extflat.h"
-
 /* These global values are defined in ext2spice.c */
 extern HashTable subcktNameTable;
 extern DQueue    subcktNameQueue;
@@ -242,20 +239,9 @@ spcHierWriteParams(
 
     /* Write all requested parameters to the subcircuit call.	*/
 
-    bool checkme = FALSE;
-
-    if ((!strcmp(EFDevTypes[dev->dev_type], "pfet_06v0_dss")) ||
-	(!strcmp(EFDevTypes[dev->dev_type], "nfet_06v0_dss")))
-    {
-	checkme = TRUE;
-	TxPrintf("Diagnostic:  Parameter list for %s\n", EFDevTypes[dev->dev_type]);
-    }
-
     plist = efGetDeviceParams(EFDevTypes[dev->dev_type]);
     while (plist != NULL)
     {
-	if (checkme) TxPrintf("Plist entry %s %s\n", plist->parm_name, plist->parm_type);
-
 	switch (plist->parm_type[0])
 	{
 	    case 'a':
@@ -356,7 +342,6 @@ spcHierWriteParams(
 		// Check for device length vs. terminal length
 		if (plist->parm_type[1] == '\0' || plist->parm_type[1] == '0')
 		{
-		    if (checkme) TxPrintf("Handling entry l or l0\n");
 		    fprintf(esSpiceF, " %s=", plist->parm_name);
 		    if (esScale < 0)
 			fprintf(esSpiceF, "%g", l * scale);
@@ -371,10 +356,8 @@ spcHierWriteParams(
 		{
 		    /* l1, l2, etc. used to indicate the length of the terminal */
 		    /* Find value in dev_params */
-		    if (checkme) TxPrintf("Handling entry l1 or l2\n");
 		    for (dparam = dev->dev_params; dparam; dparam = dparam->parm_next)
 		    {
-		        if (checkme) TxPrintf("Checking dev_params entry %s\n", dparam->parm_name);
 			if ((strlen(dparam->parm_name) > 2) &&
 			    	(dparam->parm_name[0] == 'l') &&
 			    	(dparam->parm_name[1] == plist->parm_type[1]) &&
@@ -383,8 +366,6 @@ spcHierWriteParams(
 			    int dval;
 			    if (sscanf(&dparam->parm_name[3], "%d", &dval) == 1)
 			    {
-		 		if (checkme) TxPrintf("Handling dev_params entry %s (to be "
-						"culled at end)\n", dparam->parm_name);
 		    		fprintf(esSpiceF, " %s=", plist->parm_name);
 				if (esScale < 0)
 				    fprintf(esSpiceF, "%g", dval * scale);
@@ -653,7 +634,7 @@ subcktHierVisit(
 
     if (hasports || is_top)
 	return subcktVisit(use, hierName, is_top);
-    else if (def->def_flags & DEF_NODEVICES)
+    else if ((def->def_flags & DEF_NODEVICES) && (!isStub))
 	return 0;
     else
 	return subcktVisit(use, hierName, is_top);
@@ -1107,6 +1088,7 @@ spcdevHierVisit(
 
 	    if (!has_model)
 	    {
+		fprintf(esSpiceF, " ");
 		esSIvalue(esSpiceF, 1.0E-15 * (double)sdM * (double)dev->dev_cap);
 		spcHierWriteParams(hc, dev, scale, l, w, sdM, FALSE);
 	    }
@@ -1157,6 +1139,7 @@ spcdevHierVisit(
 
 	    if (!has_model)
 	    {
+		fprintf(esSpiceF, " ");
 		esSIvalue(esSpiceF, 1.0E-15 * (double)sdM * (double)dev->dev_cap);
 		spcHierWriteParams(hc, dev, scale, l, w, sdM, FALSE);
 	    }

ext2spice/ext2spice.c

@@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ static const char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magi
 #include "dbwind/dbwind.h"	/* for DBWclientID */
 #include "commands/commands.h"  /* for module auto-load */
 #include "textio/txcommands.h"
+#include "extract/extract.h"	/* for extDevTable */
 #include "extflat/extflat.h"
 #include "extflat/EFint.h"
-#include "extract/extract.h"	/* for extDevTable */
 #include "utils/runstats.h"
 
 #include "ext2spice/ext2spice.h"
@@ -1689,23 +1689,43 @@ subcktVisit(
     	HashStartSearch(&hs);
 	while ((he = HashNext(&def->def_nodes, &hs)))
     	{
+	    bool found = FALSE;
+
 	    sname = (EFNodeName *) HashGetValue(he);
 	    if (sname == NULL) continue;
 	    snode = sname->efnn_node;
 
 	    if ((snode == NULL) || !(snode->efnode_flags & EF_PORT)) continue;
 
+	    portidx = snode->efnode_name->efnn_port;
+
+	    if (portidx >= 0)
+	    {
+		if (nodeList[portidx] == NULL)
+		{
+		    nodeList[portidx] = snode->efnode_name;
+		    found = TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    /* Normally there should be a port associated with snode, but
+	     * if not, go looking for one in the node name aliases.
+	     */
 	    for (nodeName = sname; nodeName != NULL; nodeName = nodeName->efnn_next)
 	    {
+		if (found == TRUE) break;
+
 		portidx = nodeName->efnn_port;
 		if (portidx < 0) continue;
 		if (nodeList[portidx] == NULL)
 		{
 		    nodeList[portidx] = nodeName;
+		    found = TRUE;
 		}
 		else if (EFHNBest(nodeName->efnn_hier, nodeList[portidx]->efnn_hier))
 		{
 		    nodeList[portidx] = nodeName;
+		    found = TRUE;
 		}
 	    }
 	}
@@ -1932,6 +1952,7 @@ topVisit(
     {
 	char stmp[MAX_STR_SIZE];
 	int portidx;
+	bool found = FALSE;
 
 	sname = (EFNodeName *) HashGetValue(he);
 	if (sname == NULL) continue;	/* Should not happen */
@@ -1939,33 +1960,68 @@ topVisit(
 	snode = sname->efnn_node;
 	if ((!snode) || (!(snode->efnode_flags & EF_PORT))) continue;
 
+	/* Found a node which is also a port */
+
+	portidx = snode->efnode_name->efnn_port;
+	if (portidx >= 0)
+	{
+	    if (sorted_ports[portidx] == NULL)
+	    {
+		if ((def->def_flags & DEF_ABSTRACT))
+		{
+		    EFHNSprintf(stmp, sname->efnn_hier);
+		    pname = stmp;
+		}
+		else
+		    pname = nodeSpiceName(snode->efnode_name->efnn_hier, NULL);
+
+		hep = HashLookOnly(&portNameTable, pname);
+		if (hep == (HashEntry *)NULL)
+		{
+		    hep = HashFind(&portNameTable, pname);
+		    HashSetValue(hep, (ClientData)(pointertype)portidx);
+		    sorted_ports[portidx] = StrDup((char **)NULL, pname);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    /* Node that was unassigned has been found to be
+		     * a repeat (see NOTE at top), so make sure its
+		     * port number is set correctly.
+		     */
+		    snode->efnode_name->efnn_port = (int)(pointertype)HashGetValue(hep);
+		}
+		found = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (!(def->def_flags & DEF_ABSTRACT))
+	    heh = HashLookOnly(&efNodeHashTable, (char *)snode->efnode_name->efnn_hier);
+
+	/* Might need to check here for a port that was optimized out? */
+
+	/* If snode is flagged as a port but no port number was found, then
+	 * check the all of the node's name entries to see if any of them has
+	 * a port number.
+	 */
+
 	for (nodeName = sname; nodeName != NULL; nodeName = nodeName->efnn_next)
 	{
+	    if (found == TRUE) break;
 	    portidx = nodeName->efnn_port;
 	    if (portidx < 0) continue;
 
-	    /* Check if the same hierName is recorded in the flattened/optimized
-	     * def's efNodeHashTable.  If not, then it has been optimized out
-	     * and should be removed from the port list.
-	     */
 	    if (def->def_flags & DEF_ABSTRACT)
+	    {
     	        heh = HashLookOnly(&efNodeHashTable, (char *)nodeName->efnn_hier);
-	    else
-    	        heh = HashLookOnly(&efNodeHashTable,
-			    (char *)snode->efnode_name->efnn_hier);
 
 		/* If view is abstract, rely on the given port name, not
 		 * the node.  Otherwise, artifacts of the abstract view
 		 * may cause nodes to be merged and the names lost.
 		 */
-
-	    if (def->def_flags & DEF_ABSTRACT)
-	    {
 		EFHNSprintf(stmp, nodeName->efnn_hier);
 		pname = stmp;
 	    }
 	    else
-		// pname = nodeSpiceName(snode->efnode_name->efnn_hier, NULL);
 		pname = nodeSpiceName(nodeName->efnn_hier, NULL);
 
 	    if (heh == (HashEntry *)NULL) /* pname now resolved for log output */
@@ -1983,7 +2039,10 @@ topVisit(
 	    	hep = HashFind(&portNameTable, pname);
 		HashSetValue(hep, (ClientData)(pointertype)nodeName->efnn_port);
 		if (sorted_ports[portidx] == NULL)
+		{
 		    sorted_ports[portidx] = StrDup((char **)NULL, pname);
+		    found = TRUE;
+		}
 	    }
 	    else
 	    {
@@ -3081,6 +3140,7 @@ spcdevVisit(
 
 	    if (!has_model)
 	    {
+		fprintf(esSpiceF, " ");
 		esSIvalue(esSpiceF, 1.0E-15 * (double)sdM * (double)dev->dev_cap);
 		spcWriteParams(dev, hierName, scale, l, w, sdM, FALSE);
 	    }
@@ -3127,6 +3187,7 @@ spcdevVisit(
 
 	    if (!has_model)
 	    {
+		fprintf(esSpiceF, " ");
 		esSIvalue(esSpiceF, 1.0E-15 * (double)sdM * (double)dev->dev_cap);
 		spcWriteParams(dev, hierName, scale, l, w, sdM, FALSE);
 	    }
@@ -3314,12 +3375,15 @@ spcdevSubstrate(
     	/* Canonical name */
     	nn = (EFNodeName *) HashGetValue(he);
 	if (outf)
-	   fprintf(outf, "%s", nodeSpiceName(nn->efnn_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
+	{
-		    NULL));
+	    const char *spicename;
+	    spicename = nodeSpiceName(nn->efnn_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier, NULL);
+	    fprintf(outf, "%s", spicename);
+	}
 
 	/* Create node client if it doesn't exist */
 	if ((nodeClient *)nn->efnn_node->efnode_client == (nodeClient *)NULL)
-	    initNodeClientHier(nn->efnn_node);
+	    initNodeClient(nn->efnn_node);
 
 	/* Mark node as visited (set bit one higher than number of resist classes) */
 	if (esDistrJunct)

extflat/EFantenna.c

@@ -754,8 +754,9 @@ antennacheckVisit(
  */
 
 int
-areaMarkFunc(tile, ams)
+areaMarkFunc(tile, dinfo, ams)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     AntennaMarkStruct *ams;
 {
     Rect rect;
@@ -778,8 +779,9 @@ areaMarkFunc(tile, ams)
  */
 
 int
-areaAccumFunc(tile, gdas)
+areaAccumFunc(tile, dinfo, gdas)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     GateDiffAccumStruct *gdas;
 {
     Rect *rect = &(gdas->r);
@@ -788,7 +790,7 @@ areaAccumFunc(tile, gdas)
 
     /* Avoid double-counting the area of contacts */
     if (IsSplit(tile))
-	type = SplitSide(tile) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
+	type = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
     else
 	type = TiGetType(tile);
 
@@ -798,6 +800,7 @@ areaAccumFunc(tile, gdas)
 
     TiToRect(tile, rect);
     area = (dlong)(rect->r_xtop - rect->r_xbot) * (dlong)(rect->r_ytop - rect->r_ybot);
+    if (IsSplit(tile)) area /= 2;
     gdas->accum += area;
     return 0;
 }
@@ -816,8 +819,9 @@ areaAccumFunc(tile, gdas)
  */
 
 int
-antennaAccumFunc(tile, aaptr)
+antennaAccumFunc(tile, dinfo, aaptr)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Not used, but should be handled */
     AntennaAccumStruct *aaptr;
 {
     Rect *rect = &(aaptr->r);
@@ -1003,6 +1007,7 @@ antennaAccumFunc(tile, aaptr)
 	    TiToRect(tile, rect);
 	    area = (dlong)(rect->r_xtop - rect->r_xbot)
 			* (dlong)(rect->r_ytop - rect->r_ybot);
+	    if (IsSplit(tile)) area /= 2;
 
 	    typeareas[type] += area;
 	}

extflat/EFbuild.c

@@ -34,8 +34,9 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header$";
 #include "tiles/tile.h"
 #include "database/database.h"	/* for TileType definition */
 #include "extflat/extflat.h"
+#include "extflat/extparse.h"
 #include "extflat/EFint.h"
-#include "extract/extract.h"	/* for device class list */
+#include "extract/extract.h"
 #include "extract/extractInt.h"	/* for extGetDevType()	*/
 
 /* C99 compat */
@@ -647,8 +648,21 @@ efBuildEquiv(def, nodeName1, nodeName2, resist, isspice)
 		    return;
 		}
 		else if (!resist)
+		{
+		    char *uptr1, *uptr2;
+
+		    /* Do not generate an error message if one or both node names
+		     * is made by "extract unique".
+		     */
+		    if ((uptr1 = strstr(nodeName1, "_uq")) != 0) *uptr1 = '\0';
+		    if ((uptr2 = strstr(nodeName2, "_uq")) != 0) *uptr2 = '\0';
+		    if ((uptr1 == NULL && uptr2 == NULL) ||
+				strcmp(nodeName1, nodeName2)) 
 			TxError("Warning:  Ports \"%s\" and \"%s\" are electrically "
 				"shorted.\n", nodeName1, nodeName2);
+		    if (uptr1) *uptr1 = '_';
+		    if (uptr2) *uptr2 = '_';
+		}
 		else
 		    /* Do not merge the nodes when folding in extresist parasitics */
 		    return;
@@ -860,13 +874,13 @@ efBuildDevice(
     const Rect *r,	/* Coordinates of 1x1 rectangle entirely inside device */
     int argc,		/* Size of argv */
     char *argv[])	/* Tokens for the rest of the dev line.
-			 * Starts with the last two position values, used to
+			 * Starts after the four device coordinate arguments.
-			 * hash the device record.  The next arguments depend
+			 * The next arguments (0, 1, or 2) depend on the type of
-			 * on the type of device.  The rest are taken in groups
+			 * device, followed by optional parameters.  The rest are
-			 * of 3, one for each terminal.  Each group of 3 consists
+		  	 * taken in groups of 3, one for each terminal.  Each
-			 * of the node name to which the terminal connects, the
+			 * group of 3 consists of the node name to which the
-			 * length of the terminal, and an attribute list (or the
+			 * terminal connects, the length of the terminal, and
-			 * token 0).
+			 * an attribute list (or the token 0).
 			 */
 {
     int n, nterminals, pn;
@@ -878,7 +892,7 @@ efBuildDevice(
     int dev_type;
     char ptype, *pptr, **av;
     char devhash[64];
-    int argstart = 1;	/* start of terminal list in argv[] */
+    int termstart;
     bool hasModel = strcmp(type, "None") ? TRUE : FALSE;
 
     int area, perim;	/* Total area, perimeter of primary type (i.e., channel) */
@@ -893,24 +907,40 @@ efBuildDevice(
     devtmp.dev_width = 0;
     devtmp.dev_params = NULL;
 
+    termstart = 1;	/* Start of terminal list in argv[]; this is a default
+			 * value if none of the cases below applies.  The value
+			 * of termstart does not initially account for parameter
+			 * entries (<param>=<value>) but is adjusted as the
+			 * parameters are parsed.  The first terminal may be an
+			 * (optional) substrate which is determined by whether
+			 * the number of remaining arguments is divisible by 3
+			 * or not.
+			 */
     switch (class)
     {
 	case DEV_FET:
 	case DEV_MOSFET:
 	case DEV_ASYMMETRIC:
+	    /* Terminals start after L and W values, substrate, and parameters */
+	    termstart = 3;
+	    break;
 	case DEV_BJT:
-	    argstart = 3;
+	    /* Terminals start after L and W values, plus parameters */
+	    termstart = 2;
 	    break;
 	case DEV_DIODE:
 	case DEV_NDIODE:
 	case DEV_PDIODE:
-	    argstart = 0;
+	    /* Terminals start immediately after parameters */
+	    termstart = 0;
 	    break;
 	case DEV_RES:
 	case DEV_CAP:
 	case DEV_CAPREV:
 	    if (hasModel)
-		argstart = 2;
+	        /* Terminals start after L and W values, plus parameters */
+		termstart = 2;
+	    /* Otherwise, terminals start after device value, plus parameters */
 	    break;
 	case DEV_SUBCKT:
 	case DEV_VERILOGA:
@@ -918,13 +948,14 @@ efBuildDevice(
 	case DEV_RSUBCKT:
 	case DEV_CSUBCKT:
 	case DEV_DSUBCKT:
-	    argstart = 0;
+	    /* Terminals start immediately after parameters */
+	    termstart = 0;
     }
 
     devp = efGetDeviceParams(type);
 
     /* Parse initial arguments for parameters */
-    while ((pptr = strchr(argv[argstart], '=')) != NULL)
+    while ((pptr = strchr(argv[termstart], '=')) != NULL)
     {
 	/* If the parameter is in the parameter list "devp", then save
 	 * the value as appropriate.  If not, then the entire phrase
@@ -936,7 +967,7 @@ efBuildDevice(
 
 	*pptr = '\0';
 	for (sparm = devp; sparm; sparm = sparm->parm_next)
-	    if (!strncasecmp(sparm->parm_type, argv[argstart], 2))
+	    if (!strncasecmp(sparm->parm_type, argv[termstart], 2))
 		break;
 	*pptr = '=';
 	if (sparm == NULL)
@@ -944,18 +975,18 @@ efBuildDevice(
 	    /* Copy the whole string into dev_params */
 	    /* (parm_type and parm_scale records are not used) */
 	    newparm = (DevParam *)mallocMagic(sizeof(DevParam));
-	    newparm->parm_name = StrDup((char **)NULL, argv[argstart]);
+	    newparm->parm_name = StrDup((char **)NULL, argv[termstart]);
 	    newparm->parm_next = devtmp.dev_params;
 	    devtmp.dev_params = newparm;
-	    argstart++;
+	    termstart++;
 	    continue;
 	}
 
 	pptr++;
-	switch(*argv[argstart])
+	switch(*argv[termstart])
 	{
 	    case 'a':
-		if ((pptr - argv[argstart]) == 2)
+		if ((pptr - argv[termstart]) == 2)
 		    devtmp.dev_area = (int)(0.5 + (float)atoi(pptr)
 				* locScale * locScale);
 		else
@@ -963,7 +994,7 @@ efBuildDevice(
 		    /* Check for a0, a1, a2, ...  If a0, handle like "a".
 		     * Otherwise, don't handle it here.
 		     */
-		    pn = *(argv[argstart] + 1) - '0';
+		    pn = *(argv[termstart] + 1) - '0';
 		    if (pn == 0)
 			devtmp.dev_area = (int)(0.5 + (float)atoi(pptr)
 				* locScale * locScale);
@@ -971,21 +1002,21 @@ efBuildDevice(
 		break;
 
 	    case 'p':
-		if ((pptr - argv[argstart]) == 2)
+		if ((pptr - argv[termstart]) == 2)
 		    devtmp.dev_perim = (int)(0.5 + (float)atoi(pptr) * locScale);
 		else
 		{
 		    /* Check for p0, p1, p2, ...  If p0, handle like "p".
 		     * Otherwise, don't handle it here.
 		     */
-		    pn = *(argv[argstart] + 1) - '0';
+		    pn = *(argv[termstart] + 1) - '0';
 		    if (pn == 0)
 			devtmp.dev_perim = (int)(0.5 + (float)atoi(pptr) * locScale);
 		}
 		break;
 
 	    case 'l':
-		if ((pptr - argv[argstart]) == 2)
+		if ((pptr - argv[termstart]) == 2)
 		    devtmp.dev_length = (int)(0.5 + (float)atoi(pptr) * locScale);
 		else
 		{
@@ -995,14 +1026,14 @@ efBuildDevice(
 		     * values like "a1, a2, ..." or "p1, p2, ...".
 		     */
 
-		    pn = *(argv[argstart] + 1) - '0';
+		    pn = *(argv[termstart] + 1) - '0';
 		    if (pn == 0)
 			devtmp.dev_length = (int)(0.5 + (float)atoi(pptr) * locScale);
 		    else
 		    {
 			/* Copy the whole string into dev_params */
 			newparm = (DevParam *)mallocMagic(sizeof(DevParam));
-			newparm->parm_name = StrDup((char **)NULL, argv[argstart]);
+			newparm->parm_name = StrDup((char **)NULL, argv[termstart]);
 			newparm->parm_next = devtmp.dev_params;
 			devtmp.dev_params = newparm;
 		    }
@@ -1010,7 +1041,28 @@ efBuildDevice(
 		break;
 
 	    case 'w':
+		if ((pptr - argv[termstart]) == 2)
 		    devtmp.dev_width = (int)(0.5 + (float)atoi(pptr) * locScale);
+		else
+		{
+		    /* Check for w0, w1, w2, ...  If w0, handle like "w".
+		     * Otherwise, save it verbatim like an unknown parameter,
+		     * because its value will not be calculated from terminal
+		     * values like "a1, a2, ..." or "p1, p2, ...".
+		     */
+
+		    pn = *(argv[termstart] + 1) - '0';
+		    if (pn == 0)
+			devtmp.dev_width = (int)(0.5 + (float)atoi(pptr) * locScale);
+		    else
+		    {
+			/* Copy the whole string into dev_params */
+			newparm = (DevParam *)mallocMagic(sizeof(DevParam));
+			newparm->parm_name = StrDup((char **)NULL, argv[termstart]);
+			newparm->parm_next = devtmp.dev_params;
+			devtmp.dev_params = newparm;
+		    }
+		}
 		break;
 	    case 'c':
 		devtmp.dev_cap = (float)atof(pptr);
@@ -1019,7 +1071,7 @@ efBuildDevice(
 		devtmp.dev_res = (float)atof(pptr);
 		break;
 	}
-	argstart++;
+	termstart++;
     }
 
     /* Check for optional substrate node */
@@ -1027,6 +1079,7 @@ efBuildDevice(
     {
 	case DEV_RES:
 	case DEV_CAP:
+	case DEV_BJT:
 	case DEV_CAPREV:
 	case DEV_RSUBCKT:
 	case DEV_CSUBCKT:
@@ -1037,22 +1090,22 @@ efBuildDevice(
 	case DEV_DIODE:
 	case DEV_NDIODE:
 	case DEV_PDIODE:
-	    n = argc - argstart;
+	    n = argc - termstart;
 	    if ((n % 3) == 1)
 	    {
-		if (strncmp(argv[argstart], "None", 4) != 0)
+		if (strncmp(argv[termstart], "None", 4) != 0)
-		    devtmp.dev_subsnode = efBuildDevNode(def, argv[argstart], TRUE);
+		    devtmp.dev_subsnode = efBuildDevNode(def, argv[termstart], TRUE);
 
-		argstart++;
+		termstart++;
 	    }
 	    break;
     }
 
-    /* Between argstart and argc, we should only have terminal triples */
+    /* Between termstart and argc, we should only have terminal triples */
-    if (((argc - argstart) % 3) != 0)
+    if (((argc - termstart) % 3) != 0)
 	return 1;
 
-    nterminals = (argc - argstart) / 3;
+    nterminals = (argc - termstart) / 3;
 
     dev_type = efBuildAddStr(EFDevTypes, &EFDevNumTypes, TT_MAXTYPES, type);
 
@@ -1215,17 +1268,17 @@ efBuildDevice(
 	case DEV_ASYMMETRIC:
 	case DEV_BJT:
 	    /* "None" in the place of the substrate name means substrate is ignored */
-	    if ((argstart == 3) && (strncmp(argv[2], "None", 4) != 0))
+	    if ((termstart == 3) && (strncmp(argv[2], "None", 4) != 0))
 		newdev->dev_subsnode = efBuildDevNode(def, argv[2], TRUE);
 	    break;
 	case DEV_RES:
-	    if ((argstart == 3) && (strncmp(argv[2], "None", 4) != 0))
+	    if ((termstart == 3) && (strncmp(argv[2], "None", 4) != 0))
 		newdev->dev_subsnode = efBuildDevNode(def, argv[2], TRUE);
 
 	    break;
 	case DEV_CAP:
 	case DEV_CAPREV:
-	    if ((argstart == 3) && (strncmp(argv[2], "None", 4) != 0))
+	    if ((termstart == 3) && (strncmp(argv[2], "None", 4) != 0))
 		newdev->dev_subsnode = efBuildDevNode(def, argv[2], TRUE);
 
 	    break;
@@ -1235,7 +1288,7 @@ efBuildDevice(
 #define	TERM_PERIM	1
 #define	TERM_ATTRS	2
 
-    for (av = &argv[argstart], n = 0; n < nterminals; n++, av += 3)
+    for (av = &argv[termstart], n = 0; n < nterminals; n++, av += 3)
     {
 	term = &newdev->dev_terms[n];
 	term->dterm_node = efBuildDevNode(def, av[TERM_NAME], FALSE);
@@ -2063,7 +2116,7 @@ efNodeMerge(node1ptr, node2ptr)
     /* Make all EFNodeNames point to "keeping" */
     if (removing->efnode_name)
     {
-	bool topportk, topportr, bestname;
+	bool topportk, topportr, bestname, swapnames;
 
 	for (nn = removing->efnode_name; nn; nn = nn->efnn_next)
 	{
@@ -2074,10 +2127,31 @@ efNodeMerge(node1ptr, node2ptr)
 	topportk = (keeping->efnode_flags & EF_TOP_PORT) ?  TRUE : FALSE;
 	topportr = (removing->efnode_flags & EF_TOP_PORT) ?  TRUE : FALSE;
 
-	/* Concatenate list of EFNodeNames, taking into account precedence */
+	/* The node "keeping" is being kept, but we need to decide which
-	if ((!keeping->efnode_name) || (!topportk && topportr)
+	 * node name of the two will be the node name of "keeping".  If
-		    || EFHNBest(removing->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
+	 * "keeping" has the best node name, then we're good;  otherwise,
-		     keeping->efnode_name->efnn_hier))
+	 * we need to copy the name from "removing" to "keeping".
+	 *
+	 * Order of precedence:
+	 * 1) If one node does not have a name, then use the name of the other.
+	 * 2) If one node is a port and the other isn't, then use the port name.
+	 * 3) Use the one with the preferred lexigraphical order according to
+	 *    EFHNBest().
+	 */
+	if ((!keeping->efnode_name) && (removing->efnode_name))
+	    swapnames = TRUE;
+	else if ((keeping->efnode_name) && (!removing->efnode_name))
+	    swapnames = FALSE;
+	else if (!topportk && topportr)
+	    swapnames = TRUE;
+	else if (topportk && !topportr)
+	    swapnames = FALSE;
+	else
+	    swapnames = EFHNBest(removing->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
+				keeping->efnode_name->efnn_hier);
+	
+	/* Concatenate list of EFNodeNames */
+	if (swapnames)
 	{
 	    /*
 	     * New official name is that of "removing".
@@ -2164,6 +2238,14 @@ efNodeMerge(node1ptr, node2ptr)
     if (removing->efnode_flags & EF_SUBS_NODE)
 	keeping->efnode_flags |= EF_SUBS_NODE;
 
+    /*
+     * If "removing" has the EF_GLOB_SUBS_NODE flag set, then copy the
+     * port record in the flags to "keeping".
+     */
+    if (removing->efnode_flags & EF_GLOB_SUBS_NODE)
+	keeping->efnode_flags |= EF_GLOB_SUBS_NODE;
+
+    /* If EFSaveLocs is set, then merge any disjoint segments from
     /* If EFSaveLocs is set, then merge any disjoint segments from
      * removing to keeping.
      */

extflat/EFerr.c

@@ -36,9 +36,7 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include "utils/magic.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
 #include "textio/textio.h"
-
+#include "extflat/extparse.h"
-extern char *efReadFileName;
-extern int efReadLineNum;
 
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 extern int Tcl_printf();

extflat/EFflat.c

@@ -61,15 +61,17 @@ int efFlatGlobHash(HierName *);
 bool efFlatGlobCmp(HierName *, HierName *);
 char *efFlatGlobCopy(HierName *);
 void efFlatGlobError(EFNodeName *nameGlob, EFNodeName *nameFlat);
-int efAddNodes(HierContext *hc, bool stdcell);
+int efAddNodes(HierContext *hc, int flags);
-int efAddConns(HierContext *hc, bool doWarn);
+int efAddConns(HierContext *hc, int flags);
-int efAddOneConn(HierContext *hc, char *name1, char *name2, Connection *conn, bool doWarn);
+int efAddOneConn(HierContext *hc, char *name1, char *name2, Connection *conn, int flags);
 
 /* Flags passed to efFlatNode() */
 
 #define FLATNODE_STDCELL    0x01
 #define FLATNODE_DOWARN	    0x02
 #define FLATNODE_NOABSTRACT 0x04
+#define FLATNODE_HIER 	    0x08
+#define FLATNODE_CHILD 	    0x10
 
 
 /*
@@ -216,7 +218,7 @@ EFFlatBuildOneLevel(def, flags)
     efFlatRootUse.use_def = efFlatRootDef;
 
     /* Record all nodes down the hierarchy from here */
-    flatnodeflags = 0;    /* No FLATNODE_DOWARN */
+    flatnodeflags = FLATNODE_HIER;    /* No FLATNODE_DOWARN */
     efFlatNodes(&efFlatContext, INT2CD(flatnodeflags));
 
     /* Expand all subcells that contain connectivity information but	*/
@@ -320,9 +322,7 @@ efFlatNodes(hc, clientData)
     ClientData clientData;
 {
     int flags = (int)CD2INT(clientData);
-
+    int hierflags = 0;
-    bool stdcell = (flags & FLATNODE_STDCELL) ? TRUE : FALSE;
-    bool doWarn = (flags & FLATNODE_DOWARN) ? TRUE : FALSE;
 
     if (flags & FLATNODE_NOABSTRACT)
     {
@@ -332,13 +332,19 @@ efFlatNodes(hc, clientData)
 			def->def_name);
     }
 
-    (void) efHierSrUses(hc, efFlatNodes, clientData);
+    /* If called with FLATNODE_HIER set, then set the FLATNODE_CHILD
+     * flag while calling efHierSrUses(), to prevent efAddNodes() from
+     * duplicating the capacitance of nodes in child cells.
+     */
+
+    hierflags = flags | ((flags & FLATNODE_HIER) ? FLATNODE_CHILD : 0);
+    (void) efHierSrUses(hc, efFlatNodes, INT2CD(hierflags));
 
     /* Add all our own nodes to the table */
-    efAddNodes(hc, stdcell);
+    efAddNodes(hc, flags);
 
     /* Process our own connections and adjustments */
-    (void) efAddConns(hc, doWarn);
+    (void) efAddConns(hc, flags);
 
     return (0);
 }
@@ -386,11 +392,11 @@ efFlatNodesStdCell(hc)
     }
 
     /* Add all our own nodes to the table */
-    efAddNodes(hc, TRUE);
+    efAddNodes(hc, (int)FLATNODE_STDCELL);
 
     /* Process our own connections and adjustments */
     if (!(hc->hc_use->use_def->def_flags & DEF_SUBCIRCUIT))
-	(void) efAddConns(hc, TRUE);
+	(void) efAddConns(hc, (int)FLATNODE_DOWARN);
 
     return (0);
 }
@@ -413,10 +419,10 @@ efFlatNodesDeviceless(hc, cdata)
     if ((HashGetNumEntries(&hc->hc_use->use_def->def_devs) == 0) && (newcount == 0))
     {
 	/* Add all our own nodes to the table */
-	efAddNodes(hc, TRUE);
+	efAddNodes(hc, (int)FLATNODE_STDCELL);
 
 	/* Process our own connections and adjustments */
-	efAddConns(hc, TRUE);
+	efAddConns(hc, (int)FLATNODE_DOWARN);
 
 	/* Mark this definition as having no devices, so it will not be visited */
 	hc->hc_use->use_def->def_flags |= DEF_NODEVICES;
@@ -455,7 +461,7 @@ efFlatNodesDeviceless(hc, cdata)
 int
 efAddNodes(
     HierContext *hc,
-    bool stdcell)
+    int flags)
 {
     Def *def = hc->hc_use->use_def;
     EFNodeName *nn, *newname, *oldname;
@@ -465,6 +471,8 @@ efAddNodes(
     HierName *hierName;
     int size, asize;
     HashEntry *he;
+    bool stdcell = (flags & FLATNODE_STDCELL) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+    bool is_child = (flags & FLATNODE_CHILD) ? TRUE : FALSE;
     bool is_subcircuit = (def->def_flags & DEF_SUBCIRCUIT) ? TRUE : FALSE;
 
     size = sizeof (EFNode) + (efNumResistClasses-1) * sizeof (EFPerimArea);
@@ -503,12 +511,15 @@ efAddNodes(
 	// If called with "hierarchy on", all local node caps and adjustments
 	// have been output and should be ignored.
 
-	newnode->efnode_cap = (!stdcell) ? node->efnode_cap : (EFCapValue)0.0;
+	if (!stdcell && !is_child)
+	    newnode->efnode_cap = node->efnode_cap;
+	else
+	    newnode->efnode_cap = (EFCapValue)0.0;
 	newnode->efnode_client = (ClientData) NULL;
 	newnode->efnode_flags = node->efnode_flags;
 	newnode->efnode_type = node->efnode_type;
 	newnode->efnode_num = 1;
-	if (!stdcell)
+	if (!stdcell && !is_child)
 	    bcopy((char *) node->efnode_pa, (char *) newnode->efnode_pa,
 			efNumResistClasses * sizeof (EFPerimArea));
 	else
@@ -601,7 +612,7 @@ efAddNodes(
 int
 efAddConns(
     HierContext *hc,
-    bool doWarn)
+    int flags)
 {
     Connection *conn;
 
@@ -614,9 +625,9 @@ efAddConns(
     {
 	/* Special case for speed when no array info is present */
 	if (conn->conn_1.cn_nsubs == 0)
-	    efAddOneConn(hc, conn->conn_name1, conn->conn_name2, conn, doWarn);
+	    efAddOneConn(hc, conn->conn_name1, conn->conn_name2, conn, flags);
 	else
-	    efHierSrArray(hc, conn, efAddOneConn, INT2CD(doWarn));
+	    efHierSrArray(hc, conn, efAddOneConn, INT2CD(flags));
     }
 
     return (0);
@@ -648,18 +659,23 @@ efAddOneConn(
     char *name1,	/* These are strings, not HierNames */
     char *name2,
     Connection *conn,
-    bool doWarn)
+    int flags)
 {
     HashEntry *he1, *he2;
     EFNode *node, *newnode;
     int n;
 
+    bool doWarn = (flags & FLATNODE_DOWARN) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+    bool doHier = (flags & FLATNODE_HIER) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+
     he1 = EFHNLook(hc->hc_hierName, name1, (doWarn) ? "connect(1)" : NULL);
     if (he1 == NULL)
 	return 0;
 
-    /* Adjust the resistance and capacitance of its corresponding node */
     node = ((EFNodeName *) HashGetValue(he1))->efnn_node;
+
+    /* Adjust the resistance and capacitance of its corresponding node */
+
     node->efnode_cap += conn->conn_cap;
     for (n = 0; n < efNumResistClasses; n++)
     {

extflat/EFname.c

@@ -82,6 +82,12 @@ extern void efHNRecord();
  * variables cause nets named VDD and GND to become globals, which was
  * not intended.
  *
+ * Updated 1/2026:  Also seems like a bad idea to treat the suffix "!"
+ * automatically as a global.  By removing this, a global pin must be
+ * manually declared by putting it in the "globals" array variable.
+ * When not compiled with Tcl/Tk support, the original behavior is
+ * implemented.
+ *
  * Results:
  *	TRUE if the name is a global.
  *
@@ -99,12 +105,10 @@ EFHNIsGlob(hierName)
     char *retstr;
     retstr = (char *)Tcl_GetVar2(magicinterp, "globals", hierName->hn_name,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-    if (retstr != NULL) return TRUE;
+    return (retstr != NULL) ? TRUE : FALSE;
-
+#else
-    // retstr = (char *)Tcl_GetVar(magicinterp, hierName->hn_name, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-    // if (retstr != NULL) return TRUE;
-#endif
     return hierName->hn_name[strlen(hierName->hn_name) - 1] == '!';
+#endif
 }
 
 /*
@@ -520,13 +524,22 @@ EFHNBest(hierName1, hierName2)
 
     last1 = hierName1->hn_name[strlen(hierName1->hn_name) - 1];
     last2 = hierName2->hn_name[strlen(hierName2->hn_name) - 1];
+
     if (last1 != '!' || last2 != '!')
     {
+#if 0
+	/* NOTE (Jan. 31, 2026):  The handling of trailing "!" as a global
+	 * is at best incorrect;  the node output should not consider the
+	 * ancestor hierarchy, but it does.  I am disabling the check here,
+	 * and treating all names as local.  It could be reinstated, but
+	 * I think global names are just a bad idea altogether.
+	 */
 	/* Prefer global over local names */
 	if (last1 == '!') return TRUE;
 	if (last2 == '!') return FALSE;
+#endif
 
-	/* Neither name is global, so chose label over generated name */
+	/* Neither name is global, so choose label over generated name */
 	if (last1 != '#' && last2 == '#') return TRUE;
 	if (last1 == '#' && last2 != '#') return FALSE;
     }

extflat/EFread.c

@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include "commands/commands.h"
 #include "database/database.h"
 #include "extflat/extflat.h"
+#include "extflat/extparse.h"
 #include "extflat/EFint.h"
 #include "extract/extract.h"
 #include "extract/extractInt.h"
@@ -53,53 +54,6 @@ const char * const extDevTable[] = {"fet", "mosfet", "asymmetric", "bjt", "devre
                 "dsubckt", "veriloga", NULL};
 #endif
 
-/*
- * The following table describes the kinds of lines
- * that may be read in a .ext file.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
-    ABSTRACT, ADJUST, ATTR, CAP, DEVICE, DIST, EQUIV, FET, KILLNODE, MERGE,
-    NODE, PARAMETERS, PORT, PRIMITIVE, RESISTOR, RESISTCLASS, RNODE, SCALE,
-    SUBCAP, SUBSTRATE, TECH, TIMESTAMP, USE, VERSION, EXT_STYLE
-} Key;
-
-static const struct
-{
-    const char	*k_name;	/* Name of first token on line */
-    Key 	 k_key;		/* Internal name for token of this type */
-    int		 k_mintokens;	/* Min total # of tokens on line of this type */
-}
-keyTable[] =
-{
-    {"abstract",	ABSTRACT,	0},	/* defines a LEF-like view */
-    {"adjust",		ADJUST,		4},
-    {"attr",		ATTR,		8},
-    {"cap",		CAP,		4},
-    {"device",		DEVICE,		11},	/* effectively replaces "fet" */
-    {"distance",	DIST,		4},
-    {"equiv",		EQUIV,		3},
-    {"fet",		FET,		12},	/* for backwards compatibility */
-    {"killnode",	KILLNODE,	2},
-    {"merge",		MERGE,		3},
-    {"node",		NODE,		7},
-    {"parameters",	PARAMETERS,	3},
-    {"port",		PORT,		8},
-    {"primitive",	PRIMITIVE,	0},	/* defines a primitive device */
-    {"resist",		RESISTOR,	4},
-    {"resistclasses",	RESISTCLASS,	1},
-    {"rnode",		RNODE,		5},
-    {"scale",		SCALE,		4},
-    {"subcap",		SUBCAP,		3},
-    {"substrate",	SUBSTRATE,	3},
-    {"tech",		TECH,		2},
-    {"timestamp",	TIMESTAMP,	2},
-    {"use",		USE,		9},
-    {"version",		VERSION,	2},
-    {"style",		EXT_STYLE,	2},
-    {0}
-};
-
 /* Data shared with EFerror.c */
 char *efReadFileName;	/* Name of file currently being read */
 int efReadLineNum;	/* Current line number in above file */
@@ -109,10 +63,6 @@ bool EFSaveLocs;	/* If TRUE, save location of merged top-level nodes */
 /* Data local to this file */
 static bool efReadDef(Def *def, bool dosubckt, bool resist, bool noscale, bool toplevel, bool isspice);
 
-/* atoCap - convert a string to a EFCapValue */
-#define	atoCap(s)	((EFCapValue)atof(s))
-
-
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *

extflat/extflat.h

@@ -27,7 +27,6 @@
 #include "extflat/EFtypes.h" /* EFCapValue, HierName, EFPerimArea, EFNode */
 #include "extflat/EFint.h" /* Def, HierContext, Connection, Distance, CallArg */
 
-
 extern float EFScale;		/* Scale factor to multiply all coords by */
 extern char *EFTech;		/* Technology of extracted circuit */
 extern char *EFStyle;           /* Extraction style of extracted circuit */

extflat/extparse.h

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ * extparse.h
+ *
+ * Definitions for the .ext file parser.  Relocated from EFread.c.
+ *
+ *     *********************************************************************
+ *     * Copyright (C) 1985, 1990 Regents of the University of California. *
+ *     * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this              *
+ *     * software and its documentation for any purpose and without        *
+ *     * fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright          *
+ *     * notice appear in all copies.  The University of California        *
+ *     * makes no representations about the suitability of this            *
+ *     * software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without         *
+ *     * express or implied warranty.  Export of this software outside     *
+ *     * of the United States of America may require an export license.    *
+ *     *********************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MAGIC__EXTFLAT__EXTPARSE_H
+#define _MAGIC__EXTFLAT__EXTPARSE_H
+
+/*
+ * The following table describes the kinds of lines
+ * that may be read in a .ext file.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    ABSTRACT, ADJUST, ATTR, CAP, DEVICE, DIST, EQUIV, FET, KILLNODE, MERGE,
+    NODE, PARAMETERS, PORT, PRIMITIVE, RESISTOR, RESISTCLASS, RNODE, SCALE,
+    SUBCAP, SUBSTRATE, TECH, TIMESTAMP, USE, VERSION, EXT_STYLE
+} Key;
+
+static const struct
+{
+    const char	*k_name;	/* Name of first token on line */
+    Key 	 k_key;		/* Internal name for token of this type */
+    int		 k_mintokens;	/* Min total # of tokens on line of this type */
+}
+keyTable[] =
+{
+    {"abstract",	ABSTRACT,	0},	/* defines a LEF-like view */
+    {"adjust",		ADJUST,		4},
+    {"attr",		ATTR,		8},
+    {"cap",		CAP,		4},
+    {"device",		DEVICE,		11},	/* effectively replaces "fet" */
+    {"distance",	DIST,		4},
+    {"equiv",		EQUIV,		3},
+    {"fet",		FET,		12},	/* for backwards compatibility */
+    {"killnode",	KILLNODE,	2},
+    {"merge",		MERGE,		3},
+    {"node",		NODE,		7},
+    {"parameters",	PARAMETERS,	3},
+    {"port",		PORT,		8},
+    {"primitive",	PRIMITIVE,	0},	/* defines a primitive device */
+    {"resist",		RESISTOR,	4},
+    {"resistclasses",	RESISTCLASS,	1},
+    {"rnode",		RNODE,		5},
+    {"scale",		SCALE,		4},
+    {"subcap",		SUBCAP,		3},
+    {"substrate",	SUBSTRATE,	3},
+    {"tech",		TECH,		2},
+    {"timestamp",	TIMESTAMP,	2},
+    {"use",		USE,		9},
+    {"version",		VERSION,	2},
+    {"style",		EXT_STYLE,	2},
+    {0}
+};
+
+/* atoCap - convert a string to a EFCapValue */
+#define	atoCap(s)	((EFCapValue)atof(s))
+
+extern int efReadLineNum;	/* Current line number in the .ext file */
+extern char *efReadFileName;	/* Name of current .ext file being read */
+
+#endif /* _MAGIC__EXTFLAT__EXTPARSE_H */

extract/ExtArray.c

@@ -713,14 +713,15 @@ extArrayNodeName(np, ha, et1, et2)
     ExtTree *et1, *et2;
 {
     Tile *tp;
+    TileType dinfo;
 
-    tp = extNodeToTile(np, et1);
+    tp = extNodeToTile(np, et1, &dinfo);
-    if (tp && TiGetType(tp) != TT_SPACE && extHasRegion(tp, extUnInit))
+    if (tp && TiGetType(tp) != TT_SPACE && extHasRegion(tp, CLIENTDEFAULT))
-	return (extArrayTileToNode(tp, np->nreg_pnum, et1, ha, TRUE));
+	return (extArrayTileToNode(tp, dinfo, np->nreg_pnum, et1, ha, TRUE));
 
-    tp = extNodeToTile(np, et2);
+    tp = extNodeToTile(np, et2, &dinfo);
-    if (tp && TiGetType(tp) != TT_SPACE && extHasRegion(tp, extUnInit))
+    if (tp && TiGetType(tp) != TT_SPACE && extHasRegion(tp, CLIENTDEFAULT))
-	return (extArrayTileToNode(tp, np->nreg_pnum, et2, ha, TRUE));
+	return (extArrayTileToNode(tp, dinfo, np->nreg_pnum, et2, ha, TRUE));
 
     return ("(none)");
 }
@@ -768,8 +769,9 @@ extArrayNodeName(np, ha, et1, et2)
  */
 
 char *
-extArrayTileToNode(tp, pNum, et, ha, doHard)
+extArrayTileToNode(tp, dinfo, pNum, et, ha, doHard)
     Tile *tp;
+    TileType dinfo;
     int pNum;
     ExtTree *et;
     HierExtractArg *ha;
@@ -791,15 +793,15 @@ extArrayTileToNode(tp, pNum, et, ha, doHard)
     LabRegion *reg;
     Rect r;
 
-    if (extHasRegion(tp, extUnInit))
+    if (extHasRegion(tp, CLIENTDEFAULT))
     {
-	reg = (LabRegion *) extGetRegion(tp);
+	reg = (LabRegion *) ExtGetRegion(tp, dinfo);
 	if (reg->lreg_labels)
 	    goto found;
     }
 
     if (!DebugIsSet(extDebugID, extDebNoHard))
-	if ((reg = (LabRegion *) extArrayHardNode(tp, pNum, def, ha)))
+	if ((reg = (LabRegion *) extArrayHardNode(tp, dinfo, pNum, def, ha)))
 	    goto found;
 
     /* Blew it */
@@ -934,17 +936,23 @@ extArrayRange(dstp, lo, hi, prevRange, followRange)
  */
 
 LabRegion *
-extArrayHardNode(tp, pNum, def, ha)
+extArrayHardNode(tp, dinfo, pNum, def, ha)
     Tile *tp;
+    TileType dinfo;
     int pNum;
     CellDef *def;
     HierExtractArg *ha;
 {
-    TileType type = TiGetType(tp);
+    TileType type;
     char labelBuf[4096];
     SearchContext scx;
     HardWay arg;
 
+    if (IsSplit(tp))
+	type = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? TiGetRightType(tp) : TiGetLeftType(tp);
+    else
+	type = TiGetType(tp);
+
     arg.hw_ha = ha;
     arg.hw_label = (Label *) NULL;
     arg.hw_mask = DBPlaneTypes[pNum];
@@ -971,7 +979,7 @@ extArrayHardNode(tp, pNum, def, ha)
 	LabRegion *lreg;
 	LabelList *ll;
 
-	lreg = (LabRegion *) extGetRegion(tp);
+	lreg = (LabRegion *) ExtGetRegion(tp, dinfo);
 	ll = (LabelList *) mallocMagic((unsigned) (sizeof (LabelList)));
 	lreg->lreg_labels = ll;
 	ll->ll_next = (LabelList *) NULL;

extract/ExtCell.c

@@ -46,20 +46,10 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include "utils/main.h"
 #include "utils/undo.h"
 
-/* --------------------------- Global data ---------------------------- */
-
-/*
- * Value normally present in ti_client to indicate tiles that have not
- * been marked with their associated region.
- */
-ClientData extUnInit = (ClientData) CLIENTDEFAULT;
-
-
 /* ------------------------ Data local to this file ------------------- */
 
 /* Forward declarations */
 int extOutputUsesFunc();
-FILE *extFileOpen();
 
 Plane* extCellFile();
 void extHeader();
@@ -105,7 +95,7 @@ ExtCell(def, outName, doLength)
     if (def->cd_flags & CDNOEXTRACT)
 	return extPrepSubstrate(def);
 
-    f = extFileOpen(def, outName, "w", &filename);
+    f = ExtFileOpen(def, outName, "w", &filename);
 
     TxPrintf("Extracting %s into %s:\n", def->cd_name, filename);
 
@@ -141,7 +131,7 @@ ExtCell(def, outName, doLength)
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * extFileOpen --
+ * ExtFileOpen --
  *
  * Open the .ext file corresponding to a .mag file.
  * If def->cd_file is non-NULL, the .ext file is just def->cd_file with
@@ -159,7 +149,7 @@ ExtCell(def, outName, doLength)
  */
 
 FILE *
-extFileOpen(def, file, mode, prealfile)
+ExtFileOpen(def, file, mode, prealfile)
     CellDef *def;	/* Cell whose .ext file is to be written */
     char *file;		/* If non-NULL, open 'name'.ext; otherwise,
 			 * derive filename from 'def' as described
@@ -495,7 +485,16 @@ extCellFile(def, f, doLength)
 
     UndoDisable();
 
+    /* If "extract do unique" was specified, then make labels in the
+     * cell unique.
+     */
+    if (ExtOptions & EXT_DOUNIQUE)
+	extUniqueCell(def, EXT_UNIQ_TEMP);
+
     /* Prep any isolated substrate areas */
+    if (ExtOptions & EXT_DOEXTRESIST)
+	saveSub = extResPrepSubstrate(def);
+    else
 	saveSub = extPrepSubstrate(def);
 
     /* Remove any label markers that were made by a previous extraction */
@@ -517,7 +516,7 @@ extCellFile(def, f, doLength)
 
     /* Clean up from basic extraction */
     if (reg) ExtFreeLabRegions((LabRegion *) reg);
-    ExtResetTiles(def, extUnInit);
+    ExtResetTiles(def, CLIENTDEFAULT);
 
     /* Final pass: extract length information if desired */
     if (!SigInterruptPending && doLength && (ExtOptions & EXT_DOLENGTH))
@@ -595,7 +594,7 @@ extHeader(def, f)
     /* are to be passed to instances of the cell	*/
     /* (created by defining property "parameter")	*/
 
-    propvalue = (char *)DBPropGet(def, "parameter", &propfound);
+    propvalue = DBPropGetString(def, "parameter", &propfound);
     if (propfound)
     {
 	// Use device parameter table to store the cell def parameters,

extract/ExtCouple.c

@@ -67,6 +67,7 @@ typedef struct _ecs {
 
 typedef struct _ecpls {
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     int  plane_of_tile;
     int  plane_checked;
 } extCoupleStruct;
@@ -311,8 +312,9 @@ extOutputCoupling(table, outFile)
  */
 
 int
-extBasicOverlap(tile, ecs)
+extBasicOverlap(tile, dinfo, ecs)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     extCapStruct *ecs;
 {
     int thisType;
@@ -325,7 +327,7 @@ extBasicOverlap(tile, ecs)
     extCoupleStruct ecpls;
 
     if (IsSplit(tile))
-	thisType = (SplitSide(tile)) ? SplitRightType(tile) :
+	thisType = ((dinfo & TT_SIDE)) ? SplitRightType(tile) :
 		SplitLeftType(tile);
     else
 	thisType = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
@@ -344,6 +346,7 @@ extBasicOverlap(tile, ecs)
     }
 
     ecpls.tile = tile;
+    ecpls.dinfo = dinfo;
     ecpls.plane_of_tile = thisPlane;
 
     for (pNum = PL_TECHDEPBASE; pNum < DBNumPlanes; pNum++)
@@ -410,8 +413,9 @@ struct sideoverlap
 };
 
 int
-extAddOverlap(tbelow, ecpls)
+extAddOverlap(tbelow, dinfo, ecpls)
     Tile *tbelow;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* unused, but needs to be handled */
     extCoupleStruct *ecpls;
 {
     int extSubtractOverlap(), extSubtractOverlap2();
@@ -430,8 +434,8 @@ extAddOverlap(tbelow, ecpls)
     /* subtract off any substrate (area) capacitance previously added   */
     /* (Correction made 4/29/04 by Tim from a tip by Jeff Sondeen).     */
 
-    rabove = (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(tabove);
+    rabove = (NodeRegion *) ExtGetRegion(tabove, ecpls->dinfo);
-    rbelow = (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(tbelow);
+    rbelow = (NodeRegion *) ExtGetRegion(tbelow, dinfo);
 
     /* Quick check on validity of tile's ti_client record */
     if (rbelow == (NodeRegion *)CLIENTDEFAULT) return 0;
@@ -448,8 +452,16 @@ extAddOverlap(tbelow, ecpls)
     }
     ov.o_area = (ov.o_clip.r_ytop - ov.o_clip.r_ybot)
 	      * (ov.o_clip.r_xtop - ov.o_clip.r_xbot);
-    ta = TiGetType(tabove);
+
-    tb = TiGetType(tbelow);
+    if (IsSplit(tabove))
+	ta = (ecpls->dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? TiGetRightType(tabove) : TiGetLeftType(tabove);
+    else
+	ta = TiGetTypeExact(tabove);
+
+    if (IsSplit(tbelow))
+	tb = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? TiGetRightType(tbelow) : TiGetLeftType(tbelow);
+    else
+	tb = TiGetTypeExact(tbelow);
 
     /* Revert any contacts to their residues */
 
@@ -539,8 +551,9 @@ extAddOverlap(tbelow, ecpls)
 /* Simple overlap.  The area of overlap is subtracted from ov->o_area */
 
 int
-extSubtractOverlap(tile, ov)
+extSubtractOverlap(tile, dinfo, ov)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
     struct overlap *ov;
 {
     Rect r;
@@ -549,6 +562,7 @@ extSubtractOverlap(tile, ov)
     TITORECT(tile, &r);
     GEOCLIP(&r, &ov->o_clip);
     area = (r.r_xtop - r.r_xbot) * (r.r_ytop - r.r_ybot);
+    if (IsSplit(tile)) area /= 2;
     if (area > 0)
 	ov->o_area -= area;
 
@@ -561,10 +575,12 @@ extSubtractOverlap(tile, ov)
 /* shielding plane.						*/
 
 int
-extSubtractOverlap2(tile, ov)
+extSubtractOverlap2(tile, dinfo, ov)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
     struct overlap *ov;
 {
+    TileType ttype;
     struct overlap ovnew;
     int area, pNum;
     Rect r;
@@ -574,9 +590,16 @@ extSubtractOverlap2(tile, ov)
     area = (r.r_xtop - r.r_xbot) * (r.r_ytop - r.r_ybot);
     if (area <= 0)
 	return (0);
+    if (IsSplit(tile))
+    {
+	area /= 2;
+	ttype = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? TiGetRightType(tile) : TiGetLeftType(tile);
+    }
+    else
+	ttype = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
 
     /* This tile shields everything below */
-    if (TTMaskHasType(&ov->o_tmask, TiGetType(tile)))
+    if (TTMaskHasType(&ov->o_tmask, ttype))
     {
 	ov->o_area -= area;
 	return (0);
@@ -614,8 +637,9 @@ extSubtractOverlap2(tile, ov)
  */
 
 int
-extSubtractSideOverlap(tile, sov)
+extSubtractSideOverlap(tile, dinfo, sov)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;			/* (unused) */
     struct sideoverlap *sov;
 {
     Rect r;
@@ -691,24 +715,31 @@ extSubtractSideOverlap(tile, sov)
 /* shielding plane.						*/
 
 int
-extSubtractSideOverlap2(tile, sov)
+extSubtractSideOverlap2(tile, dinfo, sov)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     struct sideoverlap *sov;
 {
+    TileType ttype;
     struct sideoverlap sovnew;
     int area, pNum;
     Rect r;
 
+    if (IsSplit(tile))
+	ttype = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? TiGetRightType(tile) : TiGetLeftType(tile);
+    else
+	ttype = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
+
     TITORECT(tile, &r);
     GEOCLIP(&r, &sov->so_clip);
     area = (r.r_xtop - r.r_xbot) * (r.r_ytop - r.r_ybot);
-    if (area <= 0)
+    if (area <= 0) return (0);
-	return (0);
+    if (IsSplit(tile)) area /= 2;
 
     /* This tile shields everything below */
-    if (TTMaskHasType(&sov->so_tmask, TiGetType(tile)))
+    if (TTMaskHasType(&sov->so_tmask, ttype))
     {
-	extSubtractSideOverlap(tile, sov);
+	extSubtractSideOverlap(tile, dinfo, sov);
 	return (0);
     }
 
@@ -764,15 +795,250 @@ extSubtractSideOverlap2(tile, sov)
  */
 
 int
-extBasicCouple(tile, ecs)
+extBasicCouple(tile, dinfo, ecs)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     extCapStruct *ecs;
 {
-    (void) extEnumTilePerim(tile, &ExtCurStyle->exts_sideEdges[TiGetType(tile)],
+    TileType ttype;
+
+    if (IsSplit(tile))
+	ttype = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? TiGetRightType(tile) : TiGetLeftType(tile);
+    else
+	ttype = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
+
+    (void) extEnumTilePerim(tile, dinfo, &ExtCurStyle->exts_sideEdges[ttype],
 			ecs->plane, extAddCouple, (ClientData) ecs);
     return (0);
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * extGetBoundaryTypes ---
+ *
+ * 	Return the tile types of the boundary inside and outside type in the
+ *	argument pointers.  The routine takes care of deciding if either side
+ *	of the boundary is a split tile, and choosing the correct type based
+ *	on the direction of the boundary.
+ *
+ * Result:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The tile types are passed by pointer reference in the arguments.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+extGetBoundaryTypes(Boundary *bp,
+    TileType *tin,
+    TileType *tout)
+{
+    TileType loctin, loctout;
+
+    if (IsSplit(bp->b_inside))
+    {
+	switch (bp->b_direction)
+	{
+	    case BD_LEFT:
+		loctin = TiGetLeftType(bp->b_inside);
+		break;
+	    case BD_RIGHT:
+		loctin = TiGetRightType(bp->b_inside);
+		break;
+	    case BD_TOP:
+		loctin = TiGetTopType(bp->b_inside);
+		break;
+	    case BD_BOTTOM:
+		loctin = TiGetBottomType(bp->b_inside);
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+	loctin = TiGetTypeExact(bp->b_inside);
+
+    if (IsSplit(bp->b_outside))
+    {
+	switch (bp->b_direction)
+	{
+	    case BD_LEFT:
+		loctout = TiGetRightType(bp->b_outside);
+		break;
+	    case BD_RIGHT:
+		loctout = TiGetLeftType(bp->b_outside);
+		break;
+	    case BD_TOP:
+		loctout = TiGetBottomType(bp->b_outside);
+		break;
+	    case BD_BOTTOM:
+		loctout = TiGetTopType(bp->b_outside);
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+	loctout = TiGetTypeExact(bp->b_outside);
+
+    *tin = loctin;
+    *tout = loctout;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * extGetBoundaryTypes2 ---
+ *
+ *	Similar to extGetBoundaryTypes(), but where the tiles for which we
+ *	want to get the tile type are not necessarily the ones in the boundary
+ *	record;  the boundary just provides the direction that determines which
+ *	side the tile type is on, in the case of a split tile.
+ *
+ * Result:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The tile types are passed by pointer reference in the arguments.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+extGetBoundaryTypes2(int bdir,
+    Tile *tbin,
+    Tile *tbout,
+    TileType *tin,
+    TileType *tout)
+{
+    TileType loctin, loctout;
+
+    if (IsSplit(tbin))
+    {
+	switch (bdir)
+	{
+	    case BD_LEFT:
+		loctin = TiGetLeftType(tbin);
+		break;
+	    case BD_RIGHT:
+		loctin = TiGetRightType(tbin);
+		break;
+	    case BD_TOP:
+		loctin = TiGetTopType(tbin);
+		break;
+	    case BD_BOTTOM:
+		loctin = TiGetBottomType(tbin);
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+	loctin = TiGetTypeExact(tbin);
+
+    if (IsSplit(tbout))
+    {
+	switch (bdir)
+	{
+	    case BD_LEFT:
+		loctout = TiGetRightType(tbout);
+		break;
+	    case BD_RIGHT:
+		loctout = TiGetLeftType(tbout);
+		break;
+	    case BD_TOP:
+		loctout = TiGetBottomType(tbout);
+		break;
+	    case BD_BOTTOM:
+		loctout = TiGetTopType(tbout);
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+	loctout = TiGetTypeExact(tbout);
+
+    *tin = loctin;
+    *tout = loctout;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * extGetBoundaryRegions ---
+ *
+ *	Given a boundary direction and two tiles, one on the boundary inside
+ *	and one on the boundary outside, find the two node regions associated
+ *	with the facing sides of the two tiles.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The tile types are passed by pointer reference in the arguments.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+extGetBoundaryRegions(int bdir,
+    Tile *tbin,
+    Tile *tbout,
+    NodeRegion **rinptr,
+    NodeRegion **routptr)
+{
+    NodeRegion *locrin, *locrout;
+
+    if (IsSplit(tbin))
+    {
+	switch (bdir)
+	{
+	    case BD_LEFT:
+		locrin = (NodeRegion *)ExtGetRegion(tbin, (TileType)0);
+		break;
+	    case BD_RIGHT:
+		locrin = (NodeRegion *)ExtGetRegion(tbin, (TileType)TT_SIDE);
+		break;
+	    case BD_TOP:
+		locrin = (NodeRegion *)ExtGetRegion(tbin,
+				TiGetTypeExact(tbin) & TT_DIRECTION ?
+				(TileType)TT_SIDE : (TileType)0);
+		break;
+	    case BD_BOTTOM:
+		locrin = (NodeRegion *)ExtGetRegion(tbin,
+				TiGetTypeExact(tbin) & TT_DIRECTION ?
+				(TileType)0 : (TileType)TT_SIDE);
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+	locrin = (NodeRegion *)ExtGetRegion(tbin, (TileType)0);
+
+    if (IsSplit(tbout))
+    {
+	switch (bdir)
+	{
+	    case BD_LEFT:
+		locrout = (NodeRegion *)ExtGetRegion(tbout, (TileType)TT_SIDE);
+		break;
+	    case BD_RIGHT:
+		locrout = (NodeRegion *)ExtGetRegion(tbout, (TileType)0);
+		break;
+	    case BD_TOP:
+		locrout = (NodeRegion *)ExtGetRegion(tbout,
+				TiGetTypeExact(tbin) & TT_DIRECTION ?
+				(TileType)0 : (TileType)TT_SIDE);
+		break;
+	    case BD_BOTTOM:
+		locrout = (NodeRegion *)ExtGetRegion(tbout,
+				TiGetTypeExact(tbin) & TT_DIRECTION ?
+				(TileType)TT_SIDE : (TileType)0);
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+	locrout = (NodeRegion *)ExtGetRegion(tbout, (TileType)0);
+
+    *rinptr = locrin;
+    *routptr = locrout;
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -808,7 +1074,7 @@ extAddCouple(bp, ecs)
     Boundary *bp;	/* Boundary being considered */
     extCapStruct *ecs;
 {
-    TileType tin = TiGetType(bp->b_inside), tout = TiGetType(bp->b_outside);
+    TileType tin, tout;
     int pNum;
     PlaneMask pMask;
     Boundary bpCopy;
@@ -816,6 +1082,21 @@ extAddCouple(bp, ecs)
     extSidewallStruct esws;
     int distFringe;
 
+    /* Non-Manhattan boundaries are not handled.  This is
+     * future work to be done.
+     */
+    switch (bp->b_direction)
+    {
+	case BD_NW:
+	case BD_NE:
+	case BD_SW:
+	case BD_SE:
+	    return 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Get the types on the inside and outside of the boundary */
+    extGetBoundaryTypes(bp, &tin, &tout);
+
     /* Check here for a zero exts_sideCoupleOtherEdges mask.
      * that handles cases such as FET types not being declared in
      * defaultperimeter, as the edge between poly and FET will be
@@ -905,7 +1186,7 @@ extAddCouple(bp, ecs)
 			extSideBottom, bp, &esws);
 	    break;
     }
-    return (0);
+    return 0;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -936,9 +1217,10 @@ extRemoveSubcap(bp, clip, esws)
 
     if (!esws->fringe_halo) return;
 
-    ta = TiGetType(bp->b_inside);
+    /* Get the types on the inside and outside of the boundary */
-    tb = TiGetType(bp->b_outside);
+    extGetBoundaryTypes(bp, &ta, &tb);
-    rbp = (NodeRegion *)extGetRegion(bp->b_inside);
+
+    rbp = (NodeRegion *)ExtGetRegion(bp->b_inside, (TileType)0);
 
     if (bp->b_segment.r_xtop == bp->b_segment.r_xbot)
 	length = bp->b_segment.r_ytop - bp->b_segment.r_ybot;
@@ -1007,6 +1289,14 @@ extFindOverlap(tp, area, esws)
     TileType tin = TiGetType(bp->b_inside);
     TileType tout = TiGetType(bp->b_outside);
 
+    /* Get residues
+     * (Note:  Isn't it better to include contacts in the tables?)
+     */
+    if (DBIsContact(tin))
+	tin = DBPlaneToResidue(tin, esws->plane_of_boundary);
+    if (DBIsContact(tout))
+	tout = DBPlaneToResidue(tout, esws->plane_of_boundary);
+
     pMask = ExtCurStyle->exts_sideOverlapOtherPlanes[tin][tout];
     extOverlapDef = esws->def;
 
@@ -1055,13 +1345,14 @@ extFindOverlap(tp, area, esws)
  */
 
 int
-extSideOverlapHalo(tp, esws)
+extSideOverlapHalo(tp, dinfo, esws)
     Tile *tp;			/* Overlapped tile */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     extSidewallStruct *esws;	/* Overlapping edge and plane information */
 {
     Boundary *bp = esws->bp;	/* Overlapping edge */
-    NodeRegion *rtp = (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(tp);
+    NodeRegion *rtp = (NodeRegion *) ExtGetRegion(tp, dinfo);
-    NodeRegion *rbp = (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(bp->b_inside);
+    NodeRegion *rbp = (NodeRegion *) ExtGetRegion(bp->b_inside, (TileType)0);
     TileType ta, tb;
     Rect tpr;
     struct sideoverlap sov;
@@ -1076,7 +1367,10 @@ extSideOverlapHalo(tp, esws)
 
     /* Nothing to do for space tiles, so just return. */
     /* (TO DO:  Make sure TT_SPACE is removed from all exts_sideOverlapOtherTypes */
-    tb = TiGetType(tp);
+    if (IsSplit(tp))
+	tb = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? TiGetRightType(tp) : TiGetLeftType(tp);
+    else
+	tb = TiGetTypeExact(tp);
     if (tb == TT_SPACE) return (0);
 
     /* Get the area of the coupling tile, and clip to the fringe area	*/
@@ -1152,7 +1446,7 @@ extSideOverlapHalo(tp, esws)
 	if (!PlaneMaskHasPlane(e->ec_pmask, esws->plane_checked)) continue;
 
 	/* Does this rule "e" include the tile we found? */
-	if (TTMaskHasType(&e->ec_near, TiGetType(tp)))
+	if (TTMaskHasType(&e->ec_near, tb))
 	{
 	    /* We have a possible capacitor, but are the tiles shielded from
 	     * each other part of the way?
@@ -1282,13 +1576,14 @@ extSideOverlapHalo(tp, esws)
  */
 
 int
-extSideOverlap(tp, esws)
+extSideOverlap(tp, dinfo, esws)
     Tile *tp;			/* Overlapped tile */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     extSidewallStruct *esws;	/* Overlapping edge and plane information */
 {
     Boundary *bp = esws->bp;	/* Overlapping edge */
-    NodeRegion *rtp = (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(tp);
+    NodeRegion *rtp = (NodeRegion *) ExtGetRegion(tp, dinfo);
-    NodeRegion *rbp = (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(bp->b_inside);
+    NodeRegion *rbp = (NodeRegion *) ExtGetRegion(bp->b_inside, (TileType)0);
     TileType ta, tb;
     Rect tpr;
     struct overlap ov;
@@ -1301,7 +1596,10 @@ extSideOverlap(tp, esws)
 
     /* Nothing to do for space tiles, so just return. */
     /* (TO DO:  Make sure TT_SPACE is removed from all exts_sideOverlapOtherTypes */
-    tb = TiGetType(tp);
+    if (IsSplit(tp))
+	tb = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? TiGetRightType(tp) : TiGetLeftType(tp);
+    else
+	tb = TiGetTypeExact(tp);
     if (tb == TT_SPACE) return (0);
 
     if (bp->b_segment.r_xtop == bp->b_segment.r_xbot)
@@ -1336,7 +1634,7 @@ extSideOverlap(tp, esws)
 	if (!PlaneMaskHasPlane(e->ec_pmask, esws->plane_checked)) continue;
 
 	/* Does this rule "e" include the tile we found? */
-	if (TTMaskHasType(&e->ec_near, TiGetType(tp)))
+	if (TTMaskHasType(&e->ec_near, tb))
 	{
 	    /* We have a possible capacitor, but are the tiles shielded from
 	     * each other part of the way?
@@ -1478,11 +1776,7 @@ extWalkTop(area, mask, func, bp, esws)
 	tp = tile;
 	while (RIGHT(tp) > area->r_xbot)
 	{
-	    if (IsSplit(tp))
+	    ttype = TiGetBottomType(tp);
-		ttype = (SplitSide(tp)) ? SplitRightType(tp) : SplitLeftType(tp);
-	    else
-		ttype = TiGetTypeExact(tp);
-
 	    if (TTMaskHasType(mask, ttype))
 	    {
 		bool lookLeft, lookRight;
@@ -1590,11 +1884,7 @@ extWalkBottom(area, mask, func, bp, esws)
 	tp = tile;
 	while (LEFT(tp) < area->r_xtop)
 	{
-	    if (IsSplit(tp))
+	    ttype = TiGetTopType(tp);
-		ttype = (SplitSide(tp)) ? SplitRightType(tp) : SplitLeftType(tp);
-	    else
-		ttype = TiGetTypeExact(tp);
-
 	    if (TTMaskHasType(mask, ttype))
 	    {
 		bool lookLeft, lookRight;
@@ -1702,11 +1992,7 @@ extWalkRight(area, mask, func, bp, esws)
 	tp = tile;
 	while (TOP(tp) > area->r_ybot)
 	{
-	    if (IsSplit(tp))
+	    ttype = TiGetLeftType(tp);
-		ttype = (SplitSide(tp)) ? SplitRightType(tp) : SplitLeftType(tp);
-	    else
-		ttype = TiGetTypeExact(tp);
-
 	    if (TTMaskHasType(mask, ttype))
 	    {
 		bool lookDown, lookUp;
@@ -1814,11 +2100,7 @@ extWalkLeft(area, mask, func, bp, esws)
 	tp = tile;
 	while (BOTTOM(tp) < area->r_ytop)
 	{
-	    if (IsSplit(tp))
+	    ttype = TiGetRightType(tp);
-		ttype = (SplitSide(tp)) ? SplitRightType(tp) : SplitLeftType(tp);
-	    else
-		ttype = TiGetTypeExact(tp);
-
 	    if (TTMaskHasType(mask, ttype))
 	    {
 		bool lookDown, lookUp;
@@ -1917,11 +2199,13 @@ extSideLeft(tpfar, bp, esws)
     Boundary *bp;
     extSidewallStruct *esws;
 {
-    NodeRegion *rinside = (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(bp->b_inside);
+    NodeRegion *rinside, *rfar;
-    NodeRegion *rfar = (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(tpfar);
     Tile *tpnear;
 
-    if (rfar != (NodeRegion *) extUnInit && rfar != rinside)
+    /* Get the regions associated with bp->b_inside and tpfar */
+    extGetBoundaryRegions(bp->b_direction, bp->b_inside, tpfar, &rinside, &rfar);
+
+    if (rfar != (NodeRegion *)CLIENTDEFAULT && rfar != rinside)
     {
 	int sep = bp->b_segment.r_xbot - RIGHT(tpfar);
 	int limit = MAX(bp->b_segment.r_ybot, BOTTOM(tpfar));
@@ -1931,8 +2215,8 @@ extSideLeft(tpfar, bp, esws)
 	{
 	    int overlap = MIN(TOP(tpnear), start) - MAX(BOTTOM(tpnear), limit);
 	    if (overlap > 0)
-		extSideCommon(rinside, rfar, tpnear, tpfar, overlap, sep,
+		extSideCommon(rinside, rfar, tpnear, tpfar, bp->b_direction,
-				esws->extCoupleList);
+				overlap, sep, esws->extCoupleList);
 	}
     }
 
@@ -1967,11 +2251,13 @@ extSideRight(tpfar, bp, esws)
     Boundary *bp;
     extSidewallStruct *esws;
 {
-    NodeRegion *rinside = (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(bp->b_inside);
+    NodeRegion *rinside, *rfar;
-    NodeRegion *rfar = (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(tpfar);
     Tile *tpnear;
 
-    if (rfar != (NodeRegion *) extUnInit && rfar != rinside)
+    /* Get the regions associated with bp->b_inside and tpfar */
+    extGetBoundaryRegions(bp->b_direction, bp->b_inside, tpfar, &rinside, &rfar);
+
+    if (rfar != (NodeRegion *) CLIENTDEFAULT && rfar != rinside)
     {
 	int sep = LEFT(tpfar) - bp->b_segment.r_xtop;
 	int limit = MIN(bp->b_segment.r_ytop, TOP(tpfar));
@@ -1981,8 +2267,8 @@ extSideRight(tpfar, bp, esws)
 	{
 	    int overlap = MIN(TOP(tpnear), limit) - MAX(BOTTOM(tpnear), start);
 	    if (overlap > 0)
-		extSideCommon(rinside, rfar, tpnear, tpfar, overlap, sep,
+		extSideCommon(rinside, rfar, tpnear, tpfar, bp->b_direction,
-				esws->extCoupleList);
+				overlap, sep, esws->extCoupleList);
 	}
     }
 
@@ -2017,11 +2303,13 @@ extSideTop(tpfar, bp, esws)
     Boundary *bp;
     extSidewallStruct *esws;
 {
-    NodeRegion *rinside = (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(bp->b_inside);
+    NodeRegion *rinside, *rfar;
-    NodeRegion *rfar = (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(tpfar);
     Tile *tpnear;
 
-    if (rfar != (NodeRegion *) extUnInit && rfar != rinside)
+    /* Get the regions associated with bp->b_inside and tpfar */
+    extGetBoundaryRegions(bp->b_direction, bp->b_inside, tpfar, &rinside, &rfar);
+
+    if (rfar != (NodeRegion *) CLIENTDEFAULT && rfar != rinside)
     {
 	int sep = BOTTOM(tpfar) - bp->b_segment.r_ytop;
 	int limit = MIN(bp->b_segment.r_xtop, RIGHT(tpfar));
@@ -2031,8 +2319,8 @@ extSideTop(tpfar, bp, esws)
 	{
 	    int overlap = MIN(RIGHT(tpnear), limit) - MAX(LEFT(tpnear), start);
 	    if (overlap > 0)
-		extSideCommon(rinside, rfar, tpnear, tpfar, overlap, sep,
+		extSideCommon(rinside, rfar, tpnear, tpfar, bp->b_direction,
-				esws->extCoupleList);
+				overlap, sep, esws->extCoupleList);
 	}
     }
 
@@ -2067,11 +2355,13 @@ extSideBottom(tpfar, bp, esws)
     Boundary *bp;
     extSidewallStruct *esws;
 {
-    NodeRegion *rinside = (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(bp->b_inside);
+    NodeRegion *rinside, *rfar;
-    NodeRegion *rfar = (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(tpfar);
     Tile *tpnear;
 
-    if (rfar != (NodeRegion *) extUnInit && rfar != rinside)
+    /* Get the regions associated with bp->b_inside and tpfar */
+    extGetBoundaryRegions(bp->b_direction, bp->b_inside, tpfar, &rinside, &rfar);
+
+    if (rfar != (NodeRegion *) CLIENTDEFAULT && rfar != rinside)
     {
 	int sep = bp->b_segment.r_ybot - TOP(tpfar);
 	int limit = MAX(bp->b_segment.r_xbot, LEFT(tpfar));
@@ -2081,8 +2371,8 @@ extSideBottom(tpfar, bp, esws)
 	{
 	    int overlap = MIN(RIGHT(tpnear), start) - MAX(LEFT(tpnear), limit);
 	    if (overlap > 0)
-		extSideCommon(rinside, rfar, tpnear, tpfar, overlap, sep,
+		extSideCommon(rinside, rfar, tpnear, tpfar, bp->b_direction,
-				esws->extCoupleList);
+				overlap, sep, esws->extCoupleList);
 	}
     }
 
@@ -2096,7 +2386,7 @@ extSideBottom(tpfar, bp, esws)
  *
  * Perform the actual update to the hash table entry for
  * the regions 'rinside' and 'rfar'.  We assume that neither
- * 'rinside' nor 'rfar' are extUnInit, and further that they
+ * 'rinside' nor 'rfar' are CLIENTDEFAULT, and further that they
  * are not equal.
  *
  * Walk along the rules in extCoupleList, applying the appropriate
@@ -2113,20 +2403,24 @@ extSideBottom(tpfar, bp, esws)
  */
 
 void
-extSideCommon(rinside, rfar, tpnear, tpfar, overlap, sep, extCoupleList)
+extSideCommon(rinside, rfar, tpnear, tpfar, bdir, overlap, sep, extCoupleList)
     NodeRegion *rinside, *rfar;	/* Both must be valid */
     Tile *tpnear, *tpfar;	/* Tiles on near and far side of edge */
+    int bdir;			/* Boundary direction */
     int overlap, sep;		/* Overlap of this edge with original one,
 				 * and distance between the two.
 				 */
     EdgeCap  *extCoupleList;	/* List of sidewall capacitance rules */
 {
-    TileType near = TiGetType(tpnear), far = TiGetType(tpfar);
+    TileType near, far;
     HashEntry *he;
     EdgeCap *e;
     CoupleKey ck;
     CapValue cap;
 
+    /* Get the tile types of tpnear and tpfar */
+    extGetBoundaryTypes2(bdir, tpnear, tpfar, &near, &far);
+
     if (rinside < rfar) ck.ck_1 = rinside, ck.ck_2 = rfar;
     else ck.ck_1 = rfar, ck.ck_2 = rinside;
     he = HashFind(extCoupleHashPtr, (char *) &ck);

extract/ExtHard.c

@@ -71,8 +71,9 @@ bool extHardSetLabel();
  */
 
 ExtRegion *
-extLabFirst(tile, arg)
+extLabFirst(tile, dinfo, arg)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;	/* (unused) */
     FindRegion *arg;
 {
     TransRegion *reg;
@@ -82,6 +83,11 @@ extLabFirst(tile, arg)
     reg->treg_pnum = DBNumPlanes;
     reg->treg_area = DBNumPlanes;
     reg->treg_tile = tile;
+    reg->treg_dinfo = dinfo;
+
+    /* Setting treg_pnum to DBNumPlanes ensures that treg_ll and treg_type
+     * will be set for identifying the node when extSetNodeNum() is called.
+     */
 
     /* Prepend it to the region list */
     reg->treg_next = (TransRegion *) arg->fra_region;
@@ -91,25 +97,16 @@ extLabFirst(tile, arg)
 
     /*ARGSUSED*/
 int
-extLabEach(tile, pNum, arg)
+extLabEach(tile, dinfo, pNum, arg)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;	/* (unused) */
     int pNum;
     FindRegion *arg;
 {
-
-    /* Avoid setting the region's tile pointer to a split tile if we can */
-    /*
-    if (IsSplit(reg->treg_tile) && !IsSplit(tile))
-    {
-	reg->treg_tile = tile;
-	reg->treg_area = pNum;
-    }
-    */
-
     TransRegion *reg = (TransRegion *) arg->fra_region;
 
     if (reg->treg_area == DBNumPlanes) reg->treg_area = pNum;
-    extSetNodeNum((LabRegion *)reg, pNum, tile);
+    extSetNodeNum((LabRegion *)reg, pNum, tile, dinfo);
     return (0);
 }
 
@@ -172,7 +169,7 @@ extHardProc(scx, arg)
     CellDef *def = scx->scx_use->cu_def;
     TransRegion *reg;
     TransRegion *labRegList;
-    LabelList *subList;
+    LabelList *subList = NULL;
     char *savenext;
     int ret = 0;
 
@@ -203,7 +200,7 @@ extHardProc(scx, arg)
      * single child.
      */
     labRegList = (TransRegion *) ExtFindRegions(def, &scx->scx_area,
-		    &arg->hw_mask, ExtCurStyle->exts_nodeConn, extUnInit,
+		    &arg->hw_mask, ExtCurStyle->exts_nodeConn,
 		    extLabFirst, extLabEach);
     if (labRegList)
     {
@@ -240,7 +237,8 @@ extHardProc(scx, arg)
 	 */
 	if (ExtCurStyle->exts_globSubstrateDefaultType != -1)
 	    for (reg = labRegList; reg; reg = reg->treg_next)
-		if (TTMaskHasType(&ExtCurStyle->exts_globSubstrateTypes, reg->treg_type))
+		if (TTMaskHasType(&ExtCurStyle->exts_globSubstrateTypes,
+				reg->treg_type & TT_LEFTMASK))
 		    if (reg->treg_pnum != ExtCurStyle->exts_globSubstratePlane)
 		    {
 			reg->treg_labels = subList;
@@ -261,6 +259,7 @@ extHardProc(scx, arg)
     goto done;
 
 success:
+    if (subList != NULL) freeMagic(subList);
     extHardFreeAll(def, labRegList);
     ret = 1;
 
@@ -338,7 +337,7 @@ extHardSetLabel(scx, reg, arg)
 	 tp = PlaneGetHint(scx->scx_use->cu_def->cd_planes[pNum]);
 	 GOTOPOINT(tp, &r.r_ll);
 	 PlaneSetHint(scx->scx_use->cu_def->cd_planes[pNum], tp);
-	 if ((TransRegion *)extGetRegion(tp) == reg)
+	 if ((TransRegion *)ExtGetRegion(tp, (TileType)0) == reg)
 	 {
 	      /* found an OK point */
 	      r.r_ur.p_x =r.r_ll.p_x+1;
@@ -347,7 +346,7 @@ extHardSetLabel(scx, reg, arg)
 	 else
 	 {
 	      GOTOPOINT(tp, &r.r_ur);
-	      if ((TransRegion *)extGetRegion(tp) == reg)
+	      if ((TransRegion *)ExtGetRegion(tp, (TileType)0) == reg)
 	      {
 	      	   r.r_ll = r.r_ur;
 	      }
@@ -493,17 +492,17 @@ extHardFreeAll(def, tReg)
     arg.fra_connectsTo = ExtCurStyle->exts_nodeConn;
     arg.fra_def = def;
     arg.fra_each = (int (*)()) NULL;
-    arg.fra_region = (ExtRegion *) extUnInit;
+    arg.fra_region = (ExtRegion *) CLIENTDEFAULT;
 
     free_magic1_t mm1 = freeMagic1_init();
     for (reg = tReg; reg; reg = reg->treg_next)
     {
-	/* Reset all ti_client fields to extUnInit */
+	/* Reset all ti_client fields to CLIENTDEFAULT */
 	arg.fra_uninit = (ClientData) reg;
 	if (reg->treg_tile)
 	{
 	    arg.fra_pNum = reg->treg_area;
-	    ExtFindNeighbors(reg->treg_tile, arg.fra_pNum, &arg);
+	    ExtFindNeighbors(reg->treg_tile, reg->treg_dinfo, arg.fra_pNum, &arg);
 	}
 
 	/* Free all LabelLists and then the region */

extract/ExtHier.c

@@ -60,34 +60,93 @@ int extHierConnectFunc2();
 int extHierConnectFunc3();
 Node *extHierNewNode();
 
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/*
-/* extHierSubShieldFunc --						*/
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
-/*									*/
+ *
-/*	Simple callback function for extHierSubstrate() that halts the	*/
+ * extTestNMInteract --
-/*	search if any substrate shield type is found in the search area	*/
+ *
-/*									*/
+ *	Determine if two tiles overlap, including split tiles.  Since
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ *	this is a much more complicated check than the simple overlap
+ *	of two rectangular tiles, it is assumed that at least tile t1
+ *	is a split tile, and does not check for simple rectangular
+ *	overlap.  The insideness test is the same used by
+ *	DBSrPaintNMArea(), but in the context of extHierConnectFunc,
+ *	the two tiles are already known, so just run the equations.
+ *	Because this test is for electrical connectivity, touching
+ *	shapes are equivalent to overlapping shapes.
+ *
+ *	The information about which side of a triangular tile is to
+ *	be checked for overlap is in the "dinfo" argument corresponding
+ *	to the tile.  If the tile is not a split tile, then "dinfo" is
+ *	ignored.
+ *
+ *	Tile t1 is always a split tile.  Tile t2 may be a simple Manhattan
+ *	tile, in which case the possibility that t2 has "infinite" width
+ *	or height must be considered.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the tiles overlap or touch, FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+bool extTestNMInteract(Tile *t1, TileType di1, Tile *t2, TileType di2)
+{
+    Rect rect1;
+    TileType tt1;
+
+    /* Turn the first tile into a Rect and a TileType containing
+     * the information about both diagonal and split side, and
+     * then call the function DBTestNMInteract() which is used by
+     * DBSrPaintNMArea() to determine interaction between non-
+     * Manhattan areas.  Note that DBTestNMInteract() is called
+     * with the overlap_only flag set to FALSE because this should
+     * test for shapes either overlapping *or* touching.
+     */
+
+    TiToRect(t1, &rect1);
+    tt1 = TiGetTypeExact(t1) | di1;
+
+    return DBTestNMInteract(&rect1, tt1, t2, di2, FALSE);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * extHierSubShieldFunc --						
+ *
+ *	Simple callback function for extHierSubstrate() that halts the
+ *	search if any substrate shield type is found in the search area
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
 
 int
-extHierSubShieldFunc(tile)
+extHierSubShieldFunc(tile, dinfo, clientdata)
-    Tile *tile;
+    Tile *tile;			/* (unused) */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
+    ClientData clientdata;	/* (unused) */
 {
     return 1;
 }
 
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/*
-/* extHierSubstrate --							*/	
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
-/*									*/
+ * extHierSubstrate --
-/* 	Find the substrate node of a child cell and make a connection	*/
+ *
-/*	between parent and child substrates.  If either of the		*/
+ * 	Find the substrate node of a child cell and make a connection
-/*	substrate nodes is already in the hash table, then the table	*/
+ *	between parent and child substrates.  If either of the
-/*	will be updated as necessary.					*/
+ *	substrate nodes is already in the hash table, then the table
-/*									*/
+ *	will be updated as necessary.
-/*	This function also determines if a child cell's substrate is	*/
+ *
-/*	isolated by a substrate shield type, in which case no merge is	*/
+ *	This function also determines if a child cell's substrate is
-/*	done.								*/
+ *	isolated by a substrate shield type, in which case no merge is
-/*									*/
+ *	done.
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
 
 void
 extHierSubstrate(ha, use, x, y)
@@ -124,6 +183,7 @@ extHierSubstrate(ha, use, x, y)
     /* The parent def's substrate node is in glob_subsnode */
 
     name1 = extNodeName(glob_subsnode);
+    if (*name1 == '(' && !strcmp(name1, "(none)")) return;	/* Don't process "(none)" nodes! */
     he = HashFind(table, name1);
     nn = (NodeName *) HashGetValue(he);
     node1 = nn ? nn->nn_node : extHierNewNode(he);
@@ -132,7 +192,7 @@ extHierSubstrate(ha, use, x, y)
     nodeList = extFindNodes(use->cu_def, (Rect *) NULL, TRUE);
     if (nodeList == NULL)
     {
-    	ExtResetTiles(use->cu_def, extUnInit);
+    	ExtResetTiles(use->cu_def, CLIENTDEFAULT);
 	return;
     }
 
@@ -172,7 +232,7 @@ extHierSubstrate(ha, use, x, y)
 			extHierSubShieldFunc, (ClientData)NULL) != 0)
     	    {
     		freeMagic(nodeList);
-    		ExtResetTiles(use->cu_def, extUnInit);
+    		ExtResetTiles(use->cu_def, CLIENTDEFAULT);
 		return;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -181,7 +241,7 @@ extHierSubstrate(ha, use, x, y)
     /* Make sure substrate labels are represented */
     ExtLabelRegions(use->cu_def, ExtCurStyle->exts_nodeConn, &nodeList,
 			&TiPlaneRect);
-    ExtResetTiles(use->cu_def, extUnInit);
+    ExtResetTiles(use->cu_def, CLIENTDEFAULT);
 
     name2 = extNodeName(temp_subsnode);
 
@@ -294,8 +354,8 @@ extHierConnections(ha, cumFlat, oneFlat)
 	if (!(lab->lab_flags & LABEL_STICKY)) continue;
 
 	r = lab->lab_rect;
+	if (!GEO_TOUCH(&r, &ha->ha_subArea)) continue;
 	GEOCLIP(&r, &ha->ha_subArea);
-	if (GEO_RECTNULL(&r)) continue;
 
 	cumDef = cumFlat->et_use->cu_def;
 	connected = &DBConnectTbl[lab->lab_type];
@@ -325,8 +385,9 @@ extHierConnections(ha, cumFlat, oneFlat)
  */
 
 int
-extHierConnectFunc1(oneTile, ha)
+extHierConnectFunc1(oneTile, dinfo, ha)
     Tile *oneTile;	/* Comes from 'oneFlat' in extHierConnections */
+    TileType dinfo;	/* Split tile information (unused) */
     HierExtractArg *ha;	/* Extraction context */
 {
     CellDef *cumDef = extHierCumFlat->et_use->cu_def;
@@ -347,12 +408,16 @@ extHierConnectFunc1(oneTile, ha)
 
     if (IsSplit(oneTile))
     {
-	rtype = ha->hierType;
+	/* For split tiles, move the tile type to lower (right side) field
-	ha->hierType = (rtype & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(oneTile) :
+	 * but retain the TT_SIDE bit, to indicate which side of hierOneTile
+	 * is the connected side.
+	 */
+	ha->hierType = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(oneTile) :
 		SplitLeftType(oneTile);
+	ha->hierType |= (dinfo & (TT_DIAGONAL | TT_DIRECTION | TT_SIDE));
     }
 
-    connected = &(ExtCurStyle->exts_nodeConn[ha->hierType]);
+    connected = &(ExtCurStyle->exts_nodeConn[ha->hierType & TT_LEFTMASK]);
     TITORECT(oneTile, &r);
     GEOCLIP(&r, &ha->ha_subArea);
     r.r_xbot--, r.r_ybot--, r.r_xtop++, r.r_ytop++;
@@ -364,7 +429,7 @@ extHierConnectFunc1(oneTile, ha)
 	{
 	    if (IsSplit(oneTile))
 		DBSrPaintNMArea((Tile *) NULL, cumDef->cd_planes[i],
-			rtype, &r,
+			ha->hierType, &r,
 			((i == ha->hierPNum) ? &ExtCurStyle->exts_activeTypes
 			: connected), extHierConnectFunc2, (ClientData) ha);
 	    else
@@ -412,8 +477,9 @@ extHierConnectFunc1(oneTile, ha)
 		nn = (NodeName *) HashGetValue(he);
 		node1 = nn ? nn->nn_node : extHierNewNode(he);
 
-		name = (*ha->ha_nodename)(ha->hierOneTile, ha->hierPNum,
+		name = (*ha->ha_nodename)(ha->hierOneTile, ha->hierType, ha->hierPNum,
 			extHierOneFlat, ha, TRUE);
+		if (*name == '(' && !strcmp(name, "(none)")) return 0;	/* Don't process "(none)" nodes! */
 		he = HashFind(table, name);
 		nn = (NodeName *) HashGetValue(he);
 		node2 = nn ? nn->nn_node : extHierNewNode(he);
@@ -475,8 +541,9 @@ extHierConnectFunc1(oneTile, ha)
  */
 
 int
-extHierConnectFunc2(cum, ha)
+extHierConnectFunc2(cum, dinfo, ha)
     Tile *cum;		/* Comes from extHierCumFlat->et_use->cu_def */
+    TileType dinfo;	/* Split tile information */
     HierExtractArg *ha;	/* Extraction context */
 {
     HashTable *table = &ha->ha_connHash;
@@ -496,7 +563,22 @@ extHierConnectFunc2(cum, ha)
     /* If the tiles don't even touch, they don't connect */
     if (r.r_xtop < r.r_xbot || r.r_ytop < r.r_ybot
 		|| (r.r_xtop == r.r_xbot && r.r_ytop == r.r_ybot))
-	return (0);
+	return 0;
+
+    /* If either tile is a split tile, then check if the areas of
+     * interest overlap.  The first argument to extTestNMInteract()
+     * must be a split tile.
+     */
+    if (IsSplit(cum))
+    {
+	if (!extTestNMInteract(cum, dinfo, ha->hierOneTile, ha->hierType))
+	    return 0;
+    }
+    else if (IsSplit(ha->hierOneTile))
+    {
+	if (!extTestNMInteract(ha->hierOneTile, ha->hierType, cum, dinfo))
+	    return 0;
+    }
 
     /*
      * Only make a connection if the types of 'ha->hierOneTile' and 'cum'
@@ -507,17 +589,19 @@ extHierConnectFunc2(cum, ha)
     ttype = TiGetTypeExact(cum);
 
     if (IsSplit(cum))
-	ttype = (ttype & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(cum) : SplitLeftType(cum);
+	ttype = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(cum) : SplitLeftType(cum);
 
-    if (extConnectsTo(ha->hierType, ttype, ExtCurStyle->exts_nodeConn))
+    if (extConnectsTo(ha->hierType & TT_LEFTMASK, ttype, ExtCurStyle->exts_nodeConn))
     {
-	name1 = (*ha->ha_nodename)(cum, ha->hierPNumBelow, extHierCumFlat, ha, TRUE);
+	name1 = (*ha->ha_nodename)(cum, dinfo, ha->hierPNumBelow, extHierCumFlat, ha, TRUE);
+	if (*name1 == '(' && !strcmp(name1, "(none)")) return 0;	/* Don't process "(none)" nodes! */
 	he = HashFind(table, name1);
 	nn = (NodeName *) HashGetValue(he);
 	node1 = nn ? nn->nn_node : extHierNewNode(he);
 
-	name2 = (*ha->ha_nodename)(ha->hierOneTile, ha->hierPNum, extHierOneFlat,
+	name2 = (*ha->ha_nodename)(ha->hierOneTile, ha->hierType, ha->hierPNum,
-		ha, TRUE);
+		extHierOneFlat, ha, TRUE);
+	if (*name2 == '(' && !strcmp(name2, "(none)")) return 0;	/* Don't process "(none)" nodes! */
 	he = HashFind(table, name2);
 	nn = (NodeName *) HashGetValue(he);
 	node2 = nn ? nn->nn_node : extHierNewNode(he);
@@ -562,7 +646,7 @@ extHierConnectFunc2(cum, ha)
 
 	snprintf(message, sizeof(message),
 		"Illegal overlap between %s and %s (types do not connect)",
-		DBTypeLongNameTbl[ha->hierType], DBTypeLongNameTbl[ttype]);
+		DBTypeLongNameTbl[ha->hierType & TT_LEFTMASK], DBTypeLongNameTbl[ttype]);
 
 	extNumErrors++;
 	if (!DebugIsSet(extDebugID, extDebNoFeedback))
@@ -584,8 +668,9 @@ extHierConnectFunc2(cum, ha)
  */
 
 int
-extHierConnectFunc3(cum, ha)
+extHierConnectFunc3(cum, dinfo, ha)
     Tile *cum;		/* Comes from extHierCumFlat->et_use->cu_def */
+    TileType dinfo;	/* Split tile information */
     HierExtractArg *ha;	/* Extraction context */
 {
     HashTable *table = &ha->ha_connHash;
@@ -616,16 +701,19 @@ extHierConnectFunc3(cum, ha)
     ttype = TiGetTypeExact(cum);
 
     if (IsSplit(cum))
-	ttype = (ttype & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(cum) : SplitLeftType(cum);
+	ttype = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(cum) : SplitLeftType(cum);
 
-    if (extConnectsTo(ha->hierType, ttype, ExtCurStyle->exts_nodeConn))
+    if (extConnectsTo(ha->hierType & TT_LEFTMASK, ttype, ExtCurStyle->exts_nodeConn))
     {
-	name1 = (*ha->ha_nodename)(cum, ha->hierPNumBelow, extHierCumFlat, ha, TRUE);
+	name1 = (*ha->ha_nodename)(cum, ha->hierType, ha->hierPNumBelow,
+			extHierCumFlat, ha, TRUE);
+	if (*name1 == '(' && !strcmp(name1, "(none)")) return 0;	/* Don't process "(none)" nodes! */
 	he = HashFind(table, name1);
 	nn = (NodeName *) HashGetValue(he);
 	node1 = nn ? nn->nn_node : extHierNewNode(he);
 
 	name2 = lab->lab_text;
+	if (*name2 == '(' && !strcmp(name2, "(none)")) return 0;	/* Don't process "(none)" nodes! */
 	he = HashFind(table, name2);
 	nn = (NodeName *) HashGetValue(he);
 	node2 = nn ? nn->nn_node : extHierNewNode(he);
@@ -670,7 +758,7 @@ extHierConnectFunc3(cum, ha)
 
 	snprintf(message, sizeof(message),
 		"Illegal overlap between %s and %s (types do not connect)",
-		DBTypeLongNameTbl[ha->hierType], DBTypeLongNameTbl[ttype]);
+		DBTypeLongNameTbl[ha->hierType & TT_LEFTMASK], DBTypeLongNameTbl[ttype]);
 
 	extNumErrors++;
 	if (!DebugIsSet(extDebugID, extDebNoFeedback))
@@ -771,18 +859,20 @@ extHierAdjustments(ha, cumFlat, oneFlat, lookFlat)
      */
     for (np = oneFlat->et_nodes; np; np = np->nreg_next)
     {
+	TileType dinfo;
+
 	/* Ignore orphaned nodes (non-Manhattan shards outside the clip box) */
 	if (np->nreg_pnum == DBNumPlanes) continue;
 
-	tp = extNodeToTile(np, lookFlat);
+	tp = extNodeToTile(np, lookFlat, &dinfo);
 
 	/* Ignore regions that do not participate in extraction */
-	if (!extHasRegion(tp, extUnInit)) continue;
+	if (!extHasRegion(tp, CLIENTDEFAULT)) continue;
 
 	/* Ignore substrate nodes (failsafe:  should not happen) */
 	if (TiGetTypeExact(tp) == TT_SPACE) continue;
 
-	if (tp	&& (name = (*ha->ha_nodename)(tp, np->nreg_pnum, lookFlat, ha, FALSE))
+	if (tp	&& (name = (*ha->ha_nodename)(tp, dinfo, np->nreg_pnum, lookFlat, ha, FALSE))
 		&& (he = HashLookOnly(&ha->ha_connHash, name))
 		&& (nn = (NodeName *) HashGetValue(he)))
 	{
@@ -946,8 +1036,9 @@ extHierNewNode(he)
 
     /*ARGSUSED*/
 ExtRegion *
-extHierLabFirst(tile, arg)
+extHierLabFirst(tile, dinfo, arg)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;	/* (unused) */
     FindRegion *arg;
 {
     LabRegion *new;
@@ -966,15 +1057,16 @@ extHierLabFirst(tile, arg)
 
     /*ARGSUSED*/
 int
-extHierLabEach(tile, pNum, arg)
+extHierLabEach(tile, dinfo, pNum, arg)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     int pNum;
     FindRegion *arg;
 {
     LabRegion *reg;
 
     reg = (LabRegion *) arg->fra_region;
-    extSetNodeNum(reg, pNum, tile);
+    extSetNodeNum(reg, pNum, tile, dinfo);
     return (0);
 }
 

extract/ExtInter.c

@@ -270,8 +270,9 @@ extInterSubtreeElement(use, trans, x, y, r)
  */
 
 int
-extInterSubtreeTile(tile, cxp)
+extInterSubtreeTile(tile, dinfo, cxp)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     TreeContext *cxp;
 {
     SearchContext newscx;

extract/ExtLength.c

@@ -434,8 +434,9 @@ extLengthYank(use, labList)
  */
 
 int
-extLengthLabels(tile, rootUse)
+extLengthLabels(tile, dinfo, rootUse)
     Tile *tile;			/* Some tile in extPathDef */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information (unused) */
     CellUse *rootUse;		/* The original root cell */
 {
     char name[MAXNAMESIZE];
@@ -727,8 +728,9 @@ extPathResetClient(tile)
  */
 
 int
-extPathPairFunc(tile, epa)
+extPathPairFunc(tile, dinfo, epa)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		// Unused
     struct extPathArg *epa;
 {
     Point startPoint;
@@ -909,8 +911,9 @@ extPathFlood(tile, p, distance, epa)
 }
 
 int
-extPathFloodFunc(dstTile, epfa)
+extPathFloodFunc(dstTile, dinfo, epfa)
     Tile *dstTile;
+    TileType dinfo;	// Unused
     struct extPathFloodArg *epfa;
 {
     Rect srcRect, dstRect;

extract/ExtMain.c

@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include "debug/debug.h"
 #include "extract/extract.h"
 #include "extract/extractInt.h"
+#include "resis/resis.h"
 #include "utils/signals.h"
 #include "utils/stack.h"
 #include "utils/utils.h"
@@ -43,9 +44,6 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include "utils/main.h"
 #include "utils/undo.h"
 
-/* Imports from elsewhere in this module */
-extern FILE *extFileOpen();
-
 /* ------------------------ Exported variables ------------------------ */
 
     /*
@@ -83,16 +81,6 @@ typedef struct _linkedDef {
     struct _linkedDef *ld_next;
 } LinkedDef;
 
-/* Linked list structure to use to store the substrate plane from each	*/ 
-/* extracted CellDef so that they can be returned to the original after	*/
-/* extraction.								*/
-
-struct saveList {
-    Plane *sl_plane;
-    CellDef *sl_def;
-    struct saveList *sl_next;
-};
-
     /* Stack of defs pending extraction */
 Stack *extDefStack;
 
@@ -209,9 +197,10 @@ extIsUsedFunc(use, clientData)
  */
 
 int
-extEnumFunc(tile, plane)
+extEnumFunc(tile, dinfo, clientdata)
-    Tile *tile;
+    Tile	*tile;		/* (unused) */
-    int *plane;
+    TileType	dinfo;		/* (unused) */
+    ClientData	clientdata;	/* (unused) */
 {
     return 1;
 }
@@ -605,7 +594,7 @@ extParents(use, doExtract)
     extDefParentFunc(use->cu_def);
 
     /* Now extract all the cells we just found */
-    extExtractStack(extDefStack, doExtract, (CellDef *) NULL);
+    extExtractStack(extDefStack, doExtract, (CellDef *)NULL);
     StackFree(extDefStack);
 
     /* Replace any modified substrate planes in use->cu_def's children */
@@ -687,7 +676,7 @@ ExtParentArea(use, changedArea, doExtract)
     extDefParentAreaFunc(use->cu_def, use->cu_def, (CellUse *) NULL, &area);
 
     /* Now extract all the cells we just found */
-    extExtractStack(extDefStack, doExtract, (CellDef *) NULL);
+    extExtractStack(extDefStack, doExtract, (CellDef *)NULL);
     StackFree(extDefStack);
 }
 
@@ -805,12 +794,30 @@ ExtractOneCell(def, outName, doLength)
 
     savePlane = ExtCell(def, outName, doLength);
 
-    /* Restore all modified substrate planes */
+    /* Run full R-C extraction if specified in options */
+
+    if (ExtOptions & EXT_DOEXTRESIST)
+    {
+	ResisData *resisdata = ResInit();
+
+	UndoDisable();
+	
+	ResOptionsFlags |= ResOpt_Signal;
+	resisdata->mainDef = def;
+	resisdata->savePlanes = (struct saveList *)NULL;	/* unused */
+
+	ExtResisForDef(def, resisdata);
+
+	UndoEnable();
+    }
+
+    /* Restore all modified substrate planes and modified labels */
 
     if (savePlane != NULL) ExtRevertSubstrate(def, savePlane);
     free_magic1_t mm1 = freeMagic1_init();
     for (; sl; sl = sl->sl_next)
     {
+	if (EXT_DOUNIQUE) ExtRevertUniqueCell(sl->sl_def);
         ExtRevertSubstrate(sl->sl_def, sl->sl_plane);
         freeMagic1(&mm1, sl);
     }
@@ -854,7 +861,10 @@ extContainsCellFunc(
 }
 
 int
-extContainsPaintFunc()
+extContainsPaintFunc(
+    Tile *tile,			/* (unused) */
+    TileType dinfo,		/* (unused) */
+    ClientData clientdata)	/* (unused) */
 {
     return (1);
 }
@@ -940,7 +950,7 @@ extTimestampMisMatch(def)
 
     doLocal = (ExtLocalPath == NULL) ? FALSE : TRUE;
 
-    extFile = extFileOpen(def, (char *) NULL, "r", (char **) NULL);
+    extFile = ExtFileOpen(def, (char *) NULL, "r", (char **) NULL);
     if (extFile == NULL)
 	return (TRUE);
 
@@ -986,10 +996,18 @@ extExtractStack(stack, doExtract, rootDef)
     bool first = TRUE;
     Plane *savePlane;
     CellDef *def;
+    LinkedDef *savelist = NULL, *revlist = NULL, *newld;
     struct saveList *newsl, *sl = (struct saveList *)NULL;
 
     while ((def = (CellDef *) StackPop(stack)))
     {
+	if (ExtOptions & EXT_DOEXTRESIST)
+	{
+	    newld = (LinkedDef *)mallocMagic(sizeof(LinkedDef));
+	    newld->ld_def = def;
+	    newld->ld_next = savelist;
+	    savelist = newld;
+	}
 	def->cd_client = (ClientData) 0;
 	if (!SigInterruptPending)
 	{
@@ -1004,6 +1022,8 @@ extExtractStack(stack, doExtract, rootDef)
 		    newsl->sl_next = sl;
 		    sl = newsl;
 		}
+		else
+		    def->cd_flags &= ~CDNOEXTRACT; 
 		
 		errorcnt += extNumErrors;
 		warnings += extNumWarnings;
@@ -1015,13 +1035,55 @@ extExtractStack(stack, doExtract, rootDef)
 		TxFlush();
 		first = FALSE;
 	    }
+	    else
+		def->cd_flags &= ~CDNOEXTRACT; 
 	}
     }
 
-    /* Replace any modified substrate planes */
+    /* Now that all cells have been processed, run full R-C extraction */
+    if (ExtOptions & EXT_DOEXTRESIST)
+    {
+	ResisData *resisdata = ResInit();
+	LinkedDef *srchld, *nextld;
+
+	UndoDisable();
+
+	/* Reverse the linked list from top-down to bottom-up */
+	srchld = savelist;
+	while (srchld != NULL)
+	{
+	    nextld = srchld->ld_next;
+	    srchld->ld_next = revlist;
+	    revlist = srchld;
+	    srchld = nextld;
+	}
+
+	/* Reprocess the list and call "extresist" for each cell def */
+	srchld = revlist;
+	while (srchld != NULL)
+	{
+	    nextld = srchld->ld_next;
+	    def = srchld->ld_def;
+
+	    ResOptionsFlags |= ResOpt_Signal;
+	    resisdata->mainDef = def;
+	    resisdata->savePlanes = (struct saveList *)NULL;	/* unused */
+
+	    TxPrintf("Processing cell %s for resistance extraction.\n", def->cd_name);
+	    ExtResisForDef(def, resisdata);
+
+	    freeMagic(srchld);
+	    srchld = nextld;
+	}
+	UndoEnable();
+    }
+
+    /* Replace any modified substrate planes and modified labels */
     free_magic1_t mm1 = freeMagic1_init();
     for (; sl; sl = sl->sl_next)
     {
+	if (EXT_DOUNIQUE) ExtRevertUniqueCell(sl->sl_def);
+
 	ExtRevertSubstrate(sl->sl_def, sl->sl_plane);
 	sl->sl_def->cd_flags &= ~CDNOEXTRACT; 
 	freeMagic1(&mm1, sl);

extract/ExtNghbors.c

@@ -45,9 +45,6 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
  * the value VISITPENDING in its ti_client field.
  */
 
-/* Used for communicating with extNbrPushFunc */
-ClientData extNbrUn;
-
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -74,41 +71,44 @@ ClientData extNbrUn;
  */
 
 int
-ExtFindNeighbors(tile, tilePlaneNum, arg)
+ExtFindNeighbors(tile, dinfo, tilePlaneNum, arg)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     int tilePlaneNum;
     FindRegion *arg;
 {
     TileTypeBitMask *connTo = arg->fra_connectsTo;
     Tile *tp;
-    TileType type, t;
+    TileType type, t, tpdinfo;
     TileTypeBitMask *mask;
     Rect biggerArea;
     int pNum, tilesfound;
     PlaneMask pMask;
     PlaneAndArea pla;
+    ClientData extNbrUn = arg->fra_uninit;
 
     tilesfound = 0;
 
-    extNbrUn = arg->fra_uninit;
     if (extNodeStack == (Stack *) NULL)
 	extNodeStack = StackNew(64);
 
     /* Mark this tile as pending and push it */
-    PUSHTILE(tile, tilePlaneNum);
+    PUSHTILE(tile, dinfo, tilePlaneNum);
 
     while (!StackEmpty(extNodeStack))
     {
-	POPTILE(tile, tilePlaneNum);
+	POPTILE(tile, dinfo, tilePlaneNum);
 
 	if (IsSplit(tile))
 	{
-            type = (SplitSide(tile)) ? SplitRightType(tile):
+            type = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(tile):
 			SplitLeftType(tile);
 	}
         else
 	    type = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
 
+	ASSERT(type != TT_SPACE, "ExtFindNeighbors");
+
 	mask = &connTo[type];
 
 	/*
@@ -117,23 +117,27 @@ ExtFindNeighbors(tile, tilePlaneNum, arg)
 	 * been visited in the meantime.  If it's still unvisited,
 	 * visit it and process its neighbors.
 	 */
-	if (TiGetClientPTR(tile) == arg->fra_region)
+
+	if (ExtGetRegion(tile, dinfo) == arg->fra_region)
 	    continue;
-	TiSetClientPTR(tile, arg->fra_region);
+
+	ExtSetRegion(tile, dinfo, arg->fra_region);
+
 	tilesfound++;
 	if (DebugIsSet(extDebugID, extDebNeighbor))
 	    extShowTile(tile, "neighbor", 1);
 
 	/* Top */
 topside:
-        if (IsSplit(tile) && (SplitSide(tile) ^ SplitDirection(tile))) goto leftside;
+        if (IsSplit(tile) && ((dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? 1 : 0) ^ SplitDirection(tile))
+	    goto leftside;
 	for (tp = RT(tile); RIGHT(tp) > LEFT(tile); tp = BL(tp))
 	{
             if (IsSplit(tp))
 	    {
                 t = SplitBottomType(tp);
-		// if (TiGetClient(tp) == extNbrUn && TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
+		tpdinfo = SplitDirection(tp) ? (TileType)0 : (TileType)TT_SIDE;
-		if (TiGetClientPTR(tp) != arg->fra_region && TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
+		if (ExtGetRegion(tp, tpdinfo) == CD2PTR(extNbrUn) && TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
 		{
 		    PUSHTILEBOTTOM(tp, tilePlaneNum);
 		}
@@ -143,21 +147,21 @@ topside:
         	t = TiGetTypeExact(tp);
 		if (TiGetClient(tp) == extNbrUn && TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
 		{
-		    PUSHTILE(tp, tilePlaneNum);
+		    PUSHTILELEFT(tp, tilePlaneNum);
 		}
 	    }
 	}
 
 	/* Left */
 leftside:
-        if (IsSplit(tile) && SplitSide(tile)) goto bottomside;
+        if (IsSplit(tile) && (dinfo & TT_SIDE)) goto bottomside;
 	for (tp = BL(tile); BOTTOM(tp) < TOP(tile); tp = RT(tp))
 	{
             if (IsSplit(tp))
 	    {
                 t = SplitRightType(tp);
-		// if (TiGetClient(tp) == extNbrUn && TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
+		if (ExtGetRegion(tp, (TileType)TT_SIDE) == CD2PTR(extNbrUn)
-		if (TiGetClientPTR(tp) != arg->fra_region && TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
+				&& TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
 		{
 		    PUSHTILERIGHT(tp, tilePlaneNum);
 		}
@@ -167,22 +171,22 @@ leftside:
 		t = TiGetTypeExact(tp);
 		if (TiGetClient(tp) == extNbrUn && TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
 		{
-		    PUSHTILE(tp, tilePlaneNum);
+		    PUSHTILELEFT(tp, tilePlaneNum);
 		}
 	    }
 	}
 
 	/* Bottom */
 bottomside:
-        if (IsSplit(tile) && (!(SplitSide(tile) ^ SplitDirection(tile))))
+        if (IsSplit(tile) && (!(((dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? 1 : 0) ^ SplitDirection(tile))))
 	    goto rightside;
 	for (tp = LB(tile); LEFT(tp) < RIGHT(tile); tp = TR(tp))
 	{
             if (IsSplit(tp))
 	    {
                 t = SplitTopType(tp);
-		// if (TiGetClient(tp) == extNbrUn && TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
+		tpdinfo = SplitDirection(tp) ? (TileType)TT_SIDE : (TileType)0;
-		if (TiGetClientPTR(tp) != arg->fra_region && TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
+		if (ExtGetRegion(tp, tpdinfo) == CD2PTR(extNbrUn) && TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
 		{
 		    PUSHTILETOP(tp, tilePlaneNum);
 		}
@@ -192,21 +196,21 @@ bottomside:
         	t = TiGetTypeExact(tp);
 		if (TiGetClient(tp) == extNbrUn && TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
 		{
-		    PUSHTILE(tp, tilePlaneNum);
+		    PUSHTILELEFT(tp, tilePlaneNum);
 		}
 	    }
 	}
 
 	/* Right */
 rightside:
-        if (IsSplit(tile) && !SplitSide(tile)) goto donesides;
+        if (IsSplit(tile) && !(dinfo & TT_SIDE)) goto donesides;
 	for (tp = TR(tile); TOP(tp) > BOTTOM(tile); tp = LB(tp))
 	{
             if (IsSplit(tp))
 	    {
                 t = SplitLeftType(tp);
-		// if (TiGetClient(tp) == extNbrUn && TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
+		if (ExtGetRegion(tp, (TileType)0) == CD2PTR(extNbrUn)
-		if (TiGetClientPTR(tp) != arg->fra_region && TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
+				&& TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
 		{
 		    PUSHTILELEFT(tp, tilePlaneNum);
 		}
@@ -216,7 +220,7 @@ rightside:
 		t = TiGetTypeExact(tp);
 		if (TiGetClient(tp) == extNbrUn && TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
 		{
-		    PUSHTILE(tp, tilePlaneNum);
+		    PUSHTILELEFT(tp, tilePlaneNum);
 		}
 	    }
 	}
@@ -224,9 +228,14 @@ rightside:
 donesides:
 	/* Apply the client's filter procedure if one exists */
 	if (arg->fra_each)
-	    if ((*arg->fra_each)(tile, tilePlaneNum, arg))
+	    if ((*arg->fra_each)(tile, dinfo, tilePlaneNum, arg))
 		goto fail;
 
+	/* Use tilePlaneNum value -1 to force ExtFindNeighbors to stay
+	 * on a single plane.
+	 */
+	if (tilePlaneNum < 0) continue;
+
 	/* If this is a contact, visit all the other planes */
 	if (DBIsContact(type))
 	{
@@ -235,6 +244,7 @@ donesides:
 	    for (pNum = PL_TECHDEPBASE; pNum < DBNumPlanes; pNum++)
 		if (PlaneMaskHasPlane(pMask, pNum))
 		{
+		    ExtRegion *tpreg;
 		    Plane *plane = arg->fra_def->cd_planes[pNum];
 
 		    /* Find the point on the new plane */
@@ -242,14 +252,14 @@ donesides:
 		    GOTOPOINT(tp, &tile->ti_ll);
 		    PlaneSetHint(plane, tp);
 
-		    /* If not yet visited, process tp */
-		    if (TiGetClient(tp) != extNbrUn) continue;
-
                     /* tp and tile should have the same geometry for a contact */
                     if (IsSplit(tile) && IsSplit(tp))
                     {
-			if (SplitSide(tile))
+			if (dinfo & TT_SIDE)
 			{
+			    /* Only process tp if not yet visited */
+			    tpreg = ExtGetRegion(tp, (TileType)TT_SIDE);
+			    if (tpreg != CD2PTR(extNbrUn)) continue;
 			    t = SplitRightType(tp);
 			    if (TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
 			    {
@@ -258,6 +268,9 @@ donesides:
 			}
 			else
 			{
+			    /* Only process tp if not yet visited */
+			    tpreg = ExtGetRegion(tp, (TileType)0);
+			    if (tpreg != CD2PTR(extNbrUn)) continue;
 			    t = SplitLeftType(tp);
 			    if (TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
 			    {
@@ -266,24 +279,37 @@ donesides:
 			}
                     }
                     else if (IsSplit(tp))
+		    {
+			/* Only process tp if not yet visited */
+			tpreg = ExtGetRegion(tp, (TileType)TT_SIDE);
+			if (tpreg == CD2PTR(extNbrUn))
 			{
 			    t = SplitRightType(tp);
 			    if (TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
 			    {
 				PUSHTILERIGHT(tp, pNum);
 			    }
+			}
+			/* Try both sides */
+			tpreg = ExtGetRegion(tp, (TileType)0);
+			if (tpreg == CD2PTR(extNbrUn))
+			{
 			    t = SplitLeftType(tp);
 			    if (TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
 			    {
 				PUSHTILELEFT(tp, pNum);
 			    }
 			}
+		    }
 		    else
 		    {
+			/* Only process tp if not yet visited */
+			tpreg = ExtGetRegion(tp, (TileType)0);
+			if (tpreg != CD2PTR(extNbrUn)) continue;
 			t = TiGetTypeExact(tp);
 			if (TTMaskHasType(mask, t))
 			{
-			    PUSHTILE(tp, pNum);
+			    PUSHTILELEFT(tp, pNum);
 			}
 		    }
 		}
@@ -300,27 +326,28 @@ donesides:
 	 */
 	if ((pMask = DBAllConnPlanes[type]))
 	{
+	    pla.uninit = extNbrUn;
 	    TITORECT(tile, &pla.area);
 	    GEO_EXPAND(&pla.area, 1, &biggerArea);
 	    for (pNum = PL_TECHDEPBASE; pNum < DBNumPlanes; pNum++)
 		if ((pNum != tilePlaneNum) && PlaneMaskHasPlane(pMask, pNum))
 		{
 		    pla.plane = pNum;
-		    (void) DBSrPaintArea((Tile *) NULL,
+		    (void) DBSrPaintNMArea((Tile *) NULL,
-			    arg->fra_def->cd_planes[pNum], &biggerArea,
+			    arg->fra_def->cd_planes[pNum],
+			    TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo, &biggerArea,
 			    mask, extNbrPushFunc, (ClientData) &pla);
 		}
 	}
     }
-
     return tilesfound;
 
 fail:
     /* Flush the stack */
     while (!StackEmpty(extNodeStack))
     {
-	POPTILE(tile, tilePlaneNum);
+	POPTILE(tile, dinfo, tilePlaneNum);
-	TiSetClientPTR(tile, arg->fra_region);
+	ExtSetRegion(tile, dinfo, arg->fra_region);
     }
     return -1;
 }
@@ -335,9 +362,9 @@ fail:
  * with tileArea, and it hasn't already been visited, push it on the stack
  * extNodeStack.
  *
- * Uses the global parameter extNbrUn to determine whether or not a tile
+ * Uses the value pla->uninit to determine whether or not a tile has been
- * has been visited; if the tile's client field is equal to extNbrUn, then
+ * visited; if the tile's client field is equal to pla->uninit, then this
- * this is the first time the tile has been seen.
+ * is the first time the tile has been seen.
  *
  * Results:
  *	Always returns 0.
@@ -349,8 +376,9 @@ fail:
  */
 
 int
-extNbrPushFunc(tile, pla)
+extNbrPushFunc(tile, dinfo, pla)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     PlaneAndArea *pla;
 {
     Rect *tileArea;
@@ -359,7 +387,7 @@ extNbrPushFunc(tile, pla)
     tileArea = &pla->area;
 
     /* Ignore tile if it's already been visited */
-    if (TiGetClient(tile) != extNbrUn)
+    if (ExtGetRegion(tile, dinfo) != CD2PTR(pla->uninit))
 	return 0;
 
     /* Only consider tile if it overlaps tileArea or shares part of a side */
@@ -372,7 +400,232 @@ extNbrPushFunc(tile, pla)
     }
 
     /* Push tile on the stack and mark as being visited */
-    PUSHTILE(tile, pla->plane);
+    PUSHTILE(tile, dinfo, pla->plane);
 
     return 0;
 }
+
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * extEnumTerminal ---
+ *
+ *	Search out an area belonging to a device terminal starting with a given
+ *	tile, and running a callback function for each tile found.  Note that
+ *	this routine is called from inside extEnumTilePerim and so is already
+ *	inside an extFindNeighbors() search function.  The function must be
+ *	careful not to modify regions, as the outer search function depends on
+ *	them.  Because a device terminal should be a compact area, it is okay
+ *	to create a linked list of tiles and use the linked list to reset the
+ *	regions at the end, rather than depending on the state of any tile's
+ *	ClientData record.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Whatever the callback function does.  Specifically, changing tile
+ *	ClientData records is *not* supposed to be a side effect of this
+ *	function, and all ClientData modifications must be put back exactly
+ *	as they were found.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This routine should be called only once for each device terminal.
+ * Once the terminal area and perimeter have been measured, it will not be
+ * called again.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+extEnumTerminal(Tile *tile,		/* Starting tile for search */
+	TileType dinfo,			/* Split tile information */
+	TileTypeBitMask *connect,	/* Pointer to connection table */
+	void (*func)(),			/* Callback function */
+	ClientData clientData)		/* Client data for callback function */
+{
+    ExtRegion *termreg;
+    TileAndDinfo *pendlist = NULL, *resetlist = NULL;
+    TileAndDinfo *curtad;
+    const TileTypeBitMask *connectMask;
+    Tile *tp, *t2;
+    TileType tpdi, t2di;
+    TileType loctype, checktype;
+    Rect tileArea;
+
+    /* The region attached to the first terminal tile will be the
+     * "uninitialized" value to check.
+     */
+
+    termreg = ExtGetRegion(tile, dinfo);
+    /* Set the ClientData to VISITPENDING */
+    ExtSetRegion(tile, dinfo, (ExtRegion *)VISITPENDING);
+
+    /* Start the linked list with this file */
+    curtad = (TileAndDinfo *)mallocMagic(sizeof(TileAndDinfo));
+    curtad->tad_tile = tile;
+    curtad->tad_dinfo = dinfo;
+    curtad->tad_next = NULL;
+    pendlist = curtad;
+
+    /* Yet another boundary search routine.  Just done with a linked list
+     * and not a stack because it's expected to search only a handful of
+     * tiles.
+     */
+
+    while (pendlist != NULL)
+    {
+	tp = pendlist->tad_tile;
+	tpdi = pendlist->tad_dinfo;
+
+	TiToRect(tp, &tileArea);
+
+	/* Call the client function.  The function has no return value. */
+	(*func)(tp, tpdi, clientData);
+
+	/* Move this tile entry to reset list */
+	curtad = pendlist;
+	pendlist = pendlist->tad_next;
+	curtad->tad_next = resetlist;
+	resetlist = curtad;
+
+	/* Search all sides of the tile for other tiles having the same
+	 * terminal node (same region in the ClientData record),
+	 * and add them to the linked list.  This code is largely copied
+	 * from dbSrConnectFunc().  Note that the connect table is used
+	 * because the device's gate node may have the same region but
+	 * is not part of the terminal.
+	 */
+
+	if (IsSplit(tp))
+	{
+	    if (tpdi & TT_SIDE)
+		loctype = SplitRightType(tp);
+	    else
+		loctype = SplitLeftType(tp);
+	}
+	else
+	    loctype = TiGetTypeExact(tp);
+	connectMask = &connect[loctype];
+
+	/* Left side */
+	if (IsSplit(tp) && (tpdi & TT_SIDE)) goto termbottom;
+
+	for (t2 = BL(tp); BOTTOM(t2) < tileArea.r_ytop; t2 = RT(t2))
+	{
+	    if (IsSplit(t2))
+	 	checktype = SplitRightType(t2);
+	    else
+		checktype = TiGetTypeExact(t2);
+	    if (TTMaskHasType(connectMask, checktype))
+	    {
+		t2di = (TileType)TT_SIDE;
+		/* Tile must belong to the terminal node and not been visited */
+		if (ExtGetRegion(t2, t2di) != termreg) continue;
+		/* Add t2 to the linked list */
+		curtad = (TileAndDinfo *)mallocMagic(sizeof(TileAndDinfo));
+		curtad->tad_tile = t2;
+		curtad->tad_dinfo = t2di;
+		curtad->tad_next = pendlist;
+		pendlist = curtad;
+		/* Set the ClientData to VISITPENDING */
+		ExtSetRegion(t2, t2di, (ExtRegion *)VISITPENDING);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/* Bottom side */
+termbottom:
+	if (IsSplit(tp) && ((!((tpdi & TT_SIDE) ? 1 : 0)) ^ SplitDirection(tp)))
+	    goto termright;
+
+	for (t2 = LB(tp); LEFT(t2) < tileArea.r_xtop; t2 = TR(t2))
+	{
+	    if (IsSplit(t2))
+		checktype = SplitTopType(t2);
+	    else
+		checktype = TiGetTypeExact(t2);
+	    if (TTMaskHasType(connectMask, checktype))
+	    {
+		t2di = SplitDirection(t2) ? (TileType)TT_SIDE : (TileType)0;
+		/* Tile must belong to the terminal node and not been visited */
+		if (ExtGetRegion(t2, t2di) != termreg) continue;
+		/* Add t2 to the linked list */
+		curtad = (TileAndDinfo *)mallocMagic(sizeof(TileAndDinfo));
+		curtad->tad_tile = t2;
+		curtad->tad_dinfo = t2di;
+		curtad->tad_next = pendlist;
+		pendlist = curtad;
+		/* Set the ClientData to VISITPENDING */
+		ExtSetRegion(t2, t2di, (ExtRegion *)VISITPENDING);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/* Right side: */
+termright:
+	if (IsSplit(tp) && !(tpdi & TT_SIDE)) goto termtop;
+
+	for (t2 = TR(tp); TOP(t2) > tileArea.r_ybot; t2 = LB(t2))
+	{
+	    if (IsSplit(t2))
+		checktype = SplitLeftType(t2);
+	    else
+		checktype = TiGetTypeExact(t2);
+	    if (TTMaskHasType(connectMask, checktype))
+	    {
+		t2di = (TileType)0;
+		/* Tile must belong to the terminal node and not been visited */
+		if (ExtGetRegion(t2, t2di) != termreg) continue;
+		/* Add t2 to the linked list */
+		curtad = (TileAndDinfo *)mallocMagic(sizeof(TileAndDinfo));
+		curtad->tad_tile = t2;
+		curtad->tad_dinfo = t2di;
+		curtad->tad_next = pendlist;
+		pendlist = curtad;
+		/* Set the ClientData to VISITPENDING */
+		ExtSetRegion(t2, t2di, (ExtRegion *)VISITPENDING);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/* Top side */
+termtop:
+	if (IsSplit(tp) && (((tpdi & TT_SIDE) ? 1 : 0) ^ SplitDirection(tp)))
+	    goto termdone;
+
+	for (t2 = RT(tp); RIGHT(t2) > tileArea.r_xbot; t2 = BL(t2))
+	{
+	    if (IsSplit(t2))
+		checktype = SplitBottomType(t2);
+	    else
+		checktype = TiGetTypeExact(t2);
+	    if (TTMaskHasType(connectMask, checktype))
+	    {
+		t2di = SplitDirection(t2) ? (TileType)0 : (TileType)TT_SIDE;
+		/* Tile must belong to the terminal node and not been visited */
+		if (ExtGetRegion(t2, t2di) != termreg) continue;
+		/* Add t2 to the linked list */
+		curtad = (TileAndDinfo *)mallocMagic(sizeof(TileAndDinfo));
+		curtad->tad_tile = t2;
+		curtad->tad_dinfo = t2di;
+		curtad->tad_next = pendlist;
+		pendlist = curtad;
+		/* Set the ClientData to VISITPENDING */
+		ExtSetRegion(t2, t2di, (ExtRegion *)VISITPENDING);
+	    }
+	}
+
+termdone:
+	/* (continue) */
+    }
+    
+    /* Clean up---Put the ClientData entries in the tiles back to
+     * term reg and free up the linked list memory.
+     */
+
+    while (resetlist != NULL)
+    {
+	curtad = resetlist->tad_next;
+	ExtSetRegion(resetlist->tad_tile, resetlist->tad_dinfo, termreg);
+	freeMagic(resetlist);
+	resetlist = curtad;
+    }
+}
+

extract/ExtPerim.c

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include "extract/extract.h"
 #include "extract/extractInt.h"
 
-#define	POINTEQUAL(p, q)	((p)->p_x == (q)->p_x && (p)->p_y == (q)->p_y)
+#define	POINTEQUAL(p, q)	(((p)->p_x == (q)->p_x) && ((p)->p_y == (q)->p_y))
 
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
  *	{
  *	}
  *
- * The value returned by this function is ignored.
+ * The value returned by the callback function is ignored.
  *
  * Results:
  *	Returns the total length of the portion of the perimeter of
@@ -68,10 +68,10 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
  *	to each qualifying segment of the boundary.
  *
  * Note:
- *	The width/length calculation method is manhattan-only.  So this
+ *	The width/length calculation method is manhattan-only, and will
- *	routine is pseudo-manhattan.  It computes the true non-manhattan
+ *	likely need correcting.  This routine computes the true perimeter
- *	perimeter, but calls the function on the perimeter tiles as if
+ *	length and calls the callback function on the perimeter tiles of
- *	the whole tile is the transistor type.
+ *	the correct tile type.
  *
  * Non-interruptible.
  *
@@ -81,28 +81,34 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 int
 extEnumTilePerim(
     Tile *tpIn,
+    TileType dinfo,
     const TileTypeBitMask *maskp,
     int pNum,			/* Plane of perimeter */
     int (*func)(),
     ClientData cdata)
 {
-    TileTypeBitMask mask = *maskp; /* TTMaskCopy(&mask, maskp) */
+    TileTypeBitMask mask = *maskp;
-    TileType origType;
     Tile *tpOut;
     int perimCorrect;
     Boundary b;
-    unsigned char sides = 0;
+    unsigned char sides = 0;	/* Sides to be ignored */
 
     b.b_inside = tpIn;
     b.b_plane = pNum;
     perimCorrect = 0;
 
-    /* Diagonal */
     if (IsSplit(tpIn))
     {
-	TileType otype = (SplitSide(tpIn)) ? SplitLeftType(tpIn): SplitRightType(tpIn);
+	/* Handle a diagonal boundary across a split tile.
-	TileType itype = (SplitSide(tpIn)) ? SplitRightType(tpIn): SplitLeftType(tpIn);
+	 * "dinfo" determines which side of the split tile is considered "inside" the
-	origType = TiGetTypeExact(tpIn);
+	 * boundary and which is "outside".  Invoke the callback function for the
+	 * diagonal, then determine which two sides don't need to be searched and
+	 * set the corresponding boundary direction bit in "sides".
+	 */
+
+	TileType otype = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitLeftType(tpIn): SplitRightType(tpIn);
+	TileType itype = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(tpIn): SplitLeftType(tpIn);
+
 	if (TTMaskHasType(&mask, otype))
 	{
 	    int width = RIGHT(tpIn) - LEFT(tpIn);
@@ -110,14 +116,40 @@ extEnumTilePerim(
 	    perimCorrect = width * width + height * height;
 	    perimCorrect = (int)sqrt((double)perimCorrect);
 	}
-	sides = (SplitSide(tpIn)) ? BD_LEFT : BD_RIGHT;
+
-	sides |= (SplitSide(tpIn) == SplitDirection(tpIn)) ? BD_BOTTOM : BD_TOP;
+	/* Invoke the callback function on diagonal boundaries */
-	TiSetBody(tpIn, itype);
+
+	b.b_outside = tpIn;	/* Same tile on both sides of the boundary */
+	TiToRect(tpIn, &b.b_segment);
+	
+	if (SplitDirection(tpIn))
+	{
+	    if (dinfo & TT_SIDE)
+		b.b_direction = BD_NE;
+	    else
+		b.b_direction = BD_SW;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    if (dinfo & TT_SIDE)
+		b.b_direction = BD_SE;
+	    else
+		b.b_direction = BD_NW;
+	}
+	if (func) (*func)(&b, cdata);
+
+	/* Flag which two sides of the tile don't need searching */
+
+	sides = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? BD_LEFT : BD_RIGHT;
+	sides |= (((dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? 1 : 0) == SplitDirection(tpIn)) ?
+		BD_BOTTOM : BD_TOP;
     }
     else
 	sides = 0;
 
     /* Top */
+    if (!(sides & BD_TOP))
+    {
 	b.b_segment.r_ybot = b.b_segment.r_ytop = TOP(tpIn);
 	b.b_direction = BD_TOP;
 	for (tpOut = RT(tpIn); RIGHT(tpOut) > LEFT(tpIn); tpOut = BL(tpOut))
@@ -127,12 +159,14 @@ extEnumTilePerim(
 		b.b_segment.r_xbot = MAX(LEFT(tpIn), LEFT(tpOut));
 		b.b_segment.r_xtop = MIN(RIGHT(tpIn), RIGHT(tpOut));
 		b.b_outside = tpOut;
-	    if (sides & BD_TOP) perimCorrect -= BoundaryLength(&b);
 		if (func) (*func)(&b, cdata);
 	    }
 	}
+    }
 
     /* Bottom */
+    if (!(sides & BD_BOTTOM))
+    {
 	b.b_segment.r_ybot = b.b_segment.r_ytop = BOTTOM(tpIn);
 	b.b_direction = BD_BOTTOM;
 	for (tpOut = LB(tpIn); LEFT(tpOut) < RIGHT(tpIn); tpOut = TR(tpOut))
@@ -142,12 +176,14 @@ extEnumTilePerim(
 		b.b_segment.r_xbot = MAX(LEFT(tpIn), LEFT(tpOut));
 		b.b_segment.r_xtop = MIN(RIGHT(tpIn), RIGHT(tpOut));
 		b.b_outside = tpOut;
-	    if (sides & BD_BOTTOM) perimCorrect -= BoundaryLength(&b);
 		if (func) (*func)(&b, cdata);
 	    }
 	}
+    }
 
     /* Left */
+    if (!(sides & BD_LEFT))
+    {
 	b.b_segment.r_xbot = b.b_segment.r_xtop = LEFT(tpIn);
 	b.b_direction = BD_LEFT;
 	for (tpOut = BL(tpIn); BOTTOM(tpOut) < TOP(tpIn); tpOut = RT(tpOut))
@@ -157,12 +193,14 @@ extEnumTilePerim(
 		b.b_segment.r_ybot = MAX(BOTTOM(tpIn), BOTTOM(tpOut));
 		b.b_segment.r_ytop = MIN(TOP(tpIn), TOP(tpOut));
 		b.b_outside = tpOut;
-	    if (sides & BD_LEFT) perimCorrect -= BoundaryLength(&b);
 		if (func) (*func)(&b, cdata);
 	    }
 	}
+    }
 
     /* Right */
+    if (!(sides & BD_RIGHT))
+    {
 	b.b_segment.r_xbot = b.b_segment.r_xtop = RIGHT(tpIn);
 	b.b_direction = BD_RIGHT;
 	for (tpOut = TR(tpIn); TOP(tpOut) > BOTTOM(tpIn); tpOut = LB(tpOut))
@@ -172,13 +210,10 @@ extEnumTilePerim(
 		b.b_segment.r_ybot = MAX(BOTTOM(tpIn), BOTTOM(tpOut));
 		b.b_segment.r_ytop = MIN(TOP(tpIn), TOP(tpOut));
 		b.b_outside = tpOut;
-	    if (sides & BD_RIGHT) perimCorrect -= BoundaryLength(&b);
 		if (func) (*func)(&b, cdata);
 	    }
 	}
-
+    }
-    if (sides != 0)
-	TiSetBody(tpIn, origType);
 
     return (perimCorrect);
 }

extract/ExtRegion.c

@@ -36,6 +36,58 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include "extract/extractInt.h"
 #include "utils/signals.h"
 
+/* 
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ExtGetRegion ---
+ *
+ * Get the region from the ClientData of a tile.  Normally this is just the
+ * ClientData record recast as an ExtRegion pointer.  However, if the tile
+ * is split and neither tile side is TT_SPACE, then the Tile will be given
+ * an ExtSplitRegion structure, and the returned region depends on the side
+ * specified by "dinfo" (bit TT_SIDE).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns the tile's client data record cast to a region pointer.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	This routine was previously implemented as an in-line definition
+ *	"extGetRegion(Tile *tp)".
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+ExtRegion *
+ExtGetRegion(Tile *tp,		/* Tile to get region record from */
+	TileType dinfo)		/* Split tile information, if relevant */
+{
+    ExtSplitRegion *esr;
+
+    if (IsSplit(tp))
+    {
+	if ((TiGetLeftType(tp) == TT_SPACE) || (TiGetRightType(tp) == TT_SPACE))
+	    return (ExtRegion *)tp->ti_client;
+	else
+	{
+	    esr = (ExtSplitRegion *)tp->ti_client;
+
+	    /* If this tile has not been handled and no ExtSplitRegion has
+	     * been created, then ti_client should be either CLIENTDEFAULT
+	     * or VISITPENDING.  It should not have any other values.
+	     */
+	    if ((ClientData)esr == CLIENTDEFAULT)
+		return CD2PTR(CLIENTDEFAULT);
+	    else if ((ClientData)esr == VISITPENDING)
+		return CD2PTR(VISITPENDING);
+	    return (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? esr->reg_right : esr->reg_left;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+	return (ExtRegion *)tp->ti_client;
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -53,6 +105,7 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
  *	ExtRegion *
  *	(*first)(tile, arg)
  *	    Tile *tile;		/# Tile is on plane arg->fra_pNum #/
+ *	    TileType dinfo;	/# Split tile information #/
  *	    FindRegion *arg;
  *	{
  *	}
@@ -62,6 +115,7 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
  *
  *	(*each)(tile, planeNum, arg)
  *	    Tile *tile;
+ *	    TileType dinfo;	/# Split tile information #/
  *	    int planeNum;	/# May be different than arg->fra_pNum #/
  *	    FindRegion *arg;
  *	{
@@ -85,7 +139,7 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
  */
 
 ExtRegion *
-ExtFindRegions(def, area, mask, connectsTo, uninit, first, each)
+ExtFindRegions(def, area, mask, connectsTo, first, each)
     CellDef *def;		/* Cell definition being searched */
     Rect *area;			/* Area to search initially for tiles */
     TileTypeBitMask *mask;	/* In the initial area search, only visit
@@ -101,9 +155,6 @@ ExtFindRegions(def, area, mask, connectsTo, uninit, first, each)
 				 * so this is the same as:
 				 *	TTMaskHasType(&connectsTo[t2], t1)
 				 */
-    ClientData uninit;		/* Contents of a ti_client field indicating
-				 * that the tile has not yet been visited.
-				 */
     ExtRegion * (*first)();	/* Applied to first tile in region */
     int (*each)();		/* Applied to each tile in region */
 {
@@ -113,7 +164,7 @@ ExtFindRegions(def, area, mask, connectsTo, uninit, first, each)
     ASSERT(first != NULL, "ExtFindRegions");
     arg.fra_connectsTo = connectsTo;
     arg.fra_def = def;
-    arg.fra_uninit = uninit;
+    arg.fra_uninit = CLIENTDEFAULT;
     arg.fra_first = first;
     arg.fra_each = each;
     arg.fra_region = (ExtRegion *) NULL;
@@ -124,7 +175,7 @@ ExtFindRegions(def, area, mask, connectsTo, uninit, first, each)
     SigDisableInterrupts();
     for (arg.fra_pNum=PL_TECHDEPBASE; arg.fra_pNum<DBNumPlanes; arg.fra_pNum++)
 	(void) DBSrPaintClient((Tile *) NULL, def->cd_planes[arg.fra_pNum],
-		area, mask, uninit, extRegionAreaFunc, (ClientData) &arg);
+		area, mask, CLIENTDEFAULT, extRegionAreaFunc, (ClientData) &arg);
     SigEnableInterrupts();
 
     return (arg.fra_region);
@@ -155,19 +206,20 @@ ExtFindRegions(def, area, mask, connectsTo, uninit, first, each)
  */
 
 int
-extRegionAreaFunc(tile, arg)
+extRegionAreaFunc(tile, dinfo, arg)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     FindRegion *arg;
 {
     /* Allocate a new region */
     if (arg->fra_first)
-	(void) (*arg->fra_first)(tile, arg);
+	(void) (*arg->fra_first)(tile, dinfo, arg);
 
     if (DebugIsSet(extDebugID, extDebAreaEnum))
 	extShowTile(tile, "area enum", 0);
 
     /* Recursively visit all tiles surrounding this one that we connect to */
-    (void) ExtFindNeighbors(tile, arg->fra_pNum, arg);
+    (void) ExtFindNeighbors(tile, dinfo, arg->fra_pNum, arg);
     return (0);
 }
 
@@ -180,7 +232,7 @@ extRegionAreaFunc(tile, arg)
  * Given a CellDef whose tiles have been set to point to LabRegions
  * by ExtFindRegions, walk down the label list and assign labels
  * to regions.  If the tile over which a label lies is still uninitialized
- * ie, points to extUnInit, we skip the label.
+ * ie, points to CLIENTDEFAULT, we skip the label.
  *
  * A label is attached to the LabRegion for a tile if the label's
  * type and the tile's type are connected according to the table
@@ -245,10 +297,10 @@ ExtLabelRegions(def, connTo, nodeList, clipArea)
 	    GOTOPOINT(tp, &p);
 	    PlaneSetHint(def->cd_planes[pNum], tp);
 	    if (extConnectsTo(TiGetType(tp), lab->lab_type, connTo)
-		    && extHasRegion(tp, extUnInit))
+		    && extHasRegion(tp, CLIENTDEFAULT))
 	    {
 		found = TRUE;
-		reg = (LabRegion *) extGetRegion(tp);
+		reg = (LabRegion *) ExtGetRegion(tp, (TileType)0);
 		ll = (LabelList *) mallocMagic((unsigned) (sizeof (LabelList)));
 		ll->ll_label = lab;
 		if (lab->lab_flags & PORT_DIR_MASK)
@@ -412,7 +464,7 @@ ExtLabelOneRegion(def, connTo, reg)
 	    GOTOPOINT(tp, &p);
 	    PlaneSetHint(def->cd_planes[pNum], tp);
 	    if (extConnectsTo(TiGetType(tp), lab->lab_type, connTo)
-		    && (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(tp) == reg)
+		    && (NodeRegion *) ExtGetRegion(tp, (TileType)0) == reg)
 	    {
 		ll = (LabelList *) mallocMagic((unsigned) (sizeof (LabelList)));
 		ll->ll_label = lab;
@@ -444,7 +496,6 @@ ExtLabelOneRegion(def, connTo, reg)
     }
 }
 
-
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -475,7 +526,7 @@ ExtResetTiles(def, resetTo)
     int pNum;
 
     for (pNum = PL_TECHDEPBASE; pNum < DBNumPlanes; pNum++)
-	DBResetTilePlane(def->cd_planes[pNum], resetTo);
+	DBResetTilePlaneSpecial(def->cd_planes[pNum], resetTo);
 }
 
 /*

extract/ExtSubtree.c

@@ -197,6 +197,7 @@ extSubtree(parentUse, reg, f)
     ha.ha_parentUse = parentUse;
     ha.ha_parentReg = reg;
     ha.ha_nodename = extSubtreeTileToNode;
+    ha.ha_interArea = GeoNullRect;
     ha.ha_cumFlat.et_use = extYuseCum;
     HashInit(&ha.ha_connHash, 32, 0);
 
@@ -250,6 +251,17 @@ extSubtree(parentUse, reg, f)
 			if (result == 0) {
 			    /* If result == FALSE then ha.ha_interArea is invalid. */
 			    ha.ha_interArea = rlab;
+			    /* Ensure that the interaction area is not zero */
+			    if (ha.ha_interArea.r_xtop - ha.ha_interArea.r_xbot == 0)
+			    {
+				ha.ha_interArea.r_xtop++;
+				ha.ha_interArea.r_xbot--;
+			    }
+			    if (ha.ha_interArea.r_ytop - ha.ha_interArea.r_ybot == 0)
+			    {
+				ha.ha_interArea.r_ytop++;
+				ha.ha_interArea.r_ybot--;
+			    }
 			    result = 1;
 			}
 			else
@@ -345,8 +357,9 @@ done:
 
 #ifdef	exactinteractions
 int
-extSubtreeCopyPlane(tile, plane)
+extSubtreeCopyPlane(tile, dinfo, plane)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     Plane *plane;
 {
     Rect r;
@@ -358,8 +371,9 @@ extSubtreeCopyPlane(tile, plane)
 }
 
 int
-extSubtreeShrinkPlane(tile, plane)
+extSubtreeShrinkPlane(tile, dinfo, plane)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     Plane *plane;
 {
     Rect r;
@@ -374,8 +388,9 @@ extSubtreeShrinkPlane(tile, plane)
 }
 
 int
-extSubtreeInterFunc(tile, ha)
+extSubtreeInterFunc(tile, dinfo, ha)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     HierExtractArg *ha;
 {
     TITORECT(tile, &ha->ha_interArea);
@@ -684,18 +699,22 @@ extSubtreeOutputCoupling(ha)
     HashStartSearch(&hs);
     while ((he = HashNext(&ha->ha_cumFlat.et_coupleHash, &hs)))
     {
+	TileType dinfo;
+
 	cap = extGetCapValue(he) / ExtCurStyle->exts_capScale;
 	if (cap == 0)
 	    continue;
 
 	ck = (CoupleKey *) he->h_key.h_words;
 
-	tp = extNodeToTile(ck->ck_1, &ha->ha_cumFlat);
+	tp = extNodeToTile(ck->ck_1, &ha->ha_cumFlat, &dinfo);
-	name = extSubtreeTileToNode(tp, ck->ck_1->nreg_pnum, &ha->ha_cumFlat, ha, TRUE);
+	name = extSubtreeTileToNode(tp, dinfo, ck->ck_1->nreg_pnum,
+			&ha->ha_cumFlat, ha, TRUE);
 	fprintf(ha->ha_outf, "cap \"%s\" ", name);
 
-	tp = extNodeToTile(ck->ck_2, &ha->ha_cumFlat);
+	tp = extNodeToTile(ck->ck_2, &ha->ha_cumFlat, &dinfo);
-	name = extSubtreeTileToNode(tp, ck->ck_2->nreg_pnum, &ha->ha_cumFlat, ha, TRUE);
+	name = extSubtreeTileToNode(tp, dinfo, ck->ck_2->nreg_pnum,
+			&ha->ha_cumFlat, ha, TRUE);
 	fprintf(ha->ha_outf, "\"%s\" %lg\n", name, cap);
     }
 }
@@ -713,8 +732,9 @@ extSubtreeOutputCoupling(ha)
  */
 
 int
-extFoundProc(tile, clientData)
+extFoundProc(tile, dinfo, clientData)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     ClientData clientData;
 {
     return 1;
@@ -770,6 +790,7 @@ extSubtreeFunc(scx, ha)
      */
     ha->ha_subArea = use->cu_bbox;
     GEOCLIP(&ha->ha_subArea, &ha->ha_interArea);
+
     hy.hy_area = &ha->ha_subArea;
     hy.hy_target = oneFlat->et_use;
     hy.hy_prefix = TRUE;
@@ -882,7 +903,7 @@ extSubtreeFunc(scx, ha)
 	    (NodeRegion *) ExtFindRegions(cumUse->cu_def, &TiPlaneRect,
 				&ExtCurStyle->exts_activeTypes,
 				ExtCurStyle->exts_nodeConn,
-				extUnInit, extHierLabFirst, (int (*)()) NULL);
+				extHierLabFirst, (int (*)()) NULL);
 	ExtLabelRegions(cumUse->cu_def, ExtCurStyle->exts_nodeConn,
 			&(ha->ha_cumFlat.et_nodes), &TiPlaneRect);
     }
@@ -919,7 +940,7 @@ extSubtreeFunc(scx, ha)
     /* Free the cumulative node list we extracted above */
     if (ha->ha_cumFlat.et_nodes)
     {
-	ExtResetTiles(cumUse->cu_def, extUnInit);
+	ExtResetTiles(cumUse->cu_def, CLIENTDEFAULT);
 	ExtFreeLabRegions((LabRegion *) ha->ha_cumFlat.et_nodes);
 	ha->ha_cumFlat.et_nodes = (NodeRegion *) NULL;
     }
@@ -1040,8 +1061,9 @@ extSubstrateFunc(scx, ha)
  */
 
 char *
-extSubtreeTileToNode(tp, pNum, et, ha, doHard)
+extSubtreeTileToNode(tp, dinfo, pNum, et, ha, doHard)
     Tile *tp;		/* Tile whose node name is to be found */
+    TileType dinfo;	/* Split tile information */
     int pNum;		/* Plane of the tile */
     ExtTree *et;	/* Yank buffer to search */
     HierExtractArg *ha;	/* Extraction context */
@@ -1061,9 +1083,9 @@ extSubtreeTileToNode(tp, pNum, et, ha, doHard)
     TileType ttype;
 
     /* If there is a label list, use it */
-    if (extHasRegion(tp, extUnInit))
+    if (extHasRegion(tp, CLIENTDEFAULT))
     {
-	reg = (LabRegion *) extGetRegion(tp);
+	reg = (LabRegion *) ExtGetRegion(tp, dinfo);
 	if (reg->lreg_labels)
 	    return (extNodeName(reg));
     }
@@ -1080,12 +1102,7 @@ extSubtreeTileToNode(tp, pNum, et, ha, doHard)
 	 * can cause problems.
 	 */
 	if (IsSplit(tp))
-	{
+	    ttype = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(tp) : SplitLeftType(tp);
-	    if (SplitSide(tp))
-		ttype = SplitRightType(tp);
-	    else
-		ttype = SplitLeftType(tp);
-	}
 	else
 	    ttype = TiGetTypeExact(tp);
 
@@ -1095,7 +1112,7 @@ extSubtreeTileToNode(tp, pNum, et, ha, doHard)
 	    {
 		if (DBSrPaintNMArea((Tile *) NULL,
 			et->et_lookNames->cd_planes[pNum],
-			TiGetTypeExact(tp), &r, &DBAllButSpaceBits,
+			TiGetTypeExact(tp) | dinfo, &r, &DBAllButSpaceBits,
 			extConnFindFunc, (ClientData) &reg))
 		{
 		    if (SigInterruptPending)
@@ -1119,8 +1136,8 @@ extSubtreeTileToNode(tp, pNum, et, ha, doHard)
 
     /* We have to do it the hard way */
     if (!doHard) return ((char *) NULL);
-    if (extHasRegion(tp, extUnInit)
+    if (extHasRegion(tp, CLIENTDEFAULT)
-	    && (reg = extSubtreeHardNode(tp, pNum, et, ha)))
+	    && (reg = extSubtreeHardNode(tp, dinfo, pNum, et, ha)))
     {
 	if (ExtDoWarn & EXTWARN_LABELS)
 	{
@@ -1154,13 +1171,14 @@ extSubtreeTileToNode(tp, pNum, et, ha, doHard)
  */
 
 int
-extConnFindFunc(tp, preg)
+extConnFindFunc(tp, dinfo, preg)
     Tile *tp;
+    TileType dinfo;	// Unused, but needs to be handled
     LabRegion **preg;
 {
-    if (extHasRegion(tp, extUnInit))
+    if (extHasRegion(tp, CLIENTDEFAULT))
     {
-	*preg = (LabRegion *) extGetRegion(tp);
+	*preg = (LabRegion *)ExtGetRegion(tp, dinfo);
 	return (1);
     }
 
@@ -1198,13 +1216,14 @@ extConnFindFunc(tp, preg)
  */
 
 LabRegion *
-extSubtreeHardNode(tp, pNum, et, ha)
+extSubtreeHardNode(tp, dinfo, pNum, et, ha)
     Tile *tp;
+    TileType dinfo;
     int pNum;
     ExtTree *et;
     HierExtractArg *ha;
 {
-    LabRegion *lreg = (LabRegion *) extGetRegion(tp);
+    LabRegion *lreg = (LabRegion *) ExtGetRegion(tp, dinfo);
     CellDef *def = et->et_use->cu_def;
     TileType ttype;
     char labelBuf[4096];
@@ -1215,7 +1234,7 @@ extSubtreeHardNode(tp, pNum, et, ha)
 
     if (IsSplit(tp))
     {
-	if (SplitSide(tp))
+	if (dinfo & TT_SIDE)
 	    ttype = SplitRightType(tp);
 	else
 	    ttype = SplitLeftType(tp);

extract/ExtTech.c

@@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ ExtTechSimplePerimCap(argc, argv)
 
     if (ExtCurStyle->exts_planeOrderStatus != seenPlaneOrder)
     {
-	TechError("Cannot parse area cap line without plane ordering!\n");
+	TechError("Cannot parse perimeter cap line without plane ordering!\n");
 	return;
     }
 
@@ -1376,9 +1376,14 @@ ExtTechSimplePerimCap(argc, argv)
     TTMaskSetMask(allExtractTypes, &types);
     plane1 = DBTechNoisyNamePlane(argv[2]);
 
-    TTMaskCom2(&nottypes, &types);
+    /* As part of the "simple perimeter" simplifications, "nottypes" can
+     * only be space.  This prevents perimeter edges from being seen
+     * between, e.g., poly and transistor gates, or metal and metal
+     * resistors.
+     */
+    TTMaskSetOnlyType(&nottypes, TT_SPACE);
+
     TTMaskAndMask(&types, &DBPlaneTypes[plane1]);
-    TTMaskAndMask(&nottypes, &DBPlaneTypes[plane1]);
 
     capVal = aToCap(argv[argc - 1]);
 
@@ -1632,7 +1637,7 @@ ExtTechSimpleOverlapCap(argv)
 
     if (ExtCurStyle->exts_planeOrderStatus != seenPlaneOrder)
     {
-	TechError("Cannot parse area cap line without plane ordering!\n");
+	TechError("Cannot parse overlap cap line without plane ordering!\n");
 	return;
     }
 
@@ -1732,7 +1737,7 @@ ExtTechSimpleSideOverlapCap(argv)
 
     if (ExtCurStyle->exts_planeOrderStatus != seenPlaneOrder)
     {
-	TechError("Cannot parse area cap line without plane ordering!\n");
+	TechError("Cannot parse side overlap cap line without plane ordering!\n");
 	return;
     }
 
@@ -1740,9 +1745,14 @@ ExtTechSimpleSideOverlapCap(argv)
     TTMaskSetMask(allExtractTypes, &types);
     plane1 = DBTechNoisyNamePlane(argv[2]);
 
-    TTMaskCom2(&nottypes, &types);
+    /* As part of the "simple sideoverlap" simplifications, "nottypes"
+     * can only be space.  This prevents perimeter edges from being
+     * seen between, e.g., poly and transistor gates, or metal and
+     * metal resistors.
+     */
+    TTMaskSetOnlyType(&nottypes, TT_SPACE);
+
     TTMaskAndMask(&types,    &DBPlaneTypes[plane1]);
-    TTMaskAndMask(&nottypes, &DBPlaneTypes[plane1]);
 
     DBTechNoisyNameMask(argv[3], &ov);
     TTMaskSetMask(allExtractTypes, &ov);
@@ -2747,24 +2757,34 @@ ExtTechLine(sectionName, argc, argv)
 		    DBTechNoisyNameMask(argv[4], &termtypes[0]); /* bottom */
 		    TTMaskSetMask(allExtractTypes, &termtypes[0]);
 		    termtypes[1] = DBZeroTypeBits;
-
-		    if (argc > 5)
-			gccap = aToCap(argv[argc - 1]);		/* area cap */
-		    if ((argc > 6) && StrIsNumeric(argv[argc - 2]))
-		    {
-			gscap = aToCap(argv[argc - 2]);		/* perimeter cap */
-			argc--;
-		    }
 		    nterm = 1;
 
-		    if ((argc > 6) && strcmp(argv[5], "None"))
+		    /* If argv[argc - 1] is a numerical value, then it is
+		     * an area cap value and may be followed by another
+		     * numerical value, the perimeter cap.
+		     */
+
+		    if ((argc > 5) && StrIsNumeric(argv[argc - 1]))
 		    {
-			DBTechNoisyNameMask(argv[5], &subsTypes);   /* substrate */
+			gccap = aToCap(argv[argc - 1]);		/* area cap */
+			argc--;
+
+			if ((argc > 5) && StrIsNumeric(argv[argc - 1]))
+			{
+			    gscap = aToCap(argv[argc - 1]);	/* perimeter cap */
+			    argc--;
+			}
+		    }
+
+		    if ((argc > 5) && strcmp(argv[5], "None"))
+		    {
+			/* substrate */
+			DBTechNoisyNameMask(argv[5], &subsTypes);
 			TTMaskSetMask(allExtractTypes, &subsTypes);
 		    }
 		    else
 			subsTypes = DBZeroTypeBits;
-		    if (argc > 7) subsName = argv[6];
+		    if (argc > 6) subsName = argv[6];
 		    break;
 
 		case DEV_SUBCKT:
@@ -3350,6 +3370,21 @@ ExtTechLine(sectionName, argc, argv)
 		}
 		else
 		{
+		    char *decimal;
+
+		    if ((decimal = strchr(argv[2], '.')) != NULL)
+		    {
+			*decimal = '\0';
+			if (StrIsInt(argv[2]))
+			{
+			    resVal = aToRes(argv[2]);
+			    if (strcmp(decimal + 1, "0"))
+				TxError("Resist argument truncated to integer value.\n");
+			}
+			else
+			    TxError("Unparseable resist argument \"%s\"\n", argv[2]);
+		    }
+		    else
 			TxError("Resist argument must be integer or \"None\".\n");
 		    break;
 		}

extract/ExtTest.c

@@ -316,8 +316,10 @@ ExtractTest(w, cmd)
 }
 
 int
-extShowInter(tile)
+extShowInter(tile, dinfo, clientdata)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
+    ClientData clientdata;	/* (unused) */
 {
     Rect r;
 

extract/ExtTimes.c

@@ -358,8 +358,8 @@ extTimesCellFunc(cs)
     /* Count the number of transistors */
     transList = (TransRegion *) ExtFindRegions(def, &TiPlaneRect,
 		    &ExtCurStyle->exts_deviceMask, ExtCurStyle->exts_deviceConn,
-		    extUnInit, extTransFirst, extTransEach);
+		    extTransFirst, extTransEach);
-    ExtResetTiles(def, extUnInit);
+    ExtResetTiles(def, CLIENTDEFAULT);
     for (tl = transList; tl; tl = tl->treg_next)
 	cs->cs_fets++;
     ExtFreeLabRegions((LabRegion *) transList);
@@ -396,8 +396,9 @@ extTimesCellFunc(cs)
  */
 
 int
-extCountTiles(tile, cs)
+extCountTiles(tile, dinfo, cs)
-    Tile *tile;			/* UNUSED */
+    Tile *tile;			/* (unused) */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
     struct cellStats *cs;
 {
     cs->cs_rects++;
@@ -843,7 +844,7 @@ extPaintOnly(def)
 
     reg = extBasic(def, extDevNull);
     if (reg) ExtFreeLabRegions((LabRegion *) reg);
-    ExtResetTiles(def, extUnInit);
+    ExtResetTiles(def, CLIENTDEFAULT);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1115,8 +1116,9 @@ extInterAreaFunc(use, f)
 }
 
 int
-extInterCountFunc(tile, pArea)
+extInterCountFunc(tile, dinfo, pArea)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;	/* (unused) */
     int *pArea;
 {
     Rect r;

extract/ExtUnique.c

@@ -61,6 +61,11 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
  *	    names that don't end in '!'.
  *	If option is EXT_UNIQ_NOPORTS, then generate unique names as for
  *	    option 0 only if the label is not a port.
+ *	If option is EXT_UNIQ_TEMP, then generate unique names as for
+ *	    EXT_UNIQ_ALL, but also set the LABEL_UNIQUE flag for the
+ *	    label.  This way, the unique label form can be used by the
+ *	    extraction code but labels (and port indexes) can be reverted
+ *	    afterward, and no permanent change is made to the circuit.
  *
  * Results:
  *	Returns the number of warnings generated.
@@ -109,7 +114,7 @@ extUniqueCell(def, option)
     lregList = (LabRegion *) ExtFindRegions(def, &TiPlaneRect,
 				&ExtCurStyle->exts_activeTypes,
 				ExtCurStyle->exts_nodeConn,
-				extUnInit, extHierLabFirst, (int (*)()) NULL);
+				extHierLabFirst, (int (*)()) NULL);
 
     /* Assign the labels to their associated regions */
     ExtLabelRegions(def, ExtCurStyle->exts_nodeConn, &lregList, &TiPlaneRect);
@@ -187,7 +192,7 @@ extUniqueCell(def, option)
     HashKill(&labelHash);
     ExtFreeLabRegions((LabRegion *) lregList);
     if (nodeList) freeMagic(nodeList);
-    ExtResetTiles(def, extUnInit);
+    ExtResetTiles(def, CLIENTDEFAULT);
     if (nwarn)
 	TxError("%s: %d warnings\n", def->cd_name, nwarn);
     return (nwarn);
@@ -219,7 +224,7 @@ extMakeUnique(def, ll, lreg, lregList, labelHash, option)
      * changes a label to make it unique.
      */
     text = ll->ll_label->lab_text;
-    if (option == EXT_UNIQ_ALL)
+    if (option == EXT_UNIQ_ALL || option == EXT_UNIQ_TEMP)
 	goto makeUnique;
     else if ((option == EXT_UNIQ_NOPORTS || option == EXT_UNIQ_NOTOPPORTS)
 		&& !(ll->ll_label->lab_flags & PORT_DIR_MASK))
@@ -320,8 +325,11 @@ makeUnique:
 	    lab = ll2->ll_label;
 	    saveLab = *lab;
 
+	    /* Flag this label as having been modified */
+	    if (option == EXT_UNIQ_TEMP) flags |= LABEL_UNIQUE;
+
 	    DBRemoveLabel(def, lab);
-	    (void) DBPutFontLabel(def, &saveLab.lab_rect,
+	    DBPutFontLabel(def, &saveLab.lab_rect,
 		 	saveLab.lab_font, saveLab.lab_size, saveLab.lab_rotate,
 			&saveLab.lab_offset, saveLab.lab_just, name2,
 			saveLab.lab_type, flags, (unsigned int)portno);
@@ -334,3 +342,64 @@ makeUnique:
 
     return 0;
 }
+
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * extRevertUniqueCell --
+ *
+ * For the cell 'def', look for labels marked with LABEL_UNIQUE and
+ * remove the unique suffix.  If the label is a port, then revert
+ * the port index back to the original port number.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Changes the label records in the cell def.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+ExtRevertUniqueCell(CellDef *def)
+{
+    Label *lab, *tlab;
+    char *uptr;
+
+    for (lab = def->cd_labels; lab; lab = lab->lab_next)
+    {
+	if (lab->lab_flags & LABEL_UNIQUE)
+	{
+	    /* There is no need to regenerate the label.  We are
+	     * only reducing the string length, so just drop a null
+	     * at the last underscore and leave it at that.
+	     */
+	
+	    lab->lab_flags &= ~LABEL_UNIQUE;	/* Clear the flag */
+
+	    /* Place a null at the last underscore */
+	    uptr = strrchr(lab->lab_text, '_');
+	    if (uptr != NULL)		/* should always be true */
+		*uptr = '\0';
+
+	    /* If the label is a port, then find the first unmodified
+	     * version of the label and change the port back to its
+	     * port number
+	     */
+	    if (lab->lab_flags & PORT_DIR_MASK)
+	    {
+		for (tlab = def->cd_labels; tlab; tlab = tlab->lab_next)
+		{
+		    if (tlab == lab) continue;
+		    else if (!strcmp(tlab->lab_text, lab->lab_text))
+		    {
+			lab->lab_port = tlab->lab_port;
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+

extract/extract.h

@@ -68,12 +68,14 @@ extern const char * const extDevTable[];
 #define	EXT_DOADJUST		0x001	/* Extract hierarchical adjustments */
 #define	EXT_DOCAPACITANCE	0x002	/* Extract capacitance */
 #define	EXT_DOCOUPLING		0x004	/* Extract coupling capacitance */
-#define	EXT_DORESISTANCE	0x008	/* Extract resistance */
+#define	EXT_DORESISTANCE	0x008	/* Extract lumped resistance */
 #define	EXT_DOLENGTH		0x010	/* Extract pathlengths */
 #define	EXT_DOFRINGEHALO	0x020	/* Distributed fringe capacitance */
 #define	EXT_DOALL		0x03f	/* ALL OF THE ABOVE */
 #define	EXT_DOLABELCHECK	0x040	/* Check for connections by label */
 #define EXT_DOALIASES		0x080	/* Output all node aliases */
+#define EXT_DOUNIQUE		0x100	/* Force unique nodes during extraction */
+#define EXT_DOEXTRESIST		0x200	/* Do full R-C extraction */
 
 extern int ExtOptions;		/* Bitmask of above */
 extern char *ExtLocalPath;	/* If non-NULL, location to write .ext files */ 
@@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ extern char *ExtLocalPath;	/* If non-NULL, location to write .ext files */
 #define EXT_UNIQ_TAGGED		1
 #define EXT_UNIQ_NOPORTS	2
 #define EXT_UNIQ_NOTOPPORTS	3
+#define EXT_UNIQ_TEMP		4	/* Used only with "EXT_DOUNIQUE" */
 
 extern bool ExtTechLine();
 extern void ExtTechInit();
@@ -108,8 +111,10 @@ extern void ExtGetZAxis();
 
 extern void ExtDumpCaps();
 
-extern int extEnumTilePerim(Tile *tpIn, const TileTypeBitMask *maskp, int pNum, int (*func)(), ClientData cdata);
+extern int extEnumTilePerim(Tile *tpIn, TileType dinfo, const TileTypeBitMask *maskp, int pNum, int (*func)(), ClientData cdata);
 extern Plane *extPrepSubstrate();
+extern FILE *ExtFileOpen(CellDef *def, char *file, char *mode, char **prealfile);
+
 
 /* C99 compat */
 extern void ExtAll();

extract/extractInt.h

@@ -154,6 +154,19 @@ typedef struct reg
     struct reg	*reg_next;	/* Next region in list */
 } ExtRegion;
 
+    /*
+     * Special structure for split tiles which have something other than
+     * TT_SPACE on both sides and require two regions to represent both
+     * nets connected to the tile.
+     */
+typedef struct split_reg
+{
+    ExtRegion *reg_guard;	// Use this to guard against failure to
+				// identify a split region (temporary).
+    ExtRegion *reg_left;	// Region belonging to tile left side
+    ExtRegion *reg_right;	// Region belonging to tile right side
+} ExtSplitRegion;
+
     /*
      * GENERIC region with labels.
      * Any other structure that wants to reference node names
@@ -196,6 +209,7 @@ typedef struct nreg
 				 * in X, then in Y.
 				 */
     LabelList	*nreg_labels;	/* See LabRegion for description */
+    ClientData	 nreg_subnet;	/* Subnet record generated by extresist */
     CapValue	 nreg_cap;	/* Capacitance to ground */
     ResValue	 nreg_resist;	/* Resistance estimate */
     PerimArea	 nreg_pa[1];	/* Dummy; each node actually has
@@ -212,16 +226,18 @@ typedef struct treg
 {
     struct treg	*treg_next;	/* Next region in list */
     int		 treg_pnum;	/* UNUSED */
-    int		 treg_type;	/* Type of tile that contains treg_ll */
+    int		 treg_type;	/* UNUSED */
     Point	 treg_ll;	/* UNUSED */
     LabelList	*treg_labels;	/* Attribute list */
     Tile	*treg_tile;	/* Some tile in the channel */
+    TileType	 treg_dinfo;	/* Diagonal information for treg_tile* */
     int		 treg_area;	/* Area of channel */
 } TransRegion;
 
 typedef struct {	/* Maintain plane information when pushing	*/
     Rect area;		/* tiles on the node stack.  For use with	*/
     int  plane;		/* function extNbrPushFunc().			*/
+    ClientData uninit;	/* Value of an unvisited region			*/
 } PlaneAndArea;
 
 /* Structure to be kept in a hash table of node regions for the current	*/
@@ -253,7 +269,7 @@ typedef struct
     CellDef		*fra_def;	 /* Def being searched */
     int			 fra_pNum;	 /* Plane currently searching */
     ClientData		 fra_uninit;	 /* This value appears in the ti_client
-					  * field of a tile if it's not yet
+					  * field of a tile if it has not yet
 					  * been visited.
 					  */
     ExtRegion	      *(*fra_first)();	 /* Function to init new region */
@@ -281,16 +297,27 @@ typedef struct
     int		 b_plane;	/* extract argument for extSideOverlap   */
 } Boundary;
 
+/* Define Manhattan boundary length */
+
 #define	BoundaryLength(bp) \
 	((bp)->b_segment.r_xtop - (bp)->b_segment.r_xbot \
     +    (bp)->b_segment.r_ytop - (bp)->b_segment.r_ybot)
 
 /* Directions in which we can be following the boundary of a perimeter	*/
 
-#define	BD_LEFT		1	/* Inside is to right */
+#define	BD_LEFT		0x01	/* Inside is to right */
-#define	BD_TOP		2	/* Inside is below */
+#define	BD_TOP		0x02	/* Inside is below */
-#define	BD_RIGHT	4	/* Inside is to left */
+#define	BD_RIGHT	0x04	/* Inside is to left */
-#define	BD_BOTTOM	8	/* Inside is above */
+#define	BD_BOTTOM	0x08	/* Inside is above */
+
+/* Non-manhattan boundary directions.  Inside is in the
+ * direction indicated (e.g., BD_NW, inside is top left)
+ */
+#define BD_NW		0x10	/* TT_SIDE = 0 TT_DIR = 0 */
+#define BD_SW		0x20	/* TT_SIDE = 0 TT_DIR = 1 */
+#define BD_SE		0x40	/* TT_SIDE = 1 TT_DIR = 0 */
+#define BD_NE		0x80	/* TT_SIDE = 1 TT_DIR = 1 */
+
 
 /* -------- Yank buffers for hierarchical and array extraction -------- */
 
@@ -342,6 +369,7 @@ typedef struct extTree
      *	char *
      *	proc(tp, et, ha)
      *	    Tile *tp;
+     *	    TileType dinfo;
      *	    ExtTree *et;
      *	    HierExtractArg *ha;
      *	{
@@ -372,7 +400,7 @@ typedef struct
 				 */
     Tile	*hierOneTile;	/* Used in ExtHier.c, tile from extHierOneFlat */
     int		hierPNum;	/* Used in ExtHier.c, plane of tile above */
-    TileType	hierType;	/* Used in ExtHier.c, type of tile above */
+    TileType	hierType;	/* Used in ExtHier.c, type of tile above, incl. TT_SIDE */
     int		hierPNumBelow;	/* Used in ExtHier.c, plane of tile below */
 } HierExtractArg;
 
@@ -934,12 +962,6 @@ extern ExtStyle *ExtCurStyle;
 
 /* ------------------- Hierarchical node merging ---------------------- */
 
-/*
- * Table used to hold all merged nodes during hierarchical extraction.
- * Used for duplicate suppression.
- */
-extern HashTable extHierMergeTable;
-
 /*
  * Each hash entry in the above table points to a NodeName struct.
  * Each NodeName points to the Node corresponding to that name.
@@ -968,17 +990,10 @@ typedef struct node
 
 /* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
-/*
+extern ExtRegion *ExtGetRegion(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo);
- * Value normally resident in the ti_client field of a tile,
- * indicating that the tile has not yet been visited in a
- * region search.
- */
-extern ClientData extUnInit;
 
-#define extGetRegion(tp)	( (tp)->ti_client )
 #define extHasRegion(tp,und)	( (tp)->ti_client != (und) )
 
-
 /* For non-recursive flooding algorithm */
 #define	VISITPENDING	((ClientData) NULL)	/* Marks tiles on stack */
 
@@ -989,44 +1004,47 @@ extern ClientData extUnInit;
 /* because the search algorithm can overwrite it between the	*/
 /* time the tile is pushed and the time that it is popped.	*/
 
-#define	PUSHTILE(tp, pl) \
+#define	PUSHTILE(tp, di, pl) \
-	(tp)->ti_client = VISITPENDING; \
+	ExtSetRegion(tp, di, (ExtRegion *)VISITPENDING); \
-	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)(pl | \
+	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)pl, extNodeStack); \
-		((TileType)(spointertype)(tp)->ti_body & TT_SIDE)), extNodeStack); \
+	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)di, extNodeStack); \
 	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)tp, extNodeStack)
 
-#define POPTILE(tp, pl) \
+#define POPTILE(tp, di, pl) \
 	tp = (Tile *) STACKPOP(extNodeStack); \
-	pl = (spointertype) STACKPOP(extNodeStack); \
+	di = (spointertype) STACKPOP(extNodeStack); \
-	if (pl & TT_SIDE) { \
+	pl = (spointertype) STACKPOP(extNodeStack)
-	   TiSetBody((tp), TiGetTypeExact(tp) | TT_SIDE); \
-	   pl &= (~TT_SIDE); \
-	} \
-	else \
-	   TiSetBody((tp), TiGetTypeExact(tp) & (~TT_SIDE))
 
 /* Variations of "pushtile" to force a specific value on TT_SIDE */
 
 #define PUSHTILEBOTTOM(tp, pl) \
-	(tp)->ti_client = VISITPENDING; \
+	{ \
-	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)(pl | \
+	TileType di = (SplitDirection(tp)) ? 0 : TT_SIDE; \
-		((SplitDirection(tp)) ? 0 : TT_SIDE)), extNodeStack) ;\
+	ExtSetRegion(tp, di, (ExtRegion *)VISITPENDING); \
-	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)tp, extNodeStack)
+	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)pl, extNodeStack); \
+	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)di, extNodeStack); \
+	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)tp, extNodeStack); \
+	}
 
 #define PUSHTILETOP(tp, pl) \
-	(tp)->ti_client = VISITPENDING; \
+	{ \
-	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)(pl | \
+	TileType di = (SplitDirection(tp)) ? TT_SIDE : 0; \
-		((SplitDirection(tp)) ? TT_SIDE : 0)), extNodeStack) ;\
+	ExtSetRegion(tp, di, (ExtRegion *)VISITPENDING); \
-	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)tp, extNodeStack)
+	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)pl, extNodeStack); \
+	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)di, extNodeStack); \
+	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)tp, extNodeStack); \
+	}
 
 #define PUSHTILELEFT(tp, pl) \
-	(tp)->ti_client = VISITPENDING; \
+	ExtSetRegion(tp, (TileType)0, (ExtRegion *)VISITPENDING); \
 	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)(pl), extNodeStack); \
+	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)0, extNodeStack); \
 	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)tp, extNodeStack)
 
 #define PUSHTILERIGHT(tp, pl) \
-	(tp)->ti_client = VISITPENDING; \
+	ExtSetRegion(tp, (TileType)TT_SIDE, (ExtRegion *)VISITPENDING); \
-	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)(pl | TT_SIDE), extNodeStack); \
+	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)pl, extNodeStack); \
+	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)TT_SIDE, extNodeStack); \
 	STACKPUSH((ClientData)(pointertype)tp, extNodeStack)
 
 /* ------------------------- Region finding --------------------------- */
@@ -1056,11 +1074,12 @@ extern Tile *extNodeToTile();
 #define	NODETONODE(nold, et, nnew) \
 	if (1) { \
 	    Tile *tp; \
+	    TileType di; \
  \
 	    (nnew) = (NodeRegion *) NULL; \
-	    tp = extNodeToTile((nold), (et)); \
+	    tp = extNodeToTile((nold), (et), (TileType *)&di); \
-	    if (tp && extHasRegion(tp, extUnInit)) \
+	    if (tp && extHasRegion(tp, CLIENTDEFAULT)) \
-		(nnew) = (NodeRegion *) extGetRegion(tp); \
+		(nnew) = (NodeRegion *) ExtGetRegion(tp, di); \
 	}
 
 /* -------------------- Miscellaneous procedures ---------------------- */
@@ -1072,6 +1091,7 @@ extern ExtTree *extHierNewOne();
 extern int extNbrPushFunc();
 extern TileType extGetDevType();
 extern void extMakeNodeNumPrint();
+extern void ExtSetRegion();
 
 /* --------------------- Miscellaneous globals ------------------------ */
 
@@ -1104,6 +1124,11 @@ extern Plane *extCellFile();
 extern int  extInterAreaFunc();
 extern int  extTreeSrPaintArea();
 extern int  extMakeUnique();
+extern void extEnumTerminal();
+extern void extEnumTerminal(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo,
+        TileTypeBitMask *connect, void (*func)(), ClientData clientData);
+extern void ExtRevertUniqueCell(CellDef *def);
+
 
 /* ------------------ Connectivity table management ------------------- */
 

garouter/gaChannel.c

@@ -482,8 +482,9 @@ gaPropagateBlockages(list)
  */
 
 int
-gaSetClient(tile, cdata)
+gaSetClient(tile, dinfo, cdata)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;	/* (unused) */
     ClientData cdata;
 {
     tile->ti_client = (ClientData) cdata;
@@ -511,8 +512,9 @@ gaSetClient(tile, cdata)
  */
 
 int
-gaSplitTile(tile, r)
+gaSplitTile(tile, dinfo, r)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;	/* (unused) */
     Rect *r;
 {
     Tile *tp;
@@ -632,7 +634,7 @@ gaInitRiverBlockages(routeUse, ch)
 }
 
 int
-gaAlwaysOne()
+gaAlwaysOne(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, ClientData clientdata)
 {
     return (1);
 }

garouter/gaSimple.c

@@ -572,8 +572,9 @@ gaIsClear(use, r, mask)
  */
 
 int
-gaIsClearFunc(tile, cxp)
+gaIsClearFunc(tile, dinfo, cxp)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     TreeContext *cxp;
 {
     return 1;

garouter/gaStem.c

@@ -322,6 +322,7 @@ overlap:
 }
 
 /*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  * gaStemContainingChannelFunc --
  *
  * Called via DBSrPaintArea on behalf of gaStemContainingChannel above
@@ -341,8 +342,9 @@ overlap:
  */
 
 int
-gaStemContainingChannelFunc(tile, pCh)
+gaStemContainingChannelFunc(tile, dinfo, pCh)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
     GCRChannel **pCh;
 {
     GCRChannel *ch;

garouter/gaTest.c

@@ -254,8 +254,9 @@ GAGenChans(chanType, area, f)
  */
 
 int
-gaSplitOut(tile, f)
+gaSplitOut(tile, dinfo, f)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;	/* (unused) */
     FILE *f;
 {
     Rect r;

graphics/W3Dmain.c

@@ -231,9 +231,10 @@ w3dFillDiagonal(x1, y1, x2, y2, ztop, zbot)
 }
 
 void
-w3dFillOps(trans, tile, cliprect, ztop, zbot)
+w3dFillOps(trans, tile, dinfo, cliprect, ztop, zbot)
     Transform *trans;
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     Rect *cliprect;
     float ztop;
     float zbot;
@@ -254,15 +255,15 @@ w3dFillOps(trans, tile, cliprect, ztop, zbot)
     if (IsSplit(tile))
     {
 	Rect fullr;
-	TileType dinfo;
+	TileType newdinfo;
 
-	dinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(TiGetTypeExact(tile), trans);
+	newdinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo, trans);
 
 	fullr = r;
 	if (cliprect != NULL)
 	    GeoClip(&r, cliprect);
 
-	GrClipTriangle(&fullr, &r, cliprect != NULL, dinfo, p, &np);
+	GrClipTriangle(&fullr, &r, cliprect != NULL, newdinfo, p, &np);
 
 	if (np > 0)
 	{
@@ -289,7 +290,7 @@ w3dFillOps(trans, tile, cliprect, ztop, zbot)
 
     /* Find tile outline and render sides */
 
-    if (GrBoxOutline(tile, &tilesegs))
+    if (GrBoxOutline(tile, dinfo, &tilesegs))
     {
 	xbot = (float)r.r_xbot;
 	ybot = (float)r.r_ybot;
@@ -380,8 +381,9 @@ w3dFillOps(trans, tile, cliprect, ztop, zbot)
 }
 
 void
-w3dRenderVolume(tile, trans, cliprect)
+w3dRenderVolume(tile, dinfo, trans, cliprect)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     Transform *trans;
     Rect *cliprect;
 {
@@ -403,7 +405,7 @@ w3dRenderVolume(tile, trans, cliprect)
 
     if ((grCurFill == GR_STSOLID) || (grCurFill == GR_STSTIPPLE))
     {
-	w3dFillOps(trans, tile, cliprect, ztop, zbot);
+	w3dFillOps(trans, tile, dinfo, cliprect, ztop, zbot);
     }
 
     /* To do:  Outlines and contact crosses */
@@ -411,8 +413,9 @@ w3dRenderVolume(tile, trans, cliprect)
 }
 
 void
-w3dRenderCIF(tile, layer, trans)
+w3dRenderCIF(tile, dinfo, layer, trans)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     CIFLayer *layer;
     Transform *trans;
 {
@@ -435,7 +438,7 @@ w3dRenderCIF(tile, layer, trans)
 
     if ((grCurFill == GR_STSOLID) || (grCurFill == GR_STSTIPPLE))
     {
-	w3dFillOps(trans, tile, NULL, ztop, zbot);
+	w3dFillOps(trans, tile, dinfo, NULL, ztop, zbot);
     }
 
     /* To do:  Outlines */
@@ -543,8 +546,9 @@ w3dSetProjection(w)
 /* Magic layer tile painting function */
 
 int
-w3dPaintFunc(tile, cxp)
+w3dPaintFunc(tile, dinfo, cxp)
     Tile *tile;			/* Tile to be displayed */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     TreeContext *cxp;		/* From DBTreeSrTiles */
 {
     SearchContext *scx = cxp->tc_scx;
@@ -582,15 +586,16 @@ w3dPaintFunc(tile, cxp)
 	w3dNeedStyle = FALSE;
     }
 
-    w3dRenderVolume(tile, &scx->scx_trans, &scx->scx_area);
+    w3dRenderVolume(tile, dinfo, &scx->scx_trans, &scx->scx_area);
     return 0;			/* keep the search going! */
 }
 
 /* CIF layer tile painting function */
 
 int
-w3dCIFPaintFunc(tile, arg)
+w3dCIFPaintFunc(tile, dinfo, arg)
     Tile *tile;			/* Tile to be displayed */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* Split tile information */
     ClientData *arg;		/* is NULL */
 {
     CIFLayer *layer = (CIFLayer *)arg;
@@ -626,7 +631,7 @@ w3dCIFPaintFunc(tile, arg)
 	w3dNeedStyle = FALSE;
     }
 
-    w3dRenderCIF(tile, layer, &GeoIdentityTransform);
+    w3dRenderCIF(tile, dinfo, layer, &GeoIdentityTransform);
     return 0;			/* keep the search going! */
 }
 
@@ -689,15 +694,22 @@ w3dCutBox(w, cmd)
 	{
 	    if (crec->clipped)
 	    {
+		char *cllx, *clly, *curx, *cury;
+
+		cllx = DBWPrintValue(crec->cutbox.r_xbot, w, TRUE);
+		clly = DBWPrintValue(crec->cutbox.r_ybot, w, TRUE);
+		curx = DBWPrintValue(crec->cutbox.r_xtop, w, TRUE);
+		cury = DBWPrintValue(crec->cutbox.r_ytop, w, TRUE);
+
 		Tcl_Obj *rlist = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
 		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, rlist,
-			Tcl_NewIntObj((int)(crec->cutbox.r_xbot)));
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(cllx, -1));
 		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, rlist,
-			Tcl_NewIntObj((int)(crec->cutbox.r_ybot)));
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(clly, -1));
 		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, rlist,
-			Tcl_NewIntObj((int)(crec->cutbox.r_xtop)));
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(curx, -1));
 		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, rlist,
-			Tcl_NewIntObj((int)(crec->cutbox.r_ytop)));
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(cury, -1));
 
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, rlist);
 	    }

graphics/grClip.c

@@ -571,8 +571,9 @@ grAddSegment(llx, lly, urx, ury, segments)
  */
 
 bool
-GrBoxOutline(tile, tilesegs)
+GrBoxOutline(tile, dinfo, tilesegs)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
     LinkedRect **tilesegs;
 {
     Rect rect;
@@ -586,7 +587,7 @@ GrBoxOutline(tile, tilesegs)
     *tilesegs = NULL;
     TiToRect(tile, &rect);
 
-    if (IsSplit(tile) && SplitSide(tile))
+    if (IsSplit(tile) && (dinfo & TT_SIDE))
 	isolate |= 0x1;
     else
     {
@@ -620,7 +621,7 @@ GrBoxOutline(tile, tilesegs)
 	    }
 	}
     }
-    if (IsSplit(tile) && !SplitSide(tile))
+    if (IsSplit(tile) && !(dinfo & TT_SIDE))
 	isolate |= 0x2;
     else
     {
@@ -656,7 +657,7 @@ GrBoxOutline(tile, tilesegs)
     }
 
     if (IsSplit(tile) &&
-		(SplitSide(tile) == SplitDirection(tile)))
+		(((dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? 1 : 0) == SplitDirection(tile)))
 	isolate |= 0x4;
     else
     {
@@ -692,7 +693,7 @@ GrBoxOutline(tile, tilesegs)
     }
 
     if (IsSplit(tile) &&
-		(SplitSide(tile) != SplitDirection(tile)))
+		(((dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? 1 : 0) != SplitDirection(tile)))
 	isolate |= 0x8;
     else
     {
@@ -773,7 +774,7 @@ GrBoxOutline(tile, tilesegs)
  *---------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-GrBox(MagWindow *mw, Transform *trans, Tile *tile)
+GrBox(MagWindow *mw, Transform *trans, Tile *tile, TileType dinfo)
 {
     Rect r, r2, clipr;
     bool needClip, needObscure, simpleBox;
@@ -813,16 +814,16 @@ GrBox(MagWindow *mw, Transform *trans, Tile *tile)
     if (IsSplit(tile))
     {
 	/* Perform matrix transformations on split tiles */
-	TileType dinfo;
+	TileType newdinfo;
 	Rect fullr;
 
-	dinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(TiGetTypeExact(tile), trans);
+	newdinfo = DBTransformDiagonal(TiGetTypeExact(tile) | dinfo, trans);
 	clipr = fullr = r;
 
 	if (needClip)
 	    GeoClip(&clipr, &grCurClip);
 
-	GrClipTriangle(&fullr, &clipr, needClip, dinfo, polyp, &np);
+	GrClipTriangle(&fullr, &clipr, needClip, newdinfo, polyp, &np);
 
 	if ((grCurFill == GR_STSOLID) ||
 	(grCurFill == GR_STSTIPPLE) || (grCurFill == GR_STGRID) )
@@ -891,7 +892,7 @@ GrBox(MagWindow *mw, Transform *trans, Tile *tile)
 
     if (grCurOutline != 0)
     {
-	if (GrBoxOutline(tile, &tilesegs))
+	if (GrBoxOutline(tile, dinfo, &tilesegs))
 	{
 	    /* simple box (from GrFastBox)*/
 

grouter/grouteChan.c

@@ -235,8 +235,10 @@ glChanBuildMap(chanList)
  */
 
 int
-glChanFeedFunc(tile)
+glChanFeedFunc(tile, dinfo, clientdata)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
+    ClientData clientdata;	/* (unused) */
 {
     char *mesg;
     Rect r;
@@ -342,8 +344,9 @@ glChanCheckCover(chanList, mask)
  */
 
 int
-glChanCheckFunc(tile, ch)
+glChanCheckFunc(tile, dinfo, ch)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
     GCRChannel *ch;
 {
     char mesg[1024];
@@ -454,8 +457,10 @@ glChanShowTiles(mesg)
 }
 
 int
-glChanShowFunc(tile)
+glChanShowFunc(tile, dinfo, clientdata)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
+    ClientData clientdata;	/* (unused) */
 {
     GCRChannel *ch;
     char mesg[1024];
@@ -498,8 +503,9 @@ glChanShowFunc(tile)
  */
 
 int
-glChanClipFunc(tile, area)
+glChanClipFunc(tile, dinfo, area)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
     Rect *area;
 {
     ClientData tileClient = tile->ti_client;
@@ -567,8 +573,10 @@ glChanClipFunc(tile, area)
  */
 
 int
-glChanMergeFunc(tile)
+glChanMergeFunc(tile, dinfo, clientdata)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
+    ClientData clientdata;	/* (unused) */
 {
     GCRChannel *ch = (GCRChannel *) tile->ti_client;
     Tile *delayed = NULL; /* delayed free to extend lifetime */
@@ -774,8 +782,9 @@ glChanBlockDens(ch)
 }
 
 int
-glChanPaintFunc(tile, type)
+glChanPaintFunc(tile, dinfo, type)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
     TileType type;
 {
     static TileType changeTable[4][4] = {
@@ -869,8 +878,9 @@ glChanFlood(area, type)
 }
 
 int
-glChanFloodVFunc(tile, area)
+glChanFloodVFunc(tile, dinfo, area)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
     Rect *area;
 {
     PaintArea *pa;
@@ -888,8 +898,9 @@ glChanFloodVFunc(tile, area)
 }
 
 int
-glChanFloodHFunc(tile, area)
+glChanFloodHFunc(tile, dinfo, area)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
     Rect *area;
 {
     PaintArea *pa;
@@ -928,8 +939,10 @@ glChanFloodHFunc(tile, area)
  */
 
 int
-glChanSplitRiver(tile)
+glChanSplitRiver(tile, dinfo, clientdata)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
+    ClientData clientdata;	/* (unused) */
 {
     ClientData tileClient = tile->ti_client;
     Tile *tp, *newTile;
@@ -1009,8 +1022,10 @@ glChanSplitRiver(tile)
  */
 
 int
-glChanRiverBlock(tile)
+glChanRiverBlock(tile, dinfo, clientdata)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
+    ClientData clientdata;	/* (unused) */
 {
     GCRPin *pin, *pinLast;
     GCRChannel *ch;